VIAD CORP
10-K405, 1997-03-27
SOAP, DETERGENTS, CLEANG PREPARATIONS, PERFUMES, COSMETICS
Previous: SPARTA PHARMACEUTICALS INC, 10-K, 1997-03-27
Next: RENO AIR INC/NV/, 10-K, 1997-03-27



<PAGE>

                                   March 27, 1997

                                   VIA EDGAR




Securities and Exchange Commission
Judiciary Plaza
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20549

Re:  Viad Corp Form 10-K
     CIK 0000884219
     Commission File No. 001-11015

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act
of 1934, we are transmitting herewith the Annual Report of Viad
Corp on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. 
Manually executed signature pages and consents have been executed
prior to the time of this electronic filing and will be retained
by Viad for five years.

The financial statements do not reflect any material change by
Viad from the preceding year in any other accounting principles
or practice or in the method of applying such principles or
practice.

Copies of this report, complete with exhibits, are being filed
with the New York Stock Exchange.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   /s/ Richard C. Stephan

                                   Richard C. Stephan
                                   Vice President-Controller


/kr
 
<PAGE>

                SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                      Washington, DC  20549
                      ---------------------
                              FORM 10-K

             ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OF THE
                   SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

           For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1995
                 Commission File Number 001-11015
           -------------------------------------------

                            VIAD CORP
      (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

               Delaware                           36-1169950
     (State or Other Jurisdiction              (I.R.S. Employer
     of Incorporation or Organization)        Identification No.)

     Viad Tower, Phoenix, Arizona                      85077
(Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip Code)

 Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 602-207-4000
           -------------------------------------------
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                        Name of each exchange
     Title of each class                 on which registered
     -------------------                ---------------------
Common Stock, $1.50 par value           New York Stock Exchange

$4.75 Preferred Stock (stated           New York Stock Exchange
     value $100 per share)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months,
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days.
Yes /X/  No / /

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge,
in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  /X/

As of March 14, 1997, 95,948,419 shares of Common Stock ($1.50
par value) were outstanding and the aggregate market value of the
common Stock (based on its closing price per share on such date)
held by nonaffiliates was approximately $1.68 billion.

               DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
          Documents                     Where Incorporated
          ---------                     ------------------
A portion of Proxy Statement for
 Annual Meeting of Shareholders
    to be held May 13, 1997                  Part III

<PAGE>




                              PART I

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS.

     Viad Corp ("Viad" or the "Corporation") is comprised of
operating companies and a division which constitute a diversified
services business.  Most of Viad's services are provided to
businesses for use by their customers.  Accordingly, the
Corporation markets its services to approximately 47,000 agent
locations in the U.S. (money orders), numerous trade show
organizers and exhibitors (convention and exhibit services), 80
domestic and international airlines (in-flight food service), and
others.  Occupying the number one or number two position in many
of the markets in which they compete, the Corporation's
businesses seek to provide satisfying and attractive services
with a discernible difference to the ultimate users and thereby
be considered a value-added provider by Viad's business
customers.

     Viad's services are classified into three principal business
segments, namely (1) Airline Catering and Services, (2)
Convention Services, and (3) Travel and Leisure and Payment
Services.  A description of each of the Viad business segments
and recent developments in each follows:

VIAD SEGMENTS
     Viad is built around several company groups which are
leading competitors in their businesses, including companies
engaged in airline catering (Dobbs International Services),
airplane fueling and ground-handling (Aircraft Service
International), convention and exhibit services (GES Exposition
Services and Exhibitgroup/Giltspur), payment services (Travelers
Express), contract foodservices (Restaura), airport and cruise
ship duty-free businesses (Greyhound Leisure Services), and
travel services (Brewster Transport, Jetsave and Crystal
Holidays).

     AIRLINE CATERING AND SERVICES
     Airline catering, aircraft fueling and certain other ground-handling 
operations are conducted through the Dobbs International
Services and Aircraft Service International groups of companies. 
Dobbs International, which has been conducting airline catering
operations since 1941, is the second largest domestic in-flight
caterer.  At the end of 1996, Dobbs International's in-flight
catering operations were providing in-flight meals to more than
80 domestic and international airlines at 46 airports in the
United States and 5 airports in foreign countries.  United
Airlines is the largest customer of Dobbs International.  Dobbs
International has been involved in a "Quality Improvement
Process" for many years and has been recognized for its
innovations by its customers and suppliers.  In the fall of 1996,
Dobbs International began construction of flight kitchens at the
San Francisco International Airport and at the Philadelphia
International Airport, and in February 1997, acquired a flight
kitchen at the Miami International Airport.
     The Aircraft Service International group of companies
provides certain ground-handling services such as aircraft
fueling, aircraft cleaning and baggage handling for major
domestic and international airlines at 36 airports throughout the
United States and in Freeport, Bahamas and London, England.
     Dobbs International and Aircraft Service International are
focused on meeting the outsourcing needs of the airline industry,
providing a lower-cost alternative to permit airlines to reduce
costs and operate more profitably.

     CONVENTION SERVICES
     Convention services are provided by the Corporation's GES
Exposition and Exhibitgroup/Giltspur companies.
     GES Exposition, the nation's leading supplier of convention
services, provides tradeshow design and planning, decorating,
exhibit design, preparation, installation and dismantling, audio
visual, electrical, transportation and management services for
conventions and tradeshows.  In January 1996, GES Exposition
acquired Exposervice Standard Inc., a Montreal based tradeshow
and exposition service company.  Panex Show Services Limited and
Stampede Display and Convention Services Limited, two Canadian
companies that provide tradeshow and exposition services in
Toronto, Calgary and Edmonton had been acquired in January 1995. 
GES Exposition also acquired Concept Convention Services, Inc. in
July 1995, and Badger Exposition Services, Inc. and related
businesses in September 1995.  Concept and Badger are regional
exposition services companies headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona,
and Milwaukee, Wisconsin, respectively.
     Exhibitgroup/Giltspur is a designer, builder and installer
of convention and tradeshow exhibits and displays, with six
office/warehouse locations and 28 multi-use manufacturing and
office/warehouse facilities in 24 U.S. cities and a manufacturing
and warehouse facility in Toronto, Canada.  Exhibitgroup/Giltspur
is operated as a division of Viad, and consists of merged
operations formerly conducted by Exhibitgroup Inc. and Giltspur
Inc. Giltspur, Inc. was acquired in October 1995.  Color and
Design Exhibits Inc., an exhibit company headquartered in
Beaverton, Oregon, was acquired in July 1996.  During 1995,
Exhibitgroup/Giltspur also expanded its operations by acquisition
of All West Display Inc., a company headquartered in Portland,
Oregon, and Displaymasters, Inc. and Deaton Museum Services,
Inc., companies headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. 
Exhibitgroup/Giltspur operates the largest exhibit and display
business in the nation.

     TRAVEL AND LEISURE AND PAYMENT SERVICES
     Viad's payment services business is conducted by the
Travelers Express group of companies which engages in the sale of
money orders to the public through approximately 47,000 agent
locations in the United States and Puerto Rico.  Travelers
Express is the nation's leading issuer of money orders,
processing approximately 256 million money orders in 1996. 
Travelers Express provides processing services for approximately
5,700 banks, credit unions and other financial institutions which
offer share drafts (the credit union industry's version of a
personal check), official checks (used by financial institutions
in place of their own bank check or cashier's check) or money
orders.  Republic Money Order Company, a Travelers Express unit,
is a leader in money order-issuance technology which facilitates
the issuance of money orders through chain, convenience and
supermarket stores.  In October 1995, Travelers Express acquired
PayMate, Inc. (renamed Moneyline Express), a supplier of home
banking and remote bill payment services.  Travelers Express also
acquired the Minnesota-based business of First State Marketing
Corp., the nation's leading processor of rebate checks, and the
business of National Express Corporation, an Oklahoma-based money
order business, in January 1997.
     Travel and leisure services are provided by the Greyhound
Leisure Services, Brewster Transport, Jetsave, Crystal Holidays
and Restaura business units.
     Greyhound Leisure Services operates duty-free concessions on
41 cruise ships operating primarily in North American, Caribbean
and European waters, and also operates duty-free shops at the
Miami and Fort Lauderdale/Hollywood, Florida international
airports.  It also conducts a wholesale export operation. 
     Brewster Transport Company Limited, an Alberta, Canada
corporation, operates tour and charter buses in the Canadian
Rockies, and engages in travel agency, hotel and snocoach tour
operations.  Brewster was a 68.5% owned affiliate of the
Corporation prior to May 31, 1996, when the other 31.5% was
acquired pursuant to a share exchange (see "Discontinued
Operations").  In May 1995, Brewster acquired TransPacific Tours
Limited, a package tour company with significant access to the
Japanese marketplace.  In July 1995, Brewster disposed of its
joint venture interest in the Mt. Norquay ski facility in Banff,
Alberta, Canada.  Brewster owns and operates 94 intercity coaches
and 11 buses, as well as 16 snocoaches which transport sightseers
on tours of the glaciers of the Columbia Icefield.
     Recreation and travel services also are provided under the
Jetsave and Crystal Holidays names.  Jetsave and Crystal Holidays
are leading United Kingdom operators of tour packages and
specialty tours throughout Europe, and from Europe to the United
States, Canada, South Africa and the Bahamas.  The 1996
acquisition of Tropical Places Ltd. extended the operation of
Jetsave to the Caribbean, Kenya, the Indian Ocean and the Far
East.
     The Restaura group of companies' contract foodservice
division serves meals to workers at approximately 200 locations,
including employees of major companies such as General Motors and
Ford, through cafeteria, executive dining room and vending
operations at large industrial complexes, high density office
buildings, universities and other similar facilities.  Restaura
also acts as the prime concessionaire for all food and beverage
services at the America West Arena in Phoenix, Arizona, and
operates 7 historic lodges in and around Glacier National Park in
Montana and Canada.  In January 1997, Restaura expanded its
sports arena activities by entering into a concession agreement,
commencing in 1998, to provide food and beverage services at Bank
One Ballpark, the future home of the Arizona Diamondbacks
baseball team.

     COMPETITION
     The Corporation's businesses generally compete on the basis
of price, value, quality, convenience and service, and encounter
substantial competition from a large number of providers of
similar services, including numerous well-known local, regional
and national companies, private payment service companies and the
U.S. Postal Service (money orders), many of which have greater
resources than the Corporation.  Travelers Express also competes
on the basis of quality and magnitude of agent network, business
automation, technology and automated controls for money order
issuance, and Dobbs International also competes on the basis of
reliability, condition of kitchen facilities and truck fleet, and
on-time record.  The U.S. Postal Service and First Data
Corporation are the principal competition of Travelers Express,
and Caterair International/Sky Chefs is the principal competitor
of Dobbs International.  On a national basis, Freeman Decorating
Company is the principal competitor of GES Exposition, and George
P. Johnson is the principal competitor of Exhibitgroup/Giltspur.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
     United States patents are currently granted for a term of 20
years from the date a patent application is filed.  The Viad
companies own a number of patents which give them competitive
advantages in the marketplace, including a number of patents
owned by Exhibitgroup/Giltspur covering exhibit systems and by
Travelers Express for automated money order dispensing systems. 
The Travelers Express patents cover security, automated reporting
and control, and other features which are important in the
issuance of money orders.  
     United States trademark registrations are for a term of 10
years, renewable every 10 years as long as the trademarks are
used in the regular course of trade.  The Viad companies maintain
a portfolio of trademarks representing substantial goodwill in
the businesses using the marks.
     Many trademarks used by Viad and its subsidiaries, including
the DOBBS, DOBBS INTERNATIONAL SERVICES, EXHIBITGROUP/GILTSPUR,
GES and TRAVELERS EXPRESS service marks, have substantial
importance and value.  Certain rights in software held by
Travelers Express also provide competitive advantage.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION
     None of Viad's businesses are heavily regulated by
governmental authorities.  Nevertheless compliance with legal
requirements and government regulations are a day-to-day integral
part of the Corporation's operations and represent a normal cost
of doing business.  Food safety and airport security regulations
are of importance to Dobbs International and Aircraft Service
companies, financial transactions reporting and state banking
department regulations affect Travelers Express, and
environmental, labor and employment and other regulations affect
virtually all operations.  As is the case with many companies,
the Corporation faces exposure to actual or potential claims and
lawsuits involving environmental matters.  Although the
Corporation is a party to certain environmental disputes, the
Corporation believes that any liabilities resulting therefrom,
after taking into consideration amounts already provided for, but
exclusive of any potential insurance recovery, should not have a
material adverse effect on the Corporation's financial position
or results of operations.

EMPLOYEES

                 EMPLOYMENT AT DECEMBER 31, 1996

                                        
                    APPROXIMATE         EMPLOYEES COVERED BY
                     NUMBER OF          COLLECTIVE BARGAINING
SEGMENT              EMPLOYERS                AGREEMENTS
- -------             -----------         ---------------------
Airline Catering
and Services           14,500                   9,000

Convention Services     4,600                   1,900

Travel and Leisure
and Payment Services    4,800                   1,700


     Viad believes that relations with its employees are
satisfactory and that collective bargaining agreements expiring
in 1997 will be renegotiated in the ordinary course of business
without adverse effect on Viad's operations.

     Viad had approximately 170 employees at its corporate center
at December 31, 1996, providing management, financial and
accounting, tax, administrative, legal and other services to its
operating units and handling residual matters pertaining to
businesses previously discontinued or sold by the Corporation. 
Viad is managed by a Board of Directors comprised of seven
nonemployee directors and one employee director and has an
executive management team consisting of six Viad officers and
four principal executives of significant operating divisions or
companies.

SEASONALITY
     The first quarter is normally the slowest quarter of the
year for Viad.  Due to increased leisure travel during the summer
and year-end holidays, Viad's airline catering and travel service
operations experience peak activity at these times.  Convention
service companies generally experience increased activity during
the first half of the year.  As a result of these factors, Viad's
1996 quarterly earnings per share from continuing operations
before nonrecurring items as a percentage of the full year's
earnings on the same basis were approximately 11% (first
quarter), 27% (second quarter), 35% (third quarter), and 27%
(fourth quarter).  See Note R of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
     Viad is successor to The Greyhound Corporation, a
corporation formed in 1926 which owned and operated Greyhound
Lines, the nation's largest intercity bus transportation company. 
Since that time, the Corporation has evolved from a bus
transportation company, to a consumer products and services
company, then to a services company.  Viad's evolution as a
focused services company was furthered in 1996 with the
separation of Greyhound Lines of Canada ("GLOC") in May 1996 and
the spin-off of the Corporation's consumer products business in
August 1996.
     Effective May 31, 1996, shareholders of Greyhound Lines of
Canada voted to separate its intercity bus transportation
business and its tourism business into two independent companies. 
At the same time, GLOC minority shareholders approved an
automatic share exchange proposal whereby their ownership
interests in the tourism business, aggregating 31.5 percent, were
exchanged for Viad's 68.5 percent ownership interest in the
intercity bus transportation company such that Viad became the
owner of 100 percent of the tourism company, Brewster Transport
Company Limited, in exchange for its ownership in the intercity
bus transportation company.
     On August 15, 1996, Viad completed the spin-off of its
consumer products business, now conducted under the name The Dial
Corporation.  In effecting the spin-off, the holders of common
stock of Viad received a distribution of one share of common
stock of The Dial Corporation for each share of Viad common
stock.
     In February 1997, Viad's Board of Directors approved plans
to dispose of Viad's cruise line business, operated by Premier
Cruise Lines, Ltd.
 
     See Notes A, D and E of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for further information concerning Discontinued
Operations.
     
SHELF REGISTRATION
     In July 1994, the Corporation filed a shelf registration
with the Securities and Exchange Commission covering $500 million
of debt and equity securities.  To date, no securities have been
offered under the registration.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS
     Principal business segment information is set forth in
Exhibit 13 attached hereto and made a part hereof.

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES.
     Viad and its subsidiaries operate service or production
facilities and maintain sales and service offices in the United
States, Canada and the United Kingdom.  The Corporation also
conducts business in certain other foreign countries.
     Viad's headquarters are located at Viad Tower in Phoenix,
Arizona.  Viad leases 8 floors (consisting of approximately
159,000 square feet) from a partnership owned by two subsidiaries
of the Corporation, and in addition, has control of approximately
29,600 square feet on a rent-free basis to provide building
amenities such as food service and fitness facilities.
     AIRLINE CATERING AND SERVICES operates 8 administrative
offices, 36 airline service locations and 62 catering kitchens. 
All of the properties are in the United States, except for 2
office/airline service locations and 5 catering kitchens which
are located in foreign countries.  Ten of the catering kitchens
are owned.  Two of the catering kitchens and 9 of the airline
service locations are provided by airlines to which services are
rendered.  All other properties are leased.
     CONVENTION SERVICES operates 34 offices and 87 multi-use
facilities (exhibit construction, office and warehouse).  All of
the properties are in the United States, except for 3 offices and
9 warehouse facilities which are located in foreign countries. 
One of the offices and two of the warehouses are owned; all other
properties are leased.
     TRAVEL AND LEISURE AND PAYMENT SERVICES operates 25 offices,
23 foodservice facilities, 6 retail gift shops, 144 duty-free
shops (located in airports and onboard cruise ships), 8
warehouses, 3 terminals, 4 garages and 9 hotels/lodges with
ancillary foodservice and recreational facilities, and an
icefield tour facility.  In addition, 160 foodservice facilities
are made available by firms to which services are provided.  All
of the properties are in the United States, except for 9 offices,
1 foodservice facility, 3 terminals, 4 garages, the icefield tour
facility, and 3 hotels, which are located in foreign countries;
and approximately 123 duty-free shops are operated in
international waters on board cruise ships.  Travel and Leisure
and Payment Services owns 4 hotels and 5 of the hotels are
operated pursuant to a concessionaire agreement.  One warehouse,
3 foodservice facilities, 1 terminal and 3 garages are owned; all
other properties are leased.  The icefield tour facility is
jointly owned and operated with Parks Canada.

     Selected principal properties of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries are as follows:

LOCATION                 SQ FEET        FUNCTION
- --------                 -------        --------

AIRLINE CATERING AND SERVICES:

Atlanta International
Airport (3 kitchens),
Atlanta, Georgia         339,000        Catering Kitchen

O'Hare International
Airport (3 kitchens),
Chicago, Illinois        252,000        Catering Kitchen

Denver International
Airport, Denver,
Colorado                 150,000        Catering Kitchen

Dulles International
Airport, Washington,
D.C.                     120,000        Catering Kitchen

Los Angeles
International Airport,
Los Angeles,
California               104,000        Catering Kitchen*

CONVENTION SERVICES:

Roselle (Chicago),
Illinois                 475,000        Exhibit construction,
                                        office and warehouse

Fremont (San
Francisco),
California
(3 buildings)            259,000        Exhibit construction,
                                        office and warehouse

Las Vegas, Nevada
(5 buildings)            239,000        Office and warehouse
                                        facilities

Atlanta, Georgia         212,000        Office and warehouse

Avon (Boston),
Massachusetts            210,000        Exhibit construction,
                                        office and warehouse

Orlando, Florida         204,000        Warehouse*

Edison, New Jersey       180,000        Exhibit construction,
                                        office and warehouse

Chula Vista,
California               108,000        Warehouse*

Grapevine (Dallas),
Texas                    180,000        Exhibit construction,
                                        office and warehouse

Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania             170,000        Exhibit construction,
                                        office and warehouse

Henderson, Nevada        138,000        Warehouse

Washington, D.C.          84,000        Office and warehouse

TRAVEL AND LEISURE AND PAYMENT SERVICES:
St. Louis Park,
Minnesota                146,000        Office

Glacier Park Lodge,
Glacier Park, Montana    135,000        Hotel*

Miami, Florida           109,000        Office and warehouse

*    Owned.

     Management believes that Viad's facilities in the aggregate
are adequate and suitable for their purposes and that capacity is
sufficient for current needs.

ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
     Several shareholder derivative complaints were filed in the
Delaware Court of Chancery in late December 1995 and early
January 1996 against members of the Corporation's Board of
Directors, and against the Corporation as a nominal defendant. 
The complaints variously allege fraud, negligence, mismanagement,
corporate waste, breaches of fiduciary duty, and seek equitable
relief and recovery from or on behalf of the Corporation for
compensatory and other damages incurred by the Corporation as a
result of alleged payment of excessive compensation, improper
investments, or other improper activities.  Viad and its counsel
believe the claims are without merit.  A lawsuit which was filed
in the United States District Court, District of Arizona, on
December 21, 1995, alleging many of the same issues against the
same parties, against a former member of the Company's Board, and
against certain officers of the Company has been dismissed.

     In addition to the derivative complaints, Viad and certain
subsidiaries are plaintiffs or defendants to various other
actions, proceedings and pending claims, including multiple
lawsuits filed by several hundred former railroad workers
claiming asbestos-related health conditions from exposure to
railroad equipment made by former subsidiaries.  Certain of these
pending legal actions are or purport to be class actions.  Some
of the foregoing involve, or may involve, claims for
compensatory, punitive or other damages.  Litigation is subject
to many uncertainties and it is possible that some of the legal
actions, proceedings or claims referred to above could be decided
against Viad.  Although the amount of liability at December 31,
1996, with respect to these matters is not ascertainable, Viad
believes that any resulting liability will not materially affect
Viad's financial position or results of operations. 
     A federal grand jury investigation of Viad's airline
catering subsidiary's billing practices at several airport flight
kitchen locations has been resolved with the U.S. Attorney's
Office and affected airlines by a civil settlement within
previously established reserves.

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITYHOLDERS.
     No matters were submitted to a vote of securityholders
during the fourth quarter of 1996.

OPTIONAL ITEM.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT.
     The names, ages and positions of the executive officers of
the Corporation as of March 15, 1997, are listed below:

                                        EXECUTIVE POSITION
NAME           AGE       OFFICE             HELD SINCE
- ----           ---       ------         ------------------


Robert H.       52       Chairman of the          1997
Bohannon                 Board, President
                         and Chief Executive
                         Officer of Registrant

L. Gene Lemon   56       Vice President-          1979
                         Administration of
                         Registrant

Ronald G.       55       Vice President-Finance   1987
Nelson                   and Treasurer of
                         Registrant

Peter J.        57       Vice President and       1996
Novak                    General Counsel of
                         Registrant

Scott E.        50       Secretary and            1997
Sayre                    Associate General
                         Counsel of Registrant

Richard C.      57       Vice President-          1980
Stephan                  Controller of
                         Registrant

Charles J.      50       President and Chief      1991
Corsentino               Executive Officer of
                         Exhibitgroup/Giltspur,
                         a division of
                         Registrant

Frederick J.    62       President and Chief      1985
Martin                   Executive Officer of
                         Dobbs International
                         Services, Inc., a
                         subsidiary of
                         Registrant

Philip W.       38       President and Chief      1996
Milne                    Executive Officer of
                         Travelers Express
                         Company, Inc., a
                         subsidiary of
                         Registrant

Paul B.         42       President and Chief      1996
Mullen                   Executive Officer of
                         GES Exposition
                         Services, Inc. a
                         subsidiary of
                         Registrant

Each of the foregoing officers, with the exceptions set forth
below, has served in the same, similar or other executive
positions with Viad or its subsidiaries for more than the past
five (5) years.

     Prior to January 1997, Mr. Bohannon served as President and
Chief Operating Officer of Registrant since August 15, 1996. 
Prior thereto he was President and Chief Executive Officer of
Travelers Express Company, Inc. since 1993, and prior to that was
a senior officer at Marine Midland Bank of Buffalo, New York.

     Prior to February 1996, Mr. Novak was Deputy General Counsel
of Registrant, and prior to serving in that position was Group
General Counsel of Registrant.

     Prior to August 1996, Mr. Milne was Vice President-General
Manager-Retail Payment Products of Travelers Express Company,
Inc., since May 15, 1993, and prior thereto served in similar
executive capacities at Travelers Express Company, Inc.

     Prior to May 1996, Mr. Mullen was President and Chief
Executive Officer of Giltspur, Inc., since 1995.  Prior thereto
he was executive vice president and chief operating officer of
Giltspur, Inc. since 1994, and prior to that, he was president of
the Pittsburgh Division of Giltspur, Inc. since 1992.
  
     Prior to January 1997, Mr. Sayre served as Assistant
Secretary and Assistant General Counsel of Registrant since
February 1996, and prior thereto was Assistant General Counsel.

     The term of office of the executive officers is until the
next annual organization meetings of the Boards of Directors of
Viad or appropriate subsidiaries, all of which are scheduled for
May or June of this year.

     The Directors of Viad are divided into three classes, with
the terms of one class of Directors to expire at each Annual
Meeting of Stockholders.  The current term of office of Robert H.
Bohannon is scheduled to expire at the 1999 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders.

                             PART II
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
          STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

     The principal market on which the common stock of Viad is
traded is the New York Stock Exchange.  The common stock is also
admitted for trading on the Midwest, Pacific, Philadelphia and
Cincinnati Exchanges.  The following tables summarize the high
and low market prices as reported on the New York Stock Exchange
Composite Tape and the cash dividends declared for the two years
ended December 31, 1996:



                         Sales Price Range of Common Stock
                              1996                1995
Calendar Quarters        High      Low       High      Low
- -----------------        ----      ---       ----      ---

First                    $33.25    $27.125   $26.125   $21.50

Second                    30.75     27.50     26.375    23.50

Third (1)                 30.25     13.375    25.625    20.875

Fourth                    17.125    13.875    30.375    22.50


     (1)  On August 15, 1996, the spin-off of Viad's consumer
          products business, now conducted under the name The
          Dial Corporation, to the corporation's stockholders
          became effective.  The closing price of the
          Corporation's shares immediately prior to the spin-off
          on August 15, 1996 was $26.375.  The high and low
          prices for the period July 1, 1996 through August 15,
          1996 were $30.25 and $25.25, respectively.  The average
          price of The Dial Corporation common stock was $13.0625
          on the day immediately following the August 15
          distribution, and the average price of Viad Corp common
          stock was $14.3125 on the day immediately following the
          distribution.  Viad's high and low prices for the
          period August 16, 1996, through September 30, 1996,
          were $15.25 and $13.375, respectively.


                         Dividends Declared on Common Stock

                              1996                1995
                              ----                ----

February                      $ .16               $ .15

May                             .16                 .15

August                          .08 (2)             .16

November                        .08                 .16

          TOTAL               $0.48               $0.62



         (2)  Viad's quarterly dividend decreased from $0.16 to $0.08
              per share following the spin-off of The Dial
              Corporation.  The Dial Corporation's initial dividend
              rate after the spin-off maintained the 1995 annual
              dividend rate for stockholders who retained shares of
              both companies following the spin-off.

         Regular quarterly dividends have been paid on the first
business day of January, April, July and October.
         As of March 14, 1997, there were 67,648 holders of record of
Viad's common stock.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
         Applicable information is included in Exhibit 13.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF
         OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION.

         Applicable information is included in Exhibit 13.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
         1.   Financial Statements--See Item 14 hereof.

         2.   Supplementary Data--See Condensed Consolidated
Quarterly Results in Exhibit 13. 

ITEM 9.  DISAGREEMENTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
         None.

                             PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
         The information regarding Directors of the Registrant is
included in Viad's Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of
Shareholders to be held on May 13, 1997 ("Proxy Statement"), and
is incorporated herein and made a part hereof.  The information
regarding executive officers of the Registrant is found as an
Optional Item in Part I hereof.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
         The information is contained in the Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
         MANAGEMENT.

         The information is contained in the Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
         None.

                             PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON
         FORM 8-K.

         (a)  The following documents are filed as a part of the
              report:
         
              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
              The following are included in Exhibit 13:  Independent
         Auditors' Report and Consolidated Financial Statements
         (Balance Sheet, Statements of Income, Cash Flows, and Common
         Stock and Other Equity, and Notes to Financial Statements).

              EXHIBITS. #
3.A           Copy of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Viad,
              as amended through August 15, 1996.*

3.B           Copy of Bylaws of Viad Corp, as amended through
              February 20, 1997.*

4.A           Instruments with respect to issues of long-term debt
              have not been filed as exhibits to this Annual Report
              on Form 10-K if the authorized principal amount of any
              one of such issues does not exceed 10% of total assets
              of the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a
              consolidated basis.  The Corporation agrees to furnish
              a copy of each such instrument to the Securities and
              Exchange Commission upon request.

4.B           Copy of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as
              of July 24, 1996, among Viad, the Banks parties
              thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent,
              and Bank of America National Trust and Savings
              Association as Documentation Agent.*

10.A1    Copy of Employment Agreement between Viad Corp and
         John W. Teets dated June 20, 1995, filed as Exhibit
         10.A to Viad's Second Quarter 1995 Form 10-Q, is hereby
         incorporated by reference.+

10.A2    Copy of Consulting Agreement between Viad Corp and John
         W. Teets effective January 1, 1997.*+

10.B          Sample forms of Contingent Agreements relating to
              funding of Supplemental Executive Pensions, filed as
              Exhibit (10)(T) to Viad's 1989 Form 10-K, is hereby
              incorporated by reference.+

10.C          Copy of Viad Corp Supplemental Pension Plan, amended
              and restated as of January 1, 1987, filed as Exhibit
              (10)(F) to Viad's 1986 Form 10-K, is hereby incorpor-
              ated by reference.+

10.C1    Copy of amendment dated February 21, 1991, to Viad's 
         Supplemental Pension Plan, filed as Exhibit (10)(G)(i)
         to Viad's 1990 Form 10-K, is hereby incorporated by
         reference.+

10.C2    Copy of amendment dated August 18, 1993, to Viad's
         Supplemental Pension Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.C to
         Viad's Second Quarter 1995 Form 10-Q, is hereby
         incorporated by reference.+

10.D          Copy of Viad Corp Deferred Compensation Plan for
              Directors, as Amended and Restated July 25, 1996.*+

10.E1    Copy of Viad Corp Management Incentive Plan, filed as
         Exhibit 10.E to Viad's First Quarter 1995 Form 10-Q, is
         hereby incorporated by reference.+ 

10.E2    Copy of Viad Corp 1997 Management Incentive Plan.*+

10.F1    Copy of form of Executive Severance Agreement between
         Viad and three executive officers, filed as Exhibit
         (10)(G)(i) to Viad's 1991 Form 10-K, is hereby
         incorporated by reference.+

10.F2    Copy of forms of Viad Corp Executive Severance Plans
         covering certain executive officers, filed as Exhibit
         (10)(G)(ii) to Viad's 1992 Form 10-K, is hereby
         incorporated by reference.+

10.G          Copy of Travelers Express Company, Inc. Supplemental
              Pension Plan amended and restated on June 12, 1995,
              filed as Exhibit 10.G to Viad's Third Quarter 1995 Form
              10-Q, is hereby incorporated by reference.+

10.H1    Copy of Viad Corp 1983 Stock Option and Incentive Plan,
         filed as Exhibit (28) to Viad's Registration Statement
         on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-41870), is hereby
         incorporated by reference.+

10.H2    Copy of amendment, effective August 1, 1994, to Viad
         Corp 1983 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, filed as
         Exhibit 10.H2 to Viad's 1994 Form 10-K, is hereby
         incorporated by reference.+

10.I1    Copy of Viad Corp 1992 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as
         Exhibit (10)(J) to Viad's 1991 Form 10-K, is hereby
         incorporated by reference.+ 

10.I2    Copy of amendment, effective August 1, 1994, to Viad
         Corp 1992 Stock Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.I2
         to Viad's 1994 Form 10-K, is hereby incorporated by
         reference.+ 

10.J          Copy of 1997 Viad Corp Omnibus Incentive Plan.*+

10.K          Description of Spousal Income Continuation Plan, filed
              as Exhibit 10(Q) to Viad's 1985 Form 10-K, is hereby
              incorporated by reference.+

10.L          Copy of Viad Corp Performance Unit Incentive Plan, 
              filed as Exhibit 10.L to Viad's First Quarter 1995 Form
              10-Q, is hereby incorporated by reference.+ 

10.L1    Copy of Viad Corp 1997 Performance Unit Incentive
         Plan.*+

10.M          Copy of Viad Corp Supplemental TRIM Plan, filed as
              Exhibit 10.M to Viad's 1994 Form 10-K, is hereby
              incorporated by reference.+ 

10.N          Copy of Employment Agreement between GES Exposition
              Services and Norton Rittmaster dated May 20, 1982,
              filed as Exhibit (10)(O) to Viad's 1992 Form 10-K, is
              hereby incorporated by reference.+

10.O          Copy of Employment Agreement between Viad Corp and Paul
              Mullen dated April 25, 1996.*+ 

10.P          Copy of Viad Corp Performance-Based Stock Plan, filed
              as Exhibit 10.P to Viad's 1993 Form 10-K, is hereby
              incorporated by reference.+

10.Q          Copy of Viad Corp Deferred Compensation Plan, filed as
              Exhibit 10.Q to Viad's 1993 Form 10-K, is hereby
              incorporated by reference.+ 

10.R          Copy of form of Viad Corp 1983 Stock Option and
              Incentive Plan Amended and Restated Restricted Stock
              Agreements dated August 12, 1994, between Viad and
              certain executive officers, filed as Exhibit 10.R to
              Viad's 1994 Form 10-K, is hereby incorporated by
              reference.+ 

10.S          Copy of form of Viad Corp 1992 Stock Incentive Plan
              Restricted Stock Agreements dated August 12, 1994,
              between Viad and certain executive officers, filed as
              Exhibit 10.S to Viad's 1994 Form 10-K, is hereby
              incorporated by reference.+ 

10.T          Copy of Viad Corp Director's Charitable Award Program
              as amended through March 15, 1996, filed as Exhibit
              10.T to Viad's 1995 Form 10-K, is hereby incorporated
              by reference.+ 

10.U          Copy of Employment Agreement between Viad Corp and
              Robert H. Bohannon dated January 1, 1997.*+

10.V          Copy of GES Exposition Services, Inc. Supplemental
              Executive Retirement Plan effective August 1, 1995,
              filed as Exhibit 10.V to Viad's 1995 Form 10-K, is
              hereby incorporated by reference.+

11            Statement Re Computation of Per Share Earnings.*

13            Financial Information set forth in Annual Report to
              Securityholders.*

21            List of Subsidiaries of Viad.*

23            Consent of Independent Auditors to the incorporation by
              reference into specified registration statements on
              Form S-3 or on Form S-8 of their report contained in
              this report.*

24            Power of Attorney signed by directors of Viad.*

27            Financial Data Schedule.*

           
*        Filed herewith.
+        Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
#        Viad Corp was previously named The Dial Corp.

Note:    The 1996 Annual Report to Securityholders will be
         furnished to the Commission when, or before, it is sent
         to securityholders.

(b)  REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
         The Corporation filed no reports on Form 8-K during the last
quarterly period covered by this report.

<PAGE>

                            SIGNATURES


    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in Phoenix, Arizona, on the 24th day of March, 1997.


                                       VIAD CORP

                                       By:  /s/  Robert H. Bohannon
                                                 Chairman of the
                                                 Board, President and
                                                 Chief Executive
                                                 Officer


         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated:

                                       Principal Executive Officer


Date:    March 24, 1997           By:  /s/  Robert H. Bohannon
                                                 Director; Chairman
                                                 of the Board,
                                                 President and Chief
                                                 Executive Officer



                                       Principal Financial Officer


Date:    March 24, 1997           By:  /s/  Ronald G. Nelson
                                                 Vice President-Finance and
                                                 Treasurer



                                       Principal Accounting Officer


Date:    March 24, 1997           By:  /s/  Richard C. Stephan
                                                 Vice President-Controller


<PAGE>

                                       Directors

         
                                       Jess Hay
                                       Judith K. Hofer
                                       Jack F. Reichert
                                       Linda Johnson Rice
                                       Douglas L. Rock
                                       John W. Teets
                                       Timothy R. Wallace



Date:    March 24, 1997           By:  /s/  Richard C. Stephan
                                                 Attorney-in-Fact


                                                      EXHIBIT 3.A



              RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                OF
                        THE NEW DIAL CORP.

     1. The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter
referred to as the Corporation) is "The New Dial Corp."

     2. The original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 16,
1991, under the name The New Dial Corp.

     3. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly
proposed by resolutions adopted and declared advisable by the
Board of Directors of the Corporation, duly adopted by written
consent of the sole stockholder of the Corporation in lieu of a
meeting and vote and duly executed and acknowledged by the
officers of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of
Sections 103, 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware and, upon filing with the Secretary of
State in accordance with Section 103 shall thenceforth supercede
the original Certificate of Incorporation and shall, as it may
thereafter be amended in accordance with its terms and applicable
law, be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

     4. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its
entirety as follows:

                            ARTICLE I

     The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred
to as the "Corporation") is:

                        The New Dial Corp.


                            ARTICLE II

     The address of the Corporation's registered office in the
State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange
Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name
of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is The
Corporation Trust Company.

                           ARTICLE III

     The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any
lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized
and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware (the "GCL").

                            ARTICLE IV

     (A)  Authorized Stock.  The total number of shares of stock
which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is
207,442,352, consisting of (i) Two Hundred Million (200,000,000)
shares of Common Stock, par value $1.50 per share (hereinafter
referred to as "Common Stock"), (ii) Four Hundred Forty-Two
Thousand Three Hundred Fifty-Two (442,352) shares of Series $4.75
Preferred Stock, without par value but with a stated value of One
Hundred Dollars ($100) per share (hereinafter referred to as
"$4.75 Preferred Stock"), (iii) Five Million (5,000,000) shares
of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter
referred to as "Preferred Stock") and (iv) Two Million
(2,000,000) shares of Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par
value $.01 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Junior
Preferred Stock").

     (B)  $4.75 Preferred Stock.  The qualifications, limitations
or restrictions of the $4.75 Preferred Stock shall be as follows:

          (i)  The holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock shall be
     entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of
     Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally
     available for dividends, cumulative dividends in cash,
     payable on January 15, April 15, July 15, and October 15 in
     each year, beginning in the year 1992, at the annual rate of
     $4.75 per share, and no more, with the first payment to
     accrue from January 15, 1992 and be made on April 15, 1992.

          (ii) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or
     winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the $4.75
     Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the
     assets of the Corporation available for distribution to
     shareholders an amount equal to $100 per share if such
     liquidation, dissolution or winding up be involuntary or, if
     such liquidation, dissolution or winding up be voluntary, an
     amount equal to $101 per share, plus, in each case, a
     further amount equal to all unpaid cumulative dividends on
     the $4.75 Preferred Stock accrued to the date when such
     payment shall be made available to the holders thereof,
     before any distribution of assets shall be made to the
     holders of the Common Stock or other shares ranking junior
     to the $4.75 Preferred Stock with respect to liquidation
     rights.  After such amounts shall have been paid or
     irrevocably set aside for payment in full to the holders of
     the $4.75 Preferred Stock, they shall be entitled to no
     further payment or distribution other than from any such
     fund irrevocably set aside.  If, upon such liquidation,
     dissolution or winding up, the assets thus distributable to
     the holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock shall be
     insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the
     preferential amounts aforesaid, then such assets shall be
     distributed ratably among the holders of the $4.75 Preferred
     Stock according to the number of shares held by each.

          The liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
     Corporation, as such terms are used in the foregoing
     paragraph, shall not be deemed to include any consolidation
     or merger of the Corporation with or into any one or more
     other corporations, or the sale of all or any of the assets
     of the Corporation.

          (iii)  The $4.75 Preferred Stock may be redeemed at any
     time, or from time to time, in whole or in part, at the
     option of the Corporation, expressed by resolution of the
     Board of Directors. The redemption price per share of the
     $4.75 Preferred Stock shall be $101, plus an amount equal to
     all unpaid cumulative dividends accrued on the shares to be
     redeemed to the date fixed for redemption.

          Notice of every such redemption shall be given at least
     thirty days prior to the date fixed for such redemption to
     the holders of record of the shares so to be redeemed, and
     shall be sufficiently given if the Corporation shall cause a
     copy thereof to be mailed to such holders of record at their
     respective addresses as shown by the books of the
     Corporation by first class mail, postage prepaid; provided,
     however, that the failure to mail such notice to one or more
     of such holders shall not affect the validity of such
     redemption as to the other such holders.

          In case of redemption of a part only of the $4.75
     Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the Corporation
     shall select by lot the shares so to be redeemed.  The Board
     of Directors shall have full power and authority to
     prescribe the manner in which the selection by lot shall be
     conducted and, subject to the limitations and provisions
     herein contained, the terms and conditions upon which the
     $4.75 Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

          If such notice of redemption shall have been duly
     given, and if on or before the redemption date specified
     therein all funds necessary for such redemption shall be and
     continue to be available for payment on and after the
     redemption date upon surrender of the certificates for the
     shares so called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that
     any certificate for shares so called for redemption shall
     not have been surrendered for cancellation, the shares so
     called for redemption shall on and after such redemption
     date no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights
     with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such
     redemption date terminate, except only the right of the
     holders of the certificates therefor, upon surrender
     thereof, to receive the amount payable on redemption
     thereof, without interest.

          If such notice of redemption shall have been duly
     given, or if the Corporation shall have granted to the bank
     or trust company, hereinafter referred to, irrevocable
     authorization promptly to give or complete such notice, and
     if on or before the redemption date specified therein the
     funds necessary for such redemption shall have been
     deposited in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders
     of the shares so called for redemption with a bank or trust
     company in good standing, designated in such notice, having
     capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least
     $25,000,000 according to its then latest published statement
     of condition, then, notwithstanding that such deposit shall
     have been made less than thirty days after the notice of
     redemption, and that any certificates for shares so called
     for redemption shall not have been surrendered for
     cancellation, from and after such deposit (or from and after
     the redemption date if such notice of redemption shall fail
     to state that the holders of the shares so called for
     redemption may receive their redemption price at any time
     after such deposit) all shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock with
     respect to which such deposit shall have been made shall no
     longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with
     respect to such shares shall forthwith terminate, except
     only the right of the holders of the certificates therefor,
     upon surrender thereof, to receive the redemption price
     thereof out of the funds so deposited, without interest. 
     Any funds so deposited, and unclaimed at the end of six
     years from the redemption date, shall be released or repaid
     to the Corporation, after which the certificate holders
     entitled thereto shall look only to the Corporation for
     payment thereof, without interest.

          The shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock which shall have
     been redeemed as aforesaid shall be retired, and shall be
     returned to the status of authorized but unissued Series
     $4.75 Preferred Stock.

          (iv) So long as any shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock
     shall be outstanding, the Corporation (which for purposes of
     this subparagraph shall be deemed to include any predecessor
     issuer of $4.75 Preferred Stock which shall have merged into
     the Corporation) shall, on or before September 1 in each
     year, beginning in the year 1983, pay to a bank or trust
     company (hereinafter called the Sinking Fund Agent)
     appointed from time to time by the Corporation and being a
     bank or trust company meeting the requirements of paragraph
     (iii) above, as and for a sinking fund for the $4.75
     Preferred Stock a sum sufficient for the redemption in such
     year, in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph
     (iv) of 6,000 shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock (hereinafter
     referred to as the sinking fund payment).  As and for all or
     any part of any sinking fund payment, the Corporation may,
     on or before September 1 of each year, beginning in the year
     1983, deliver to the Sinking Fund Agent certificates for
     $4.75 Preferred Stock (which shall be in canceled form)
     theretofore issued by the Corporation or any such
     predecessor by merger to the Corporation and which were
     repurchased by it or by such corporation merging into the
     Corporation or redeemed otherwise than through the operation
     of the sinking fund provided for in this paragraph (iv), and
     receive credit upon such sinking fund payment, with respect
     to a sum sufficient for the redemption, in accordance with
     the provisions of this paragraph (iv), of the number of
     shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock so delivered. Any moneys in
     the sinking fund for the $4.75 Preferred Stock on September
     1 of any year shall be applied by the Sinking Fund Agent to
     the redemption on October 1 of such year of shares of $4.75
     Preferred Stock at the sinking fund redemption price
     consisting of $100 per share plus an amount equal to all
     unpaid cumulative dividends accrued to the date fixed for
     redemption on each share so to be redeemed. Such redemption
     shall be effected by lot in such manner as the Sinking Fund
     Agent shall determine, and the Sinking Fund Agent is
     authorized to effect such redemption in the name of the
     Corporation in the manner and with the effect provided by
     paragraph (iii) above, except that the notice of redemption
     shall state that the shares are being redeemed for the
     sinking fund; provided, however, that if the amount of the
     sinking fund payment in any year shall be less than $25,000,
     such amount may, at the option of the Corporation, remain in
     the sinking fund and be applied as part of the next
     succeeding sinking fund payment.  Shares of $4.75 Preferred
     Stock which shall be delivered to the Sinking Fund Agent by
     the Corporation as a credit upon a sinking fund payment or
     which shall be called for redemption through the operation
     of the sinking fund shall be retired, and, until all shares
     of Series $4.75 Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of
     such retirement have been redeemed or otherwise acquired by
     the Corporation, shall not be delivered for credit upon any
     sinking fund payment, and such shares shall be returned to
     the status of authorized but unissued Series $4.75 Preferred
     Stock.

          If any sinking fund payment would be required at a time
     when dividends upon the $4.75 Preferred Stock shall be in
     arrears, the Corporation shall not be required to make a
     sinking fund payment at that time, but shall nevertheless be
     considered, for the purposes hereof, to be in default with
     respect to its sinking fund obligations and shall be
     required to make such defaulted sinking fund payment at the
     earliest time thereafter when dividends upon the $4.75
     Preferred Stock shall not be in arrears.  Within forty days
     after the Corporation shall have made any such defaulted
     sinking fund payment, the Sinking Fund Agent shall apply the
     same to redemption of $4.75 Preferred Stock in the manner
     and at the price above in this paragraph (iv) provided.

          (v)  So long as any shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock
     shall be outstanding, no dividends, other than dividends
     payable in junior shares, shall be paid or declared, nor
     shall any distribution be made, on any junior shares nor
     shall any junior shares be acquired for a consideration by
     the Corporation or by any subsidiary, unless:

               (a)  Full cumulative dividends on the $4.75
          Preferred Stock for all the then past and for the then
          current dividend periods shall have been paid, or
          declared and set apart for payment, except as otherwise
          provided in the last sentence of paragraph (i) above
          and

               (b)  All sinking fund payments required by
          paragraph (iv) above to have been made shall have been
          made in full.

          (vi)  So long as any shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock
     shall be outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the
     affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of
     the shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock at the time outstanding,
     given in person or by proxy, either at a special meeting
     called for the purpose or at any annual meeting of
     shareholders if appropriate notice of such proposed action
     is given, at which the $4.75 Preferred Stock shall vote
     separately as a single class, or, alternatively, without the
     written consent of the holders of all the shares of $4.75
     Preferred Stock at the time outstanding

               (a)  Amend or repeal any provision of or add any
          provision to this Certificate of Incorporation, or take
          any other action, so as to alter materially any
          existing provision of the $4.75 Preferred Stock; or

               (b)  Authorize, or increase, or issue, any class
          or series of any class of the shares of the Corporation
          ranking prior to the $4.75 Preferred Stock, or increase
          the authorized amount of the $4.75 Preferred Stock;
          provided, however, that no vote or consent of the
          holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock shall be required
          to issue any shares, regardless of priority, for the
          purpose of redeeming or otherwise retiring the $4.75
          Preferred Stock if, prior to or contemporaneously with
          the issuance thereof, provision has been made in
          accordance with the provisions of paragraph (iii) above
          for the redemption of all $4.75 Preferred Stock at the
          time outstanding; or

               (c)  Sell, lease or convey all or substantially
          all the property or business of the Corporation, or
          voluntarily liquidate or dissolve the Corporation, or
          consolidate or merge the Corporation with or into any
          other corporation; provided, however, that no such vote
          or consent of the holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock
          shall be required for a consolidation or merger of the
          Corporation if each holder of shares of $4.75 Preferred
          Stock immediately prior to such consolidation or merger
          shall, upon the occurrence thereof, possess the same or
          equivalent number of shares of the resulting
          corporation (which may be the Corporation or another
          corporation) having substantially the same terms and
          provisions as the shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock and
          the resulting corporation will have, immediately after
          such consolidation or merger, no other shares either
          authorized or outstanding ranking prior to or on a
          parity with such shares.

          (vii)  So long as any shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock
     shall be outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the
     affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of
     the shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock at the time outstanding,
     given in person or by proxy, either at a special meeting
     called for the purpose or at any annual meeting of
     shareholders if appropriate notice of such proposed action
     is given, at which the $4.75 Preferred Stock shall vote
     separately as a single class, or, alternatively, without the
     written consent of the holders of all the shares of $4.75
     Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, authorize, or
     increase, or issue, any class or series of any class of
     shares of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the $4.75
     Preferred Stock; provided, however, that no vote or consent
     of the holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock shall be
     required to issue any shares, regardless of parity, for the
     purpose of redeeming or otherwise retiring the $4.75
     Preferred Stock, if prior to or contemporaneously with the
     issuance thereof, provision has been made in accordance with
     the provisions of paragraph (iii) above for the redemption
     of all the $4.75 Preferred Stock at the time outstanding.

          (viii)  For the purposes hereof the term "ranking prior
     to" the $4.75 Preferred Stock shall have reference to a
     class or series of a class of shares which is preferential
     to the $4.75 Preferred Stock with respect of dividends or
     liquidation rights; the term "ranking on a parity with" the
     $4.75 Preferred Stock shall have reference to a class or
     series of a class of shares which is equal to the $4.75
     Preferred Stock with respect to dividends or liquidation
     rights and the term "junior shares" shall mean the Common
     Stock and any other class or series of a class of shares of
     the Corporation not ranking prior to or on a parity with the
     $4.75 Preferred Stock.

          (ix)  The holders of $4.75 Preferred Stock shall have
     no right to vote except as otherwise herein or by statute
     specifically provided.

          If and when the Corporation shall be in default in the
     payment in whole or in part, of each of six quarterly
     dividends (whether or not consecutive) accrued on the $4.75
     Preferred Stock, whether or not earned or declared, the
     holders of the outstanding $4.75 Preferred Stock, voting
     separately as a single class, shall become entitled to elect
     two directors of the Corporation to serve in addition to the
     directors elected pursuant to Article VIII of this
     Certificate of Incorporation.  Such right to elect
     additional directors may be exercised at any annual meeting
     of shareholders, or, within the limitations hereinafter
     provided, at a special meeting of shareholders held for such
     purpose.  If such default shall occur more than ninety days
     preceding the rate of the next annual meeting of
     shareholders as fixed by the Bylaws of the Corporation, then
     a special meeting of the holders of the $4.75 Preferred
     Stock shall be called by the Secretary of the Corporation
     upon the written request of the holders of not less than 10%
     of the $4.75 Preferred Stock then outstanding, such meeting
     to be held within sixty days after the delivery to the
     Secretary of such request.  Such additional directors,
     whether elected at an annual or a special meeting, shall
     serve until the next annual meeting and until their
     successors shall be duly elected and qualified, unless their
     term shall sooner terminate pursuant to the provisions of
     this paragraph (ix).  At any meeting for the purpose of
     electing such additional directors, the holders of 35% of
     the $4.75 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall constitute
     a quorum, and any such meeting shall be valid
     notwithstanding that a quorum of the outstanding shares of
     any other class or classes shall not be present or
     represented thereat.  At the time of any such meeting at
     which a quorum shall be present, the number of directors
     constituting the whole Board of Directors shall be deemed to
     be increased by two.  If a vacancy shall occur in the Board
     of Directors by reason of the death, resignation or
     inability to act of any such additional director, such
     vacancy shall be filled only by the vote of the holders of
     the $4.75 Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single
     class, at a special meeting of the holders of the $4.75
     Preferred Stock requested, called and held in the same
     manner as the special meeting hereinabove referred to.  If
     and when all dividends in default on the $4.75 Preferred
     Stock shall be paid or irrevocably set aside for payment,
     the right of the holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock as a
     class to elect directors shall then cease, and if any
     directors were elected by the holders of the $4.75 Preferred
     Stock as a class, the term of such directors shall
     terminate, and the number of directors constituting the
     whole Board of Directors shall be reduced by the number of
     such additional directors.  The above provisions for the
     vesting of such voting right in the holders of the $4.75
     Preferred Stock as a class shall apply, however, in case of
     any subsequent default under this paragraph (ix).

          Except as may be required by law, the holders of $4.75
     Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive notice of
     any meeting of shareholders at which they are not entitled
     to vote or consent.

          Except as in this Certificate of Incorporation or in a
     Preferred Stock Designation (as herein defined) or by
     statute specifically provided, the holders of the Common
     Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the
     election of directors and for all other purposes.  The total
     number of directors may be increased without any vote or
     consent of the holders of $4.75 Preferred Stock.

          (x)  No holder of $4.75 Preferred Stock, as such, shall
     have any preemptive right to subscribe to share obligations,
     warrants, rights to subscribe to shares or other securities
     of the Corporation of any kind or class, whether now or
     hereafter authorized.

          (xi)  The $4.75 Preferred Stock shall rank prior to all
     other classes and/or series of stock of the Corporation,
     both as to payment of dividends and as to distribution of
     assets upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the
     Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.

     (C)  Preferred Stock.  The Preferred Stock may be issued
from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors
is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of
Preferred Stock in series and, by filing a certificate pursuant
to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter,
along with any similar designation relating to any other class of
stock which may hereafter be authorized, referred to as a
"Preferred Stock Designation"), to establish from time to time
the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to
fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares
of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and
restrictions thereof.  The authority of the Board of Directors
with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to,
determination of the following:

          (i)  The designation of the series, which may be by
     distinguishing number, letter or title.

          (ii) The number of shares of the series, which number
     the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where
     otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation)
     increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares
     thereof then outstanding).

          (iii) Whether dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or
     noncumulative and the dividend rate of the series.

          (iv) Dates at which dividends, if any, shall be
     payable.

          (v)  The redemption rights and price or prices, if any,
     for shares of the series.

          (vi) The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided
     for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series.

          (vii) The amounts payable on and the preferences, if
     any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary
     or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
     affairs of the Corporation.

          (viii) Whether the shares of the series shall be
     convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any
     other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation,
     and, if so, the specification of such other class or series
     of such other security, the conversion price or prices or
     rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at
     which such shares shall be convertible and all other terms
     and conditions upon which such conversion may be made.

          (ix) Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same
     series or of any other class or series.

          (x)  The voting rights, if any, of the holders of
     shares of the series.

     All shares of any series of Preferred Stock shall be
subordinate to the $4.75 Preferred Stock, with respect to the
payment of dividends as well as the distribution of assets upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,
whether voluntary or involuntary.

     (D)  Junior Preferred Stock.  The qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of the Junior Preferred Stock shall
be as follows:

     Section 1.  Amount.  The number of shares constituting the
Junior Preferred Stock shall be as set forth in paragraph (A) of
this Article IV.

     Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.

          (a)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares
     of $4.75 Preferred Stock or any shares of any series of
     Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and
     superior to the Junior Preferred Stock with respect to
     dividends, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock,
     in preference to the holders of Common Stock and of any
     other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as
     and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds
     legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends
     payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September
     and December in each year (each such date being referred to
     herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing
     on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first
     issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Junior
     Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the
     nearest cent) equal to the greater of (i) $1 or (ii) subject
     to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100
     times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends,
     and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in
     kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions,
     other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a
     subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
     reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock
     since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment
     Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend
     Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or
     fraction of a share of Junior Preferred Stock.  In the event
     the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any
     dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common
     Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or
     consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
     reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend
     in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number
     of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount
     to which holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock were
     entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (ii)
     of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying
     such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
     number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
     after such event and the denominator of which is the number
     of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately
     prior to such event.

          (b)  The Corporation shall declare a dividend or
     distribution on the Junior Preferred Stock as provided in
     paragraph (a) of this Section immediately after it declares
     a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a
     dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that,
     in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been
     declared on the Common Stock during the period between any
     Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent
     Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1 per share
     on the Junior Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable
     on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

          (c)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative
     on outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock from the
     Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of
     issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such
     shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly
     Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such
     shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such
     shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend
     Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the
     determination of holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock
     entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such
     Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events
     such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from
     such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid
     dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the
     shares of Junior Preferred Stock in an amount less than the
     total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and
     payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
     share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time
     outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date
     for the determination of holders of shares of Junior
     Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or
     distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be
     not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the
     payment thereof.

     Section 3.  Voting Rights.  The holders of shares of Junior
Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

          (a)  Subject to the provision for adjustment
     hereinafter set forth, each share of Junior Preferred Stock
     shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters
     submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.
     In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or
     pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of
     Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or
     consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
     reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend
     in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number
     of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number
     of votes per share to which holders of shares of Junior
     Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such
     event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a
     fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of
     Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and
     the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common
     Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          (b)  Except as provided in this Certificate of
     Incorporation, in any Preferred Stock Designation or in any
     certificate of designations creating any similar stock, or
     by law, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock and
     the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital
     stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall
     vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a
     vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

          (c)  Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise
     provided by law, holders of Junior Preferred Stock shall
     have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be
     required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote
     with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking
     any corporate action.

     Section 4.  Certain Restrictions.

          (a)  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or
     distributions payable on the Junior Preferred Stock as
     provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until
     all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
     or not declared, on shares of Junior Preferred Stock
     outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation
     shall not:

               (i)  declare or pay dividends, or make any other
          distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior
          (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Preferred
          Stock;

               (ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other
          distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a
          parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up) with the Junior Preferred
          Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Junior
          Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which
          dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to
          the total amounts to which the holders of all such
          shares are then entitled;

               (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
          consideration shares of any stock ranking junior
          (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Preferred
          Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time
          redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any
          such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock
          of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to
          dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding
          up) to the Junior Preferred Stock; or

               (iv) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
          consideration any shares of Junior Preferred Stock or
          any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Junior
          Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase
          offer made in writing or by publication (as determined
          by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such
          shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after
          consideration of the respective annual dividend rates
          and other relative rights and preferences of the
          respective series and classes, shall determine in good
          faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among
          the respective series or classes.

          (b)  The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of
     the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for
     consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless
     the Corporation could, under paragraph (a) of this Section
     4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time
     and in such manner.

     Section 5.  Reacquired Shares.  Any shares of Junior
Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the
Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired promptly
after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon their
retirement become authorized but unissued shares of Junior
Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of
Junior Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions
on issuance set forth herein or in any Certificate of
Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar
stock or as otherwise required by law.

     Section 6.  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.  Upon
any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no
distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of stock
ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) to the Junior Preferred Stock unless,
prior thereto, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock
shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether
or not declared, to the date of such payment, provided that the
holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision
for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the
aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares
of Common Stock, or (2) to the holders of shares of stock ranking
on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) with the Junior Preferred Stock,
except distributions made ratably on the Junior Preferred Stock
and all such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to
which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  In the event the
Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a
subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by
payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater
or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such
case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Junior
Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event
under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall
be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the
numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

     Section 7.  Consolidation, Merger, etc.  In case the
Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger,
combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common
Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or
securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case
each share of Junior Preferred Stock shall at the same time be
similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share, subject
to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to
100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or
any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into
which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or
exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare
or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of
Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or
consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in
shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares
of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in
the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of
shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying
such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such
event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of
Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.

     Section 8.  No Redemption.  The shares of Junior Preferred
Stock shall not be redeemable.

     Section 9.  Rank.  The Junior Preferred Stock shall rank,
with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of
assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, junior to the
$4.75 Preferred Stock and to all series of the Corporation's
Preferred Stock.

     Section 10.  Amendment.  The Certificate of Incorporation of
the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would
materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special
rights of the Junior Preferred Stock so as to affect them
adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock,
voting together as a single class.

     (E)  Common Stock.  The Common Stock shall be subject to the
express terms of the $4.75 Preferred Stock, the Junior Preferred
Stock and the Preferred Stock and any series thereof.  Each share
of Common Stock shall be equal to each other share of Common
Stock. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to
one vote for each such share upon all questions presented to the
stockholders.

     (F)  Vote.  Except as may be provided in this Certificate of
Incorporation or in a Preferred Stock Designation, or as may be
required by law, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right
to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes,
and holders of $4.75 Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock and
Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive notice of any
meeting of stockholders at which they are not entitled to vote.

     (G)  Record Holders.  The Corporation shall be entitled to
treat the person in whose name any share of its stock is
registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be
bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest
in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not
the Corporation shall have notice thereof, except as expressly
provided by applicable law.

                            ARTICLE V

     The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to create and
issue, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of
any of its stock or other securities or property, rights
entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the Corporation
shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any
other corporation.  The times at which and the terms upon which
such rights are to be issued will be determined by the Board of
Directors and set forth in the contracts or instruments that
evidence such rights.  The authority of the Board of Directors
with respect to such rights shall include, but not be limited to,
determination of the following:

     (A)  The initial purchase price per share or other unit of
the stock or other securities or property to be purchased upon
exercise of such rights.

     (B)  Provisions relating to the times at which and the
circumstances under which such rights may be exercised or sold or
otherwise transferred, either together with or separately from,
any other stock or other securities of the Corporation.

     (C)  Provisions which adjust the number or exercise price of
such rights or amount or nature of the stock or other securities
or property receivable upon exercise of such rights in the event
of a combination, split or recapitalization of any stock of the
Corporation, a change in ownership of the Corporation's stock or
other securities or a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale
of assets or other occurrence relating to the Corporation or any
stock of the Corporation, and provisions restricting the ability
of the Corporation to enter into any such transaction absent an
assumption by the other party or parties thereto of the
obligations of the Corporation under such rights.

     (D)  Provisions which deny the holder of a specified
percentage of the outstanding stock or other securities of the
Corporation the right to exercise such rights and/or cause the
rights held by such holder to become void.

     (E)  Provisions which permit the Corporation to redeem or
exchange such rights.

     (F)  The appointment of a rights agent with respect to such
rights.


                            ARTICLE VI

     (A)  In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers
conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized
and empowered:

          (i)  to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the
     Corporation; provided, however, that the Bylaws adopted by
     the Board of Directors under the powers hereby conferred may
     be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors or by the
     stockholders having voting power with respect thereto,
     provided further that in the case of amendments by
     stockholders, the affirmative vote of the holders of at
     least 80 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding
     Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be
     required to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the
     Bylaws; and

          (ii) from time to time to determine whether and to what
     extent, and at what times and places, and under what
     conditions and regulations, the accounts and books of the
     Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to inspection of
     stockholders; and, except as so determined, or as expressly
     provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or in any
     Preferred Stock Designation, no stockholder shall have any
     right to inspect any account, book or document of the
     Corporation other than such rights as may be conferred by
     applicable law.

     (B)  The Corporation may in its Bylaws confer powers upon
the Board of Directors in addition to the foregoing and in
addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon
the Board of Directors by applicable law.  Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the
contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80
percent of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock,
voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend,
repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with subparagraph (i)
of paragraph (A) of this Article VI.  For the purposes of this
Certificate of Incorporation, "Voting Stock" shall mean the
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors.

                           ARTICLE VII

     Subject to the rights of the holders of $4.75 Preferred
Stock, any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class
of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to
elect additional directors under specific circumstances, any
action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of
the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or
special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be
effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such
stockholders.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative
vote of at least 80 percent of the voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class,
shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision
inconsistent with this Article VII.

                           ARTICLE VIII

     (A)  Subject to the rights of the holders of $4.75 Preferred
Stock, any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class
of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to
elect additional directors under specific circumstances, the
number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the
Bylaws of the Corporation and may be increased or decreased from
time to time in such a manner as may be prescribed by the Bylaws.

     (B)  Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the
Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the
Corporation need not be by written ballot.

     (C)  The directors, other than those who may be elected by
the holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock, any series of Preferred
Stock or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation, shall be divided into three
classes, as nearly equal in number as possible.  One class of
directors shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the
annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1992, another class
shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in 1993, and another class
shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in 1994.  Members of each
class shall hold office until their successors are elected and
qualified.  At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders
of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors
whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected by a
plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting to hold office
for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in
the third year following the year of their election.

     (D)  Subject to the rights of the holders of $4.75 Preferred
Stock, any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class
of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to
elect additional directors under specific circumstances, any
director may be removed from office at any time, but only for
cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
80 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting
Stock, voting together as a single class.

     (E)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate
of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class,
shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision
inconsistent with this Article VIII.

                            ARTICLE IX

     Section 1.  Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.

     (A)  Higher Vote for Certain Business Combinations.  In
addition to any affirmative vote required by law or this
Certificate of Incorporation, and except as otherwise expressly
provided in Section 2 of this Article IX:

          (i)  any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or
     any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (a) any
     Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined), or (b) any
     other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested
     Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation
     would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an
     Interested Stockholder; or

          (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge,
     transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a
     series of transactions) to or with any Interested
     Stockholder, including all Affiliates of the Interested
     Stockholder, of any assets of the Corporation or any
     Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as
     hereinafter defined) of $10,000,000 or more; or

          (iii) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or
     any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of
     transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any
     Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder, including all
     Affiliates of the Interested Stockholder, in exchange for
     cash, securities or other property (or a combination
     thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of
     $10,000,000 or more; or

          (iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the
     liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or
     on behalf of an Interested Stockholder or any Affiliates of
     an Interested Stockholder; or

          (v)  any reclassification of securities (including any
     reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the
     Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the
     Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other
     transaction (whether or not an Interested Stockholder is a
     party thereto) which has the effect, directly or indirectly,
     of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding
     shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of
     the Corporation or any Subsidiary which are directly or
     indirectly owned by any Interested Stockholder or one or
     more Affiliates of the Interested Stockholder;

shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
66 2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock,
voting together as a single class, including the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the
then outstanding Voting Stock not owned directly or indirectly by
any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested
Stockholder.  Such affirmative vote shall be required
notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a
lesser percentage may be permitted, by law or in any agreement
with any national securities exchange or otherwise.

     (B)  Definition of "Business Combination."  The term
"Business Combination" as used in this Article IX shall mean any
transaction described in any one or more of clauses (i) through
(v) of paragraph (A) of this Section 1.

     Section 2.  When Higher Vote is Not Required.  The
provisions of Section I of this Article IX shall not be
applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such
Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as
is required by law or any other provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation, if the conditions specified in either of the
following paragraphs (A) or (B) are met:

     (A)  Approval by Continuing Directors.  The Business
Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the
Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined).

     (B)  Price and Procedure Requirements.  All of the following
conditions shall have been met:

          (i)  The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair
     Market Value (as hereinafter defined) as of the date of the
     consummation of the Business Combination of consideration
     other than cash, to be received per share by holders of
     Common Stock in such Business Combination, shall be at least
     equal to the highest of the following:

               (a)  (if applicable) the highest per share price
          (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes
          and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested
          Stockholder for any shares of Common Stock acquired by
          it (1) within the two-year period immediately prior to
          the first public announcement of the proposal of such
          Business Combination (the "Announcement Date"), or (2)
          in the transaction in which it became an Interested
          Stockholder, whichever is higher;

               (b)  the Fair Market Value per share of Common
          Stock on the Announcement Date or on the date on which
          the Interested Stockholder became an Interested
          Stockholder (the "Determination Date"), whichever is
          higher; and

               (c)  (if applicable) the price per share equal to
          the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock
          determined pursuant to paragraph (B)(i)(b) above,
          multiplied by the ratio of (1) the highest per share
          price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer
          taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the
          Interested Stockholder for any shares of Common Stock
          acquired by it within the two-year period immediately
          prior to the Announcement Date to (2) the Fair Market
          Value per share of Common Stock on the first day in
          such two-year period upon which the Interested
          Stockholder acquired any shares of Common Stock.

          (ii) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair
     Market Value as of the date of the consummation of the
     Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be
     received per share by holders of shares of any other class,
     other than Common Stock or Excluded Preferred Stock, of
     outstanding Voting Stock shall be at least equal to the
     highest of the following (it being intended that the
     requirements of this paragraph (B)(ii) shall be required to
     be met with respect to every such class of outstanding
     Voting Stock whether or not the Interested Stockholder has
     previously acquired any shares of a particular class of
     Voting Stock):

               (a)  (if applicable) the highest per share price
          (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes
          and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested
          Stockholder for any shares of such class of Voting
          Stock acquired by it (1) within the two-year period
          immediately prior to the Announcement Date, or (2) in
          the transaction in which it became an Interested
          Stockholder, whichever is higher;

               (b)  (if applicable) the highest preferential
          amount per share to which the holders of shares of such
          class of Voting Stock are entitled in the event of any
          voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
          winding up of the Corporation;

               (c)  the Fair Market Value per share of such class
          of Voting Stock on the Announcement Date or on the
          Determination Date, whichever is higher; and

               (d)  (if applicable) the price per share equal to
          the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting
          Stock determined pursuant to paragraph (B)(ii)(c)
          above, multiplied by the ratio of (1) the highest per
          share price (including any brokerage commissions,
          transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by
          the Interested Stockholder for any shares of such class
          of Voting Stock acquired by it within the two-year
          period immediately prior to the Announcement Date to
          (2) the Fair Market Value per share of such class of
          Voting Stock on the first day in such two-year period
          upon which the Interested Stockholder acquired any
          shares of such class of Voting Stock.

          (iii) The consideration to be received by holders of a
     particular class of outstanding Voting Stock (including
     Common Stock and other than Excluded Preferred Stock) shall
     be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Stockholder
     has previously paid for shares of such class of Voting
     Stock.  If the Interested Stockholder has paid for shares of
     any class of Voting Stock with varying forms of
     consideration, the form of consideration for such class of
     Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to
     acquire the largest number of shares of such class of Voting
     Stock previously acquired by it.

          (iv) After such Interested Stockholder has become an
     Interested Stockholder and prior to the consummation of such
     Business Combination: (a) there shall have been no failure
     to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full
     quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any
     outstanding preferred stock, except as approved by a
     majority of the Continuing Directors; (b) there shall have
     been no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on
     the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any
     subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by a
     majority of the Continuing Directors; (c) there shall have
     been an increase in the annual rate of dividends as
     necessary fully to reflect any recapitalization (including
     any reverse stock split), reorganization or any similar
     reorganization which has the effect of reducing the number
     of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, unless the
     failure so to increase such annual rate is approved by a
     majority of the Continuing Directors; and (d) such
     Interested Stockholder shall not have become the Beneficial
     Owner of any additional Voting Stock except as part of the
     transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder
     becoming an Interested Stockholder.

          (v)  After such Interested Stockholder has become an
     Interested Stockholder, such Interested Stockholder shall
     not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly
     (except proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans,
     advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance
     or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the
     Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in connection
     with such Business Combination or otherwise.

          (vi) A proxy or information statement describing the
     proposed Business Combination and complying with the
     requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the
     rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent
     provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall
     be mailed to shareholders of the Corporation at least thirty
     (30) days prior to the consummation of such Business
     Combination (whether or not such proxy or information
     statement is required to be marked pursuant to such Act or
     subsequent provisions).

     Section 3.  Certain Definitions.  For purposes of this
Article IX:

     (A)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation
or other entity.

     (B)  "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any Person (other
than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:

          (i)  itself, or along with its Affiliates, is the
     Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10%
     of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

          (ii) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time
     within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in
     question was itself, or along with its Affiliates, the
     Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of
     the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

          (iii) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to
     any Voting Stock which was at any time within the two-year
     period immediately prior to the date in question
     beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such
     assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course
     of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a
     public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of
     1933.

     (C)  "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning ascribed to
such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on February 1,
1992.  In addition, a Person shall be the "Beneficial Owner" of
any Voting Stock which such Person or any of its Affiliates or
Associates has (a) the right to acquire (whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time),
pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon
the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or
options, or otherwise, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any
agreement, arrangement or understanding (but neither such Person
nor any such Affiliate or Associate shall be deemed to be the
Beneficial Owner of any shares of Voting Stock solely by reason
of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of
stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for
such meeting, and with respect to which shares neither such
Person nor any such Affiliate or Associate is otherwise deemed
the Beneficial Owner).

     (D)  For the purpose of determining whether a Person is an
Interested Stockholder pursuant to paragraph (B) of this Section
3, the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding
shall include shares deemed owned through application of
paragraph (C) of this Section 3 but shall not include any other
shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any
agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of
conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

     (E)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective
meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General
Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as in effect on February 1, 1992.

     (F)  "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation of which a
majority of any share of equity security is owned, directly or
indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the
purposes of the definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in
paragraph (B) of this Section 3, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean
only a corporation of which a majority of each share of equity
security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

     (G)  "Continuing Director" shall mean any member of the
Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") who is
unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and was a member of
the Board prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder
became an Interested Stockholder, and any director who is
thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board or who is
elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the
Interested Stockholder and in connection with his or her initial
assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election
by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board.

     (H)  "Fair Market Value" shall mean (i) in the case of
stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period
immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such
stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange listed
stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted on the Composite Tape, on
the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on
such exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which
such is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such
exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a
share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date
in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc.  Automated Quotations System or any system then in use in
its stead, or if no such quotations are available, the fair
market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as
determined by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of this
Article IX; and (ii) in the case of property other than cash or
stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in
question as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 4
of this Article IX.

     (I)  In the event of any Business Combination in which the
Corporation survives, the phrase "other consideration to be
received" as used in paragraphs (B)(i) and (ii) of Section 2 of
this Article IX shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or
the shares of any other class of outstanding Voting Stock
retained by the holders of such shares.

     (J)  "Excluded Preferred Stock" means any series of
Preferred Stock with respect to which a majority of the
Continuing Directors have approved a Preferred Stock Designation
creating such series that expressly provides that the provisions
of this Article IX shall not apply.

     Section 4.  The Continuing Directors of the Corporation
shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of
this Article IX, on the basis of information known to them after
reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to determine compliance
with this Article IX, including, without limitation (i) whether a
Person is an Interested Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of
Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (iii) whether a
Person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (iv) whether the
applicable conditions set forth in paragraph (B) of Section 2 of
this Article IX have been met with respect to any Business
Combination, (v) the Fair Market Value of stock or other property
in accordance with paragraph (H) of Section 3 of this Article IX,
and (vi) whether the assets which are the subject of any Business
Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the
issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any
Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair
Market Value of $10,000,000 or more.

     Section 5.  No Effect on Fiduciary Obligations of Interested
Stockholders.  Nothing contained in this Article IX shall be
construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any
fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

     Section 6.  Amendment, Repeal, etc.  Notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the
Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that a
lesser percentage may be permitted by law, this Certificate of
Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), but in addition
to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class of
the Voting Stock required by law or this Certificate of
Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of
the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding Voting
Stock voting together as a single class, including the
affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of
the then outstanding Voting Stock not owned directly or
indirectly by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any
Interested Stockholder, shall be required to amend or repeal, or
adopt any provisions inconsistent with, this Article IX of this
Certificate of Incorporation.


                            ARTICLE X

     Each person who is or was or had agreed to become a director
or officer of the Corporation, or each such person who is or was
serving or who had agreed to serve at the request of the Board of
Directors or an officer of the Corporation as an employee or
agent of the Corporation or as a director, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise (including the heirs, executor,
administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified by
the Corporation, in accordance with the Bylaws of the
Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same
exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such
amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the
Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said
law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment)
or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect.
Without limiting the generality or the effect of the foregoing,
the Corporation may enter into one or more agreements with any
person which provide for indemnification greater or different
than that provided in this Article X.  Any amendment or repeal of
this Article X shall not adversely affect any right or protection
existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring
prior to such amendment or repeal.

                            ARTICLE XI

     A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable
to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i)
for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.  Any amendment or repeal of this Article XI shall not
adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the
Corporation existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission
occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

                           ARTICLE XII

     Except as may be expressly provided in this Certificate of
Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right at any time and
from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision
contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred
Stock Designation, and any other provisions authorized by the
laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added
or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein or
by applicable law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of
whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any
other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of
Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are
granted subject to the right reserved in this Article XII;
provided, however, that any amendment or repeal of Article X or
Article XI of this Certificate of Incorporation shall not
adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in
respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment
or repeal; and provided further that no Preferred Stock
Designation shall be amended after the issuance of any shares of
the series of Preferred Stock created thereby, except in
accordance with the terms of such Preferred Stock Designation and
the requirements of applicable law; and provided further that
paragraph (D) of Article IV hereof shall not be amended after the
issuance of any shares of Junior Preferred Stock, except in
accordance with the terms of such paragraph (D) and the
requirements of applicable law.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said The New Dial Corp. has caused this
Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its
President and attested by its Secretary and has caused its
corporate seal to be affixed, this 24th day of February, 1992.


                                   THE NEW DIAL CORP.

                                   By:  /s/  John W. Teets
                                        President

Attest: /s/    F.G. Emerson
               Secretary

<PAGE>

                      CERTIFICATE OF MERGER
                                OF
                          THE DIAL CORP
                               INTO
                        THE NEW DIAL CORP.


                (Under Section 252 of The General
            Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

     The New Dial Corp., a corporation organized and existing
under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware, DOES
HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

     1.   The name and state of incorporation of each of the
constituent corporations are:

          (a)  The Dial Corp, an Arizona corporation; and

          (b)  The New Dial Corp., a Delaware corporation.

     2.   An agreement of merger has been approved, adopted,
certified, executed and acknowledged by The Dial Corp and by The
New Dial Corp. in accordance with the provisions of subsection
(c) of Section 252 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

     3.   The name of the surviving corporation of the merger is
The New Dial Corp.

     4.   The certificate of incorporation of The New Dial Corp.
shall be the certificate of incorporation of the surviving
corporation, except that at the effective time of the merger
Article I of the certificate of incorporation of The New Dial
Corp. shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

          I.   The name of the Corporation is The Dial Corp.

     5.   The surviving corporation is a corporation of the State
of Delaware.

     6.   The executed agreement of merger is on file at the
principal place of business of The New Dial Corp. at 1850 North
Central Avenue, Phoenix, Arizona 85077.

     7.   A copy of the agreement of merger will be furnished by
The New Dial Corp., on request and without cost, to any
stockholder of The Dial Corp or The New Dial Corp.

     8.   The authorized capital stock of The Dial Corp is
100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.50 per share,
5,000,000 shares of preference stock, without par value, of which
442, 352 shares have been designated Series $4.75 Preferred Stock
and 600,000 shares have been designated Junior Participating
Preference Stock, and 5,000,000 shares of second preference
stock, without par value.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The New Dial Corp. has caused this
certificate to be executed by Richard C. Stephan, its Vice
President, and attested by F.G. Emerson, its Secretary, on this
3rd day of March, 1992.

                                   THE NEW DIAL CORP.

                                   By:  /s/  Richard C. Stephan
                                             Vice President


ATTEST:

By:  /s/  F.G. Emerson
          Secretary

<PAGE>
               CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

                             MERGING
                                 
                             LEN INC.

                               INTO

                          THE DIAL CORP


     The Dial Corp, a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to Sections 103 and
253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does
hereby certify:

     FIRST:  That The Dial Corp (hereinafter the "Corporation")
was incorporated on December 16, 1991 under the name "The New
Dial Corp." pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware, the provisions of which permit the merger of a
subsidiary corporation organized and existing under the laws of
said State into a parent corporation organized and existing under
the laws of said State.

     SECOND:  That this Corporation owns one hundred percent
(100%) of the outstanding shares of stock of LEN Inc.
(hereinafter "LEN"), a corporation incorporated on the 7th day of
May, 1996 pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

     THIRD:  Effective as of August 15, 1996, the Corporation has
distributed all of the outstanding capital stock of The Dial
Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, to the
stockholders of the Corporation.

     FOURTH:  That this Corporation, by the following resolution
of its Board of Directors, duly adopted by the Board at a meeting
on the 30th day of May, 1996, determined to and does hereby merge
LEN into itself:

          RESOLVED, that conditioned upon effectiveness of
     the distribution of all of the outstanding capital
     stock of The Dial Corporation, a wholly owned
     subsidiary of the Corporation, to the stockholders of
     the Corporation, the Board of Directors approves the
     merger of LEN Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of this
     Corporation, with and into this Corporation, in which
     this Corporation will be the surviving corporation and
     will assume all of the rights and obligations of LEN
     Inc. in accordance with Section 253 of the Delaware
     General Corporation law (the "DGCL") and pursuant to
     which the name of this Corporation shall be changed to
     Viad Corp, and approves and adopts such merger; and
     that the officers of the Corporation, and each of them,
     are authorized to executed and file a certificate of
     ownership and merger in accordance with Section 253 of
     the DGCL.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said The Dial Corp has caused this
Certificate to be signed by Peter J. Novak, its Vice President -
General Counsel this 15th day of August, 1996.

                                   THE DIAL CORP

                                   By:  /s/  Peter J. Novak
                                             Vice President-
                                             General Counsel

                                                     Exhibit 3.B

                              BYLAWS
                                OF
                            VIAD CORP

       INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
                   AS AMENDED FEBRUARY 20, 1997


                            ARTICLE I

                       OFFICES AND RECORDS

     SECTION 1.1.   DELAWARE OFFICE.  The principal office of the
Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located in the City
of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name and address of
its registered agent is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209
Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware.

     SECTION 1.2.   OTHER OFFICES.  The Corporation may have such
other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as
the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the
Corporation may from time to time require.

     SECTION 1.3.   BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The books and records of
the Corporation may be kept at the Corporation's headquarters in
Phoenix, Arizona or at such other locations as may from time to
time be designated by the Board of Directors.

                            ARTICLE II

                           STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION 2.1.   ANNUAL MEETING.  The annual meeting of the
stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on the second
Tuesday in May of each year, if not a legal holiday, and if a
legal holiday then on the next succeeding business day, at
9:00 a.m., local time, at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation, or at such other date, place and/or time as may be
fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 2.2.   SPECIAL MEETING.  Subject to the rights of
the holders of the Series $4.75 Preferred Stock, without par
value but with a stated value of $100 per share (the "$4.75
Preferred Stock"), any series of preferred stock, par value $.01
per share (the "Preferred Stock"), or any other series or class
of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation to elect additional directors under specified
circumstances, special meetings of the stockholders may be called
only by the Chairman of the Board or by the Board of Directors
pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total
number of directors which the Corporation would have if there
were no vacancies (the "Whole Board").

     SECTION 2.3.   PLACE OF MEETING.  The Board of Directors may
designate the place of meeting for any meeting of the
stockholders. If no designation is made by the Board of
Directors, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of
the Corporation.

     SECTION 2.4.   NOTICE OF MEETING.  Written or printed
notice, stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be
prepared and delivered by the Corporation not less than ten days
nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either
personally, or by mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to
be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with
postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his
address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the
Corporation. Such further notice shall be given as may be
required by law. Meetings may be held without notice if all
stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived
by those not present. Any previously scheduled meeting of the
stockholders may be postponed by resolution of the Board of
Directors upon public notice given prior to the time previously
scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

     SECTION 2.5.   QUORUM AND ADJOURNMENT.  Except as otherwise
provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the
holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding
shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), represented in person
or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of
stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted
on by a class or series voting as a class, the holders of a
majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of such business. The chairman of the
meeting or a majority of the voting power of the shares of Voting
Stock so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time,
whether or not there is such a quorum (or in the case of
specified business to be voted on a class or series, the chairman
or a majority of the shares of such class or series so
represented may adjourn the meeting with respect to such
specified business). No notice of the time and place of adjourned
meetings need be given except as required by law. The
stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

     SECTION 2.6.   PROXIES.  At all meetings of stockholders, a
stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the
stockholder or as otherwise permitted by law, or by his duly
authorized attorney-in-fact. Such proxy must be filed with the
Secretary of the Corporation or his representative at or before
the time of the meeting.
<PAGE>
     SECTION 2.7.   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND
NOMINATIONS.

     (A)  ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  (1)  Nominations of
persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation
and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders
may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant to
the Corporation's notice of meeting delivered pursuant to Section
2.4 of these Bylaws, (b) by or at the direction of the Chairman
or the Board of Directors or (c) by any stockholder of the
Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complied
with the notice procedures set forth in clauses (2) and (3) of
this paragraph (A) and this Bylaw and who was a stockholder of
record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of
the Corporation.

     (2)  For nominations or other business to be properly
brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to
clause (c) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Bylaw, the stockholder
must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary
of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be
delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of
the Corporation not less than seventy days nor more than ninety
days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's
annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the
date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than twenty days,
or delayed by more than seventy days, from such anniversary date,
notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not
earlier than the ninetieth day prior to such annual meeting and
not later than the close of business on the later of the
seventieth day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day
following the day on which public announcement of the date of
such meeting is first made. Such stockholder's notice shall set
forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to
nominate for election or reelection as a director all information
relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is
otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), including such person's written consent to being named in
the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if
elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder
proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the
business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons
for conducting such business at the meeting and any material
interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial
owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as
to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if
any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the
name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the
Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the
class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned
beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such
beneficial owner.

     (3)  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of
paragraph (A) (2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event
that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of
Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public
announcement naming all of the nominees for director or
specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by
the Corporation at least eighty days prior to the first
anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a
stockholder's notice required by this Bylaw shall also be
considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new
positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to
the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day
following the day on which such public announcement is first made
by the Corporation.

     (B)  SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.  Only such business
shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall
have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the
Corporation's notice of meeting pursuant to Section 2.4 of these
Bylaws. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of
Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at
which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's
notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is
entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice
procedures set forth in this Bylaw and who is a stockholder of
record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of
the Corporation. Nominations by stockholders of persons for
election to the Board of Directors may be made at such a special
meeting of stockholders if the stockholder's notice as required
by paragraph (A) (2) of this Bylaw shall be delivered to the
Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation
not earlier than the ninetieth day prior to such special meeting
and not later than the close of business on the later of the
seventieth day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day
following the day on which public announcement is first made of
the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by
the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.

     (C)  GENERAL.  (1)  Only persons who are nominated in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw shall be
eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be
conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought
before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in
this Bylaw. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Restated
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the
meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a
nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the
meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in
this Bylaw and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in
compliance with this Bylaw, to declare that such defective
proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

     (2)  For purposes of this Bylaw, "public announcement" shall
mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News
Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or
in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13,14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act.

     (3)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw,
a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with
respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this
Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to
request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy
statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

     SECTION 2.8.   PROCEDURE FOR ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. 
Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at
which directors are to be elected shall be by written ballot,
and, except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of
Incorporation with respect to the right of the holders of the
$4.75 Preferred Stock, any series of Preferred Stock or any other
series or class of stock to elect additional directors under
specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast thereat
shall elect. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate
of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all matters other than the
election of directors submitted to the stockholders at any
meeting shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast with
respect thereto.

     SECTION 2.9.   INSPECTORS OF ELECTIONS; OPENING AND CLOSING
THE POLLS.

     (A)  The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one
or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include
individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities,
including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or
representatives of the Corporation, to act at the meeting and
make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be
designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who
fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to
act, or if all inspectors or alternates who have been appointed
are unable to act, at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of
the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the
meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties,
shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of
inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of
his or her ability. The inspectors shall have the duties
prescribed by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

     (B)  The chairman of the meeting shall fix and announce at
the meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of
the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote
at a meeting.

     SECTION 2.10.  NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. 
Subject to the rights of the holders of the $4.75 Preferred
Stock, any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class
of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation to
elect additional directors under specific circumstances, any
action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of
the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting
of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any
consent in writing by such stockholders.

                           ARTICLE III

                        BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     SECTION 3.1.   GENERAL POWERS.  The business and affairs of
the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its
Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by
these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of
Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do
all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be
exercised or done by the stockholders.

     SECTION 3.2.   NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.  Subject
to the rights of the holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock, any
series of Preferred Stock, or any other series or class of stock
as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to elect
directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors
shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a
resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, but shall
consist of not more than seventeen nor less than three directors. 
The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders
of the $4.75 Preferred Stock, any series of Preferred Stock, or
any other series or class of stock as set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation, shall be divided, with respect to
the time for which they severally hold office, into three
classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with the term of
office of the first class to expire at the 1992 annual meeting of
stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at
the 1993 annual meeting of stockholders and the term of office of
the third class to expire at the 1994 annual meeting of
stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his or her
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each
annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the 1992 annual
meeting, (i) directors elected to succeed those directors whose
terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire
at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after
their election, with each director to hold office until his or
her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, and
(ii) if authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors,
directors may be elected to fill any vacancy on the Board of
Directors, regardless of how such vacancy shall have been
created.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no outside director shall be
nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director
for another term of office unless such term of office shall begin
before he attains age 70, provided, however, that any outside
director who had attained age 65 on May 10, 1983 may be nominated
by the Board of Directors for election as a director for another
term of office unless such term of office shall begin before he
attains age 72; and no inside director's term of office shall
continue after he attains age 65 or after the termination of his
services as an officer or employee of the Corporation, unless
such continuance is approved by a majority of the outside
directors on the Board of Directors at the time the disqualifying
event occurs and each time thereafter that such inside director
is nominated for reelection.  The term "outside director" means
any person who has never served as an officer or employee of the
Corporation or an affiliate and the term "inside director" means
any director who is not an "outside director."  Any person who is
ineligible for re-election as a director under this paragraph
may, by a majority vote of the Board of Directors, be designated
as a "Director Emeritus" and as such shall be entitled to receive
notice of, and to attend meetings of, the Board of Directors, but
shall not vote at such meetings.

     SECTION 3.3.   REGULAR MEETINGS.  A regular meeting of the
Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this
Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, each annual
meeting of stockholders. The Board of Directors may, by
resolution, provide the time and place for the holding of
additional regular meetings without other notice than such
resolution.

     SECTION 3.4.   SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the
Board of Directors shall be called at the request of the Chairman
of the Board, the President or a majority of the Board of
Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special
meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of
the meetings.

     SECTION 3.5.   NOTICE.  Notice of any special meeting shall
be given to each director at his business or residence in writing
or by telegram or by telephone communication. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the
United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid,
at least five days before such meeting. If by telegram, such
notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is
delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four hours
before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission, such notice
shall be transmitted at least twenty-hours before such meeting.
If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve hours
prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting
of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such
meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under
Section 7.1 of Article VII hereof. A meeting may be held at any
time without notice if all the directors are present or if those
not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before
or after such meeting.

     SECTION 3.6.   QUORUM.  A whole number of directors equal to
at least a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the
Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a
majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from
time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of
the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present
shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The directors present
at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business
until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough
directors to leave less than a quorum.

     SECTION 3.7.   VACANCIES.  Subject to the rights of the
holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock, any series of Preferred
Stock or any other series or class of stock, as set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under
specified circumstances, and unless the Board of Directors
otherwise determines, vacancies resulting from death,
resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or
other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled
only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining
directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors,
and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at
the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of
the class to which they have been elected expires and until such
director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting
the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

     SECTION 3.8.   EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The Board of Directors,
immediately following each annual meeting of stockholders or a
special meeting of the same held in lieu of the annual meeting
for the election of directors, shall meet and shall appoint from
its number an Executive Committee of such number of members as
from time to time may be selected by the Board, to serve until
the next annual or special meeting at which a majority of
directors is elected or until the respective successor of each is
duly appointed. The Executive Committee shall possess and may
exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors
in the management and direction of the business and affairs of
the Corporation, except as limited by law and except for the
power to change the membership or to fill vacancies in the Board
or said Committee. The Board shall have the power at any time to
change the membership of said Committee, to fill vacancies in it
or to make rules for the conduct of its business.

     SECTION 3.9.   REMOVAL.  Subject to the rights of the
holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock, any series of Preferred
Stock or any other series or class of stock, as set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under
specified circumstances, any director, or the entire Board of
Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for
cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
80 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting
Stock, voting together as a single class.

                            ARTICLE IV

                             OFFICERS

     SECTION 4.1.   ELECTED OFFICERS.  The elected officers of
the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, a
Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of
Directors from time to time may deem proper. The Chairman of the
Board shall be chosen from the directors.  All officers chosen by
the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as
generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the
specific provisions of this Article IV.  Such officers shall also
have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred
by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

     SECTION 4.2.   ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The elected
officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the
Board of Directors at the regular meeting of the Board of
Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If
the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such
election shall be held as soon thereafter as convenient. Subject
to Section 4.7 of these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office
until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have
qualified or until his death or until he shall resign.

     SECTION 4.3.   CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Chairman of the
Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of
the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board shall be
responsible for the general management of the affairs of the
Corporation and shall perform all duties incidental to his office
which may be required by law and all such other duties as are
properly required of him by the Board of Directors.  Except where
by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman
of the Board shall possess the same power as the President to
sign all certificates, contracts, and other instruments of the
Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. 
He shall make reports to the Board of Directors and the
stockholders, and shall perform all such other duties as are
properly required of him by the Board of Directors.  He shall see
that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of
any committee thereof are carried into effect.

     SECTION 4.4.   PRESIDENT.  The President shall act in a
general executive capacity and shall assist the Chairman of the
Board in the administration and operation of the Corporation's
business and general supervision of its policies and affairs. 
The President shall, in the absence of or because of the
inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties
of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of
stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  The President may
sign, alone or with the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or
any other proper officer of the Corporation authorized by the
Board of Directors, certificates, contracts, and other
instruments of the Corporation as authorized by the Board of
Directors.

     SECTION 4.5.   SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall give, or
cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and
Directors and all other notices required by law or by these
Bylaws, and in case of his absence or refusal or neglect so to
do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed
by the Chairman of the Board or the President, or by the Board of
Directors, upon whose request the meeting is called as provided
in these Bylaws. He shall record all the proceedings of the
meetings of the Board of Directors, any committees thereof and
the stockholders of the Corporation in a book to be kept for that
purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned
to him by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or
the President.  He shall have the custody of the seal of the
Corporation and may affix the same to all instruments requiring
it, and attest to the same.

     SECTION 4.6.   TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall have the
custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full
and accurate account of receipts and disbursements in books
belonging to the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall deposit all
moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the
Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the
Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of
the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, the
Chairman of the Board, or the President, taking proper vouchers
for such disbursements.  The Treasurer shall render to the
Chairman of the Board, the President and the Board of Directors,
whenever requested, an account of all his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  If
required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the
Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in
such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall
prescribe.

     SECTION 4.7.   REMOVAL.  Any officer elected by the Board of
Directors may be removed by a majority of the members of the
Whole Board whenever, in their judgment, the best interests of
the Corporation would be served thereby.  No elected officer
shall have any contractual rights against the Corporation for
compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the
election of his successor, his death, his resignation or his
removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise
provided in an employment contract or an employee plan.

     SECTION 4.8.   VACANCIES.  A newly created office and a
vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, or removal
may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion
of the term at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

                            ARTICLE V

                 STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS

     SECTION 5.1. STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS.

     (A)  The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation
shall be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock in such
form as the appropriate officers of the Corporation may from time
to time prescribe, provided, that the Board of Directors may
provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or
all classes or series of the stock of the Corporation shall be
uncertificated shares.  Notwithstanding the adoption of such a
resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of
uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate
signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman or
Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or
Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer,
or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation
representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. 
Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and
obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights
and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock
of the same class and series shall be identical.

     (B)  The certificates of stock shall be signed,
countersigned and registered in such manner as the Board of
Directors may by resolution prescribe, which resolution may
permit all or any of the signatures on such certificates to be in
facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who
has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a
certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or
registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by
the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer,
transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

     (C)  The shares of the stock of the Corporation represented
by certificates shall be transferred on the books of the
Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by his attorney,
upon surrender for cancellation of certificates for the same
number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer
endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such
proof of the authenticity of the signature as the corporation or
its agents may reasonably require.  Upon receipt of proper
transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated
shares such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance
of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares
shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction
shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation.  Within a
reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated
stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof
a written notice containing the information required to be set
forth or stated on certificates pursuant to the Delaware General
Corporation Law or, unless otherwise provided by the Delaware
General Corporation Law, a statement that the Corporation will
furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the
powers, designations, preferences and relative participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of
such preferences and/or rights.

     SECTION 5.2.   LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES.  No
Certificate for shares or uncertificated shares of stock in the
Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged
to have been lost, destroyed or stolen, except on production of
such evidence of such loss, destruction or theft and on delivery
to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon
such terms and secured by such surety, as the Board of Directors
or any financial officer may in its or his discretion require.

                            ARTICLE VI

                     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     SECTION 6.1.   FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the
Corporation shall begin on the first day of January and end on
the thirty-first day of December of each year.

     SECTION 6.2.   DIVIDENDS.  The Board of Directors may from
time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on
its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and
conditions provided by law and its Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.

     SECTION 6.3.   SEAL.  The corporate seal shall be in
circular form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
Corporation and the words "Corporate Seal--Delaware."

     SECTION 6.4.   WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Whenever any notice is
required to be given to any stockholder or director of the
Corporation under the provisions of the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by
the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or
after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the
giving of such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the
stockholders of the Board of Directors need be specified in any
waiver of notice of such meeting.

     SECTION 6.5.   AUDITS.  The accounts, books and records of
the Corporation shall be audited upon the conclusion of each
fiscal year by an independent certified public accountant
selected by the Board of Directors, and it shall be the duty of
the Board of Directors to cause such audit to be made annually.

     SECTION 6.6.   RESIGNATIONS.  Any director or any officer,
whether elected or appointed, may resign at any time by serving
written notice of such resignation on the Chairman of the Board,
the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be
deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the date
said notice is received by the Chairman of the Board, the
President, or the Secretary or at such later date as is stated
therein. No formal action shall be required of the Board of
Directors or the stockholders to make any such resignation
effective.

     SECTION 6.7.   INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.  (A)  Each
person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is involved in any action, suit, or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or
she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is
or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is
or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of any other corporation or of a
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including
service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis
of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a
director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity
while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest
extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in
the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such
amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader
indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to
provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability
and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts
paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such
person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her
heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that
except as provided in paragraph (B) of this Bylaw with respect to
proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the
Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof)
initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part
thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.

     (B)  If a claim under paragraph (A) of this Bylaw is not
paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a
written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant
may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to
recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in
whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also
the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to
any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim
for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of
its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is
required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant
has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for
the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed,
but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the
Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including
its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or
stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the
commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant
is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual
determination by the Corporation (including its Board of
Directors, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the
claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall
be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the
claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

     (C)  Following any "change in control" of the Corporation of
the type required to be reported under Item 1 of Form 8-K
promulgated under the Exchange Act, any determination as to
entitlement to indemnification shall be made by independent legal
counsel selected by the claimant, which independent legal counsel
shall be retained by the Board of Directors on behalf of the
Corporation.

     (D)  The right to indemnification and the payment of
expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its
final disposition conferred in this Bylaw shall not be exclusive
of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire
under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation,
Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise.

     (E)  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense,
to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability
or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to
indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     (F)  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time
to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to
indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the
expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its
final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest
extent of the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the
indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors,
officers and employees of the Corporation.

     (G)  The right to indemnification conferred in this Bylaw
shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid
by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such
proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided,
however, that if the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a
director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or
officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is
rendered by such person while a director or officer, including,
without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in
advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made
only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on
behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so
advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director
or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Bylaw or
otherwise.

     (H)  Any amendment or repeal of this Article VI shall not
adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in
respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment
or repeal.

     SECTION 6.8.   ELECTION NOT TO BE SUBJECT TO ARIZONA CONTROL
SHARE ACQUISITIONS STATUTE.  The Corporation elects not to be
subject to Title 10, Chapter 23, Article 2 of the Arizona Revised
Statutes, relating to "Control Share Acquisitions."

                           ARTICLE VII

                            AMENDMENTS

     SECTION 7.1.   AMENDMENTS.  These Bylaws may be amended,
added to, rescinded or repealed at any meeting of the Board of
Directors or of the stockholders, provided notice of the proposed
change was given in the notice of the meeting and, in the case of
a meeting of the Board of Directors, in a notice given no less
than twenty-four hours prior to the meeting; provided, however,
that, in the case of amendments by stockholders, notwithstanding
any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law
which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in
addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular
class or series of stock required by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class,
shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any provision of
these Bylaws.

                                                      Exhibit 4.B




                        U.S. $400,000,000


                       AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         CREDIT AGREEMENT



                    Dated as of July 24, 1996

                              Among

                          THE DIAL CORP
                  (to be known as VIAD CORP upon
               the effectiveness of this Agreement)

                           as Borrower

                               and

                      THE BANKS NAMED HEREIN

                            as Lenders

                               and

                        CITICORP USA, INC.

                     as Administrative Agent

                               and

                         BANK OF AMERICA
              NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                      as Documentation Agent


<PAGE>

                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                             Page
ARTICLE I
          DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . 2
     SECTION 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     SECTION 1.02.  Computation of Time Periods . . . . . . . .17
     SECTION 1.03.  Accounting Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

ARTICLE II
          AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES . . . . . . . . . .18
     SECTION 2.01.  The Committed Advances. . . . . . . . . . .18
     SECTION 2.02.  Making the Committed Advances . . . . . . .18
     SECTION 2.03.  Making the Bid Advances . . . . . . . . . .21
     SECTION 2.04.  Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     SECTION 2.05.  Termination and Reduction of the
                    Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     SECTION 2.06.  Repayment and Prepayment of Advances. . . .27
     SECTION 2.07.  Interest on Committed Advances. . . . . . .28
     SECTION 2.08.  Interest Rate Determination . . . . . . . .29
     SECTION 2.09.  Voluntary Conversion or Continuation of
                    Committed Advances. . . . . . . . . . . . .29
     SECTION 2.10.  Increased Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
     SECTION 2.11.  Payments and Computations . . . . . . . . .31
     SECTION 2.12.  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
     SECTION 2.13.  Sharing of Payments, Etc. . . . . . . . . .34
     SECTION 2.14.  Evidence of Debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
     SECTION 2.15.  Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
     SECTION 2.16.  Extension of the Commitment Termination
                    Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
     SECTION 2.17.  Substitution of Lenders . . . . . . . . . .36

ARTICLE III
          CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING . . . . . . .37
     SECTION 3.01.  Documents to be Delivered on the Closing
                    Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
     SECTION 3.02.  Conditions Precedent to Effective Time. . .38
     SECTION 3.03.  Conditions Precedent to Each Committed
                    Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
     SECTION 3.04.  Conditions Precedent to Each Bid
                    Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

ARTICLE IV
          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. . . . . . . . . . . .41
     SECTION 4.01.  Representations and Warranties of the
                    Borrower. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
ARTICLE V
          COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
     SECTION 5.01.  Affirmative Covenants . . . . . . . . . . .44
     SECTION 5.02.  Negative Covenants. . . . . . . . . . . . .49

ARTICLE VI
          EVENTS OF DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
     SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

ARTICLE VI
          THE AGENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
     SECTION 7.01.  Authorization and Action. . . . . . . . . .54
     SECTION 7.02.  Agents' Reliance, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . .55
     SECTION 7.03.  CUSA, B of A and Affiliates . . . . . . . .55
     SECTION 7.04.  Lender Credit Decision. . . . . . . . . . .56
     SECTION 7.05.  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
     SECTION 7.06.  Successor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

ARTICLE VIII
          MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
     SECTION 8.01.  Amendments, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
     SECTION 8.02.  Notices, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
     SECTION 8.03.  No Waiver; Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . .58
     SECTION 8.04.  Costs, Expenses and Indemnification . . . .58
     SECTION 8.05.  Right of Set-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
     SECTION 8.06.  Binding Effect; Effectiveness; Entire
                    Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
     SECTION 8.07.  Assignments and Participations. . . . . . .60
     SECTION 8.08.  Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
     SECTION 8.09.  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
     SECTION 8.10.  Execution in Counterparts . . . . . . . . .64
     SECTION 8.11.  Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of
                    Immunities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
     SECTION 8.12.  Waiver of Trial by Jury . . . . . . . . . .65


<PAGE>

                            SCHEDULES



SCHEDULE I     List of Applicable Lending Offices



                             EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A-1    Notice of Committed Borrowing

EXHIBIT A-2    Notice of Bid Borrowing

EXHIBIT B      Assignment and Acceptance

EXHIBIT C-1    Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Borrower as of
               the Closing Date

EXHIBIT C-2    Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Borrower as of
               the Effective Date

EXHIBIT D-1    Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Agents as of the
               Closing Date

EXHIBIT D-2    Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Agents as of the
               Effective Date

EXHIBIT E      Form of Extension Request

EXHIBIT F      Form of Compliance Certificate

EXHIBIT G-1    Form of Committed Note

EXHIBIT G-2    Form of Bid Note

EXHIBIT H      Form of Designation Agreement


<PAGE>


                        U.S. $400,000,000

                       AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         CREDIT AGREEMENT

                    Dated as of July 24, 1996

     This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this
"Agreement") is among THE DIAL CORP, a Delaware corporation, to
be known as VIAD CORP on and after the Effective Date (as defined
below) (the "Borrower"), the banks (the "Banks") listed on the
signature pages hereof, CITICORP USA, INC. ("CUSA"), as
administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity,
the "Administrative Agent"), and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION ("B of A"), as documentation agent for
the Lenders hereunder (in such capacity, the "Documentation
Agent"; the Administrative Agent and the Documentation Agent
being referred to together as the "Agents").  Certain capitalized
terms have the meanings given to them in Section 1.01 hereof.

                      PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

     WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to effect the spin-off to the
Borrower's stockholders of the Consumer Products Business
currently being conducted by the Borrower directly and through
certain of its subsidiaries;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, on the
Effective Date the Borrower shall (i) contribute all of the
assets and liabilities of the Consumer Products Business,
including the stock of certain subsidiaries, to The Dial
Corporation, a newly formed Delaware corporation ("Newco") and a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower, and (ii) distribute to
the holders of Borrower Common Stock approximately 94.8 million
shares of Newco Common Stock;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement and in
conjunction with the Distribution, immediately prior to the
Effective Date, Exhibitgroup shall be merged with and into the
Borrower, with the Borrower as the surviving corporation;

     WHEREAS, the Borrower, certain of the Banks, the Exiting
Banks (as hereinafter defined), and Citibank and B of A, as
Agents, are parties to that certain amended and restated credit
agreement dated as of December 15, 1993, as such agreement has
been and may be amended from time to time (as so amended, the
"Existing Credit Agreement");

     WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Banks, and the Agents desire to
amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety
in this Agreement in order to reflect the Distribution, but have
agreed that this Agreement shall not become effective (except to
the extent set forth in Section 8.06 hereof) and the Existing
Credit Agreement shall remain in place until the Effective Date
(which shall be the date of the Distribution) and the
satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth herein;

     WHEREAS, the Borrower, certain financial institutions, and
the Agents further desire to enter into the Newco Credit
Agreement concurrently with this Agreement, and the Newco Credit
Agreement shall not become effective until the Effective Date, at
which time the Borrower shall assign and Newco shall assume the
Newco Credit Agreement, upon the satisfaction of the terms and
conditions set forth therein; and

     WHEREAS, the Borrower and each bank that is party to the
Existing Credit Agreement but is not a party to this Agreement
(an "Exiting Bank") have agreed, pursuant to those certain letter
agreements dated as of August 15, 1996, that all funding
obligations and other obligations of the Exiting Banks under the
Existing Credit Agreement will be terminated upon the
effectiveness of this Agreement and, except as set forth in such
letter agreements, all payment obligations and other obligations
of the Borrower with respect to the Exiting Banks under the
Existing Credit Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth
in such letter agreements, will be satisfied upon the
effectiveness of this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                            ARTICLE I
                 DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     SECTION 1.01.  CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS.  As used in this
Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings
(such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and
plural forms of the terms defined):

          "ADDITIONS TO CAPITAL" means the sum of (i) the
     aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the fair market
     value of property other than cash (as determined in good
     faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower as evidenced
     by a Board resolution), received by the Borrower from the
     issue or sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of capital stock
     of the Borrower and (ii) the aggregate of 25% of the after
     tax gain realized from unusual, extraordinary, and major
     nonrecurring items including, but not limited to, the sale,
     transfer, or other disposition of (x) any of the stock of
     any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries or (y) substantially all
     of the assets of any geographic or other division or line of
     business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (but
     excluding any after tax loss realized on any such unusual,
     extraordinary, and major nonrecurring items to the extent
     they exceed any after tax gains on such items).

          "ADJUSTED EURODOLLAR RATE" means, for any Interest
     Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of
     the same Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal to the
     rate per annum obtained by dividing (a) the average (rounded
     upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/16 of 1% per
     annum, if such average is not such a multiple) of the rate
     per annum at which deposits in U.S. dollars are offered by
     the principal office of each of the Reference Banks in
     London, England to prime banks in the London interbank
     market at 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days before
     the first day of such Interest Period in an amount
     substantially equal to the respective Reference Bank's
     Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of such Borrowing
     and for a period equal to such Interest Period by (b) a
     percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve
     Percentage.  The Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any Interest
     Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising part of
     the same Borrowing shall be determined by the Administrative
     Agent on the basis of applicable rates furnished to and
     received by the Administrative Agent from the Reference
     Banks two Business Days before the first day of such
     Interest Period, subject, however, to the provisions of
     Section 2.08.

          "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT" means CUSA, or any Person
     serving as its successor agent.

          "ADVANCE" means a Committed Advance or a Bid Advance.

          "AFFILIATE" means, as to any Person, any other Person
     that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or
     is under common control with such Person.

          "AGENT" or "AGENTS" has the meaning specified in the
     introductory paragraph of this Agreement; provided, that,
     for purposes of Sections 7.02, 7.04, 7.05, 8.04, 8.07(b)(iv)
     and 8.12 of this Agreement the term "Agent" or "Agents", as
     the case may be, shall include Arrangers.

          "AGREEMENT" means this Amended and Restated Credit
     Agreement as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise
     modified from time to time.

          "APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to each
     Lender, such Lender's Domestic Lending Office in the case of
     a Base Rate Advance, and such Lender's Eurodollar Lending
     Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance.

          "APPLICABLE MARGIN" means, for any period for which any
     interest payment is to be made with respect to any Advance,
     the interest rate per annum derived by dividing (i) the sum
     of the Daily Margins for each of the days included in such
     period by (ii) the number of days included in such period.

          "ARRANGERS" means Citicorp Securities, Inc. and BA
     Securities, Inc., collectively, and each individually is an
     "ARRANGER."
          "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE" means an assignment and
     acceptance entered into by a Lender and an Eligible
     Assignee, and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in
     substantially the form of EXHIBIT B hereto.

          "BANKRUPTCY CODE" means Title 11 of the United States
     Code entitled "Bankruptcy" as now and hereafter in effect,
     or any successor statute.

          "BASE RATE" means, for any period, a fluctuating
     interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to
     time which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the
     highest of:

               (a)  the rate of interest announced publicly by
          Citibank in New York, New York, from time to time, as
          Citibank's base rate (which is a rate set by Citibank
          based upon various factors including Citibank's costs
          and desired return, general economic conditions and
          other factors, and is used as a reference point for
          pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or
          below such announced rate);

               (b)  the sum of (A) 1/2 of one percent per annum,
          plus (B) the rate obtained by dividing (x) the latest
          three-week moving average of secondary market morning
          offering rates in the United States for three-month
          certificates of deposit of major United States money
          market banks (such three-week moving average being
          determined weekly by Citibank on the basis of such
          rates reported by certificate of deposit dealers to and
          published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or,
          if such publication shall be suspended or terminated,
          on the basis of quotations for such rates received by
          Citibank, in either case adjusted to the nearest 1/4 of
          one percent or, if there is no nearest 1/4 of one
          percent, to the next higher 1/4 of one percent), by (y)
          a percentage equal to 100% minus the average of the
          daily percentages specified during such three-week
          period by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
          System for determining the maximum reserve requirement
          (including, but not limited to, any marginal reserve
          requirements for Citibank in respect of liabilities
          consisting of or including (among other liabilities)
          three-month nonpersonal time deposits of at least
          $100,000), plus (C) the average during such three-week
          period of the daily net annual assessment rates
          estimated by Citibank for determining the current
          annual assessment payable by Citibank to the Federal
          Deposit Insurance Corporation for insuring three-month
          deposits in the United States; or

               (c)  1/2 of one percent per annum above the
          Federal Funds Rate.

          "BASE RATE ADVANCE" means a Committed Advance which
     bears interest at a rate per annum determined on the basis
     of the Base Rate, as provided in Section 2.07(a).

          "BID ADVANCE" means an advance by a Lender to the
     Borrower as part of a Bid Borrowing resulting from the
     auction bidding procedure described in Section 2.03(a).

          "BID BORROWING" means a borrowing consisting of
     simultaneous Bid Advances of the same Type from each of the
     Lenders whose offer to make one or more Bid Advances as part
     of such borrowing has been accepted by the Borrower under
     the auction bidding procedure described in Section 2.03(a).

          "BID REDUCTION" has the meaning specified in Section
     2.01(a).

          "BORROWER" means The Dial Corp, a Delaware corporation,
     to be known as Viad Corp on and after the Effective Date.

          "BORROWER COMMON STOCK" means the approximately 94.8
     million shares of common stock, par value of $1.50 per
     share, of Borrower currently outstanding.

          "BORROWING" means a Committed Borrowing or a Bid
     Borrowing.

          "BUSINESS DAY" means a day of the year on which banks
     are not required or authorized to close in New York City or
     Los Angeles and, if the applicable Business Day relates to
     any Eurodollar Rate Advances, on which dealings are carried
     on in the London interbank market.

          "CAPITAL LEASE" means, with respect to any Person, any
     lease of any property by that Person as lessee which would,
     in conformity with GAAP, be required to be accounted for as
     a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

          "CASH" means money, currency or a credit balance in a
     deposit account.

          "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means (a) marketable direct
     obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the
     United States government or issued by any agency thereof and
     backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in
     each case maturing within one year from the date of
     acquisition thereof, (b) marketable direct obligations
     issued by any state of the United States of America or any
     political subdivision of any such state or any public
     instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the
     date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition,
     having the highest rating generally obtainable from either
     S&P or Moody's, (c) commercial paper maturing no more than
     one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time
     of acquisition, having a rating of A-1 or higher from S&P or
     P-1 or higher from Moody's, and (d) certificates of deposit
     or bankers' acceptances maturing within one year from the
     date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender.

          "CITIBANK" means Citibank, N.A.

          "CLOSING DATE" means the date this Agreement is
     executed and the documents referred to in Section 3.01 are
     delivered to the Agents, which shall be July 24, 1996 or
     such other date as may be agreed upon by the Borrower and
     the Agents.

          "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended.

          "COMMITMENT" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01

          "COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" means, with respect to
     any Lender, the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, or
     such later date to which the Commitment Termination Date of
     such Lender may be extended from time to time pursuant to
     Section 2.16 (or if any such date is not a Business Day, the
     next preceding Business Day).

          "COMMITTED ADVANCE" means an advance by a Lender to the
     Borrower as part of a borrowing consisting of simultaneous
     Advances from each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01
     and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Rate
     Advance, each of which shall be a "Type" of Advance.

          "COMMITTED BORROWING" means a borrowing consisting of
     simultaneous Committed Advances of the same Type made on the
     same day pursuant to the same Notice of Borrowing by each of
     the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

          "COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" means a certificate
     substantially in the form of EXHIBIT F hereto, delivered to
     the Lenders by the Borrower pursuant to Section
     5.10(b)(iii).

          "CONVERT," "CONVERSION" and "CONVERTED" each refers to
     a conversion of Advances of one Type into Advances of
     another Type pursuant to Section 2.09.

          "CONSUMER PRODUCTS BUSINESS" means the consumer
     products business, including certain assets and liabilities
     thereof, currently being conducted by the Borrower directly
     and through certain of its subsidiaries, to be contributed
     to Newco pursuant to the Distribution Agreement.

          "DAILY MARGIN" means, for any date of determination,
     for the designated Level, Utilization Ratio applicable to
     such date of determination and Type of Advance, the
     following interest rates per annum:


          DAILY MARGIN WHEN                  DAILY MARGIN WHEN
          UTILIZATION RATIO                  UTILIZATION RATIO
          IS EQUAL TO OR                     IS GREATER THAN
          LESS THAN 0.50:1.00                0.50:1.00
          ----------------------------      ----------------------------------

          TYPE OF ADVANCE                         TYPE OF ADVANCE
          ----------------------------            ----------------------------

          BASE RATE EURODOLLAR               BASE RATE EURODOLLAR
          ADVANCE        RATE ADVANCE             ADVANCE        RATE ADVANCE

LEVEL 1     0%             0.2000%                    0%          0.2500%
LEVEL 2     0%             0.2400%                    0%          0.2900%
LEVEL 3     0%             0.2750%                    0%          0.3250%
LEVEL 4     0%             0.4375%                    0%          0.4375%
LEVEL 5     0%             0.5000%                    0%          0.5000%


     For purposes of this definition, (a) "UTILIZATION RATIO"
     means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the
     aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances as of
     such date to (2) the aggregate amount of all Commitments in
     effect as of such date (whether used or unused), (b) if any
     change in the rating established by S&P, Moody's or Duff &
     Phelps with respect to Long-Term Debt shall result in a
     change in the Level, the change in the Daily Margin shall be
     effective as of the date on which such rating change is
     publicly announced, and (c) if the ratings established by
     any two of S&P, Moody's or Duff & Phelps with respect to
     Long-Term Debt are unavailable for any reason for any day,
     then the applicable level for such day shall be deemed to be
     Level 5 (or, if the Requisite Lenders consent in writing,
     such other Level as may be reasonably determined by the
     Requisite Lenders from a rating with respect to Long-Term
     Debt for such day established by another rating agency
     reasonably acceptable to the Requisite Lenders).

          "DEBT" means (i) indebtedness for borrowed money or for
     the deferred purchase price of property or services, (ii)
     obligations as lessee under Capital Leases, (iii)
     obligations under guarantees in respect of indebtedness or
     in respect of obligations of others of the kinds referred to
     in clause (i) or (ii) above, (iv) liabilities in respect of
     unfunded vested benefits under Single Employer Plans, and
     (v) Withdrawal Liability incurred under ERISA by the
     Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates to any Multi-employer Plans; 
     provided that "Debt" shall not include
     payment obligations in the ordinary course of the business
     of Travelers Express Company, Inc. ("Travelers Express")
     arising from (x) payments made by banks on checks or money
     orders issued by Travelers Express and presented to such
     banks and (y) contingent obligations of Travelers Express to
     banks which have issued official checks drawn on Travelers
     Express and have paid to Travelers Express the amounts of
     such official checks, to repay to such banks such amounts if
     such official checks are not negotiated.

          "DESIGNATED BIDDER" means (i) an Eligible Assignee or
     (ii) a special purpose corporation which is engaged in
     making, purchasing or otherwise investing in commercial
     loans in the ordinary course of its business and that issues
     (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated at
     least "Prime-1" by Moody's or "A-1" by S&P or a comparable
     rating from the successor or either of them, that, in either
     case, (w) is organized under the laws of the United States
     or any State thereof, (x) shall have become a party hereto
     pursuant to Section 8.07(d), (e) and (f), (y) is not
     otherwise a Lender and (z) shall have been consented to by
     the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably
     withheld.

          "DESIGNATION AGREEMENT" means a designation agreement
     entered into by a Lender (other than a Designated Bidder)
     and a Designated Bidder, and accepted by the Administrative
     Agent, in substantially the form of EXHIBIT H hereto.

          "DISTRIBUTION" means the distribution of approximately
     94.8 million shares of Newco Common Stock, constituting 100%
     of the outstanding Newco Common Stock, to the holders of
     Borrower Common Stock pursuant to the Distribution
     Agreement, together with the consummation of the other
     transactions to occur in connection with such distribution,
     as set forth in the Distribution Agreement.

          "DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT" means that certain
     Distribution Agreement by and among the Borrower, Newco, and
     Exhibitgroup, in the form of EXHIBIT A attached to the Form
     10, with such changes as may be approved by the Requisite
     Lenders.

          "DISTRIBUTION TIME" means the time of the Distribution
     on the Effective Date.

          "DOCUMENTATION AGENT" means B of A, or any Person
     serving as its successor agent.

          "DOLLARS" and the sign "$" each means lawful money of
     the United States of America.

          "DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to any
     Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its "Domestic
     Lending Office" opposite its name on Schedule I hereto or in
     the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a
     Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender
     may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the
     Agents.

          "DUFF & PHELPS" means Duff & Phelps Inc.

          "EBITDA" means, for any period, consolidated net income
     plus provision for taxes of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary, unusual, or
     nonrecurring gains or losses), plus interest expense of the
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries, plus depreciation expense of
     the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, plus amortization of
     intangibles of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as
     determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP;
     provided that to the extent that during such period the
     Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has acquired or disposed
     of a business or businesses in an amount for any transaction
     or series of related transactions exceeding $15,000,000,
     such calculations shall be made as if such acquisition or
     disposition took place on the first day of such period (on a
     pro forma basis for the portion of such period prior to the
     date of such acquisition (or after the date of such
     disposition) and on an actual basis for the portion of such
     period after the date of such acquisition (or before the
     date of such disposition)).

          "EFFECTIVE DATE" means the date on which the
     Distribution occurs, as provided for in the Distribution
     Agreement, and the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 are
     satisfied.

          "EFFECTIVE TIME" means the time, immediately prior to
     the Distribution Time, at which this Agreement shall become
     fully effective upon satisfaction of the conditions
     precedent set forth in Section 3.02 hereof.

          "ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" means (i) a commercial bank
     organized under the laws of the United States, or any state
     thereof, and having a combined capital and surplus of at
     least $100,000,000; (ii) a commercial bank organized under
     the laws of any other country which is a member of the
     Organization for Economical Cooperation and Development (the
     "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such country and
     having a combined capital and surplus of at least
     $100,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a
     branch or agency located in the country in which it is
     organized or another country which is also a member of the
     OECD; and (iii) any Person engaged in the business of
     lending and that is an Affiliate of a Lender or of a Person
     of which a Lender is a Subsidiary.

          "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means any and all statutes, laws,
     regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees,
     permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses,
     agreements or other governmental restrictions of any
     federal, state or local governmental authority within the
     United States or any State or territory thereof and which
     relate to the environment or the release of any materials
     into the environment.

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security
     Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the
     regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

          "ERISA AFFILIATE" means any Person who for purposes of
     Title IV of ERISA is a member of the Borrower's controlled
     group, or under common control with the Borrower, within the
     meaning of Section 414 of the Code and the regulations
     promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

          "ERISA EVENT" means (i) the occurrence of a reportable
     event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA (other
     than an event arising out of the transactions contemplated
     by the Distribution Agreement), unless the 30-day notice
     requirement with respect thereto has been waived by the
     PBGC; (ii) the provision by the administrator of any Pension
     Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such Pension Plan
     pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such
     notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in
     Section 4041(e) of ERISA); (iii) the cessation of operations
     at a facility in the circumstances described in Section
     4062(e) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by the Borrower or an
     ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan
     year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in
     Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (v) the failure by the Borrower
     or any ERISA Affiliate to make a payment to a Pension Plan
     required under Section 302(f)(1) of ERISA, which Section
     imposes a lien for failure to make required payments; (vi)
     the adoption of an amendment to a Pension Plan requiring the
     provision of security to such Pension Plan, pursuant to
     Section 307 of ERISA; or (vii) the institution by the PBGC
     of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan, pursuant to
     Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or
     condition which, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower,
     might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the
     termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
     administer, a Pension Plan.

          "EUROCURRENCY LIABILITIES" has the meaning assigned to
     that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
     Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

          "EURODOLLAR LENDING OFFICE" means, with respect to any
     Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its
     "Eurodollar Lending Office" opposite its name on SCHEDULE I
     hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which
     it became a Lender (or, if no such office is specified, its
     Domestic Lending Office), or such other office of such
     Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the
     Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

          "EURODOLLAR RATE ADVANCE" means a Committed Advance
     which bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(b) and/or a
     Bid Advance which bears interest based on the Adjusted
     Eurodollar Rate as provided in Section 2.03(a).

          "EURODOLLAR RATE RESERVE PERCENTAGE" for any Interest
     Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advance means the reserve
     percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if
     more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the
     daily average of such percentages for those days in such
     Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so
     applicable) under regulations issued from time to time by
     the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
     successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirements
     (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental
     or other marginal reserve requirement) for member banks in
     the Federal Reserve System with respect to liabilities or
     assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities
     having a term equal to such Interest Period.

          "EVENTS OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in
     Section 6.01.

          "EXHIBITGROUP" means Exhibitgroup Inc., a Delaware
     corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower
     which operates part of the Borrower's convention services
     business, and which shall be merged into the Borrower
     pursuant to the Merger.

          "EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that certain amended
     and restated credit agreement, dated as of December 15,
     1993, by and among the Borrower, certain of the Lenders,
     certain of the Exiting Banks, and Citibank and B of A, as
     Agents, as such agreement has been and may be amended from
     time to time.

          "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" means, for any period, a
     fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day
     during such period to the weighted average of the rates on
     overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
     Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as
     published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business
     Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal
     Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so
     published for any day which is a Business Day, the average
     of the quotations for such day on such transactions received
     by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers
     of recognized standing selected by it.

          "FIXED RATE" means, for the period for each Fixed Rate
     Advance comprising part of the same Bid Borrowing, the fixed
     interest rate per annum determined for such Advance, as
     provided in Section 2.03(a).

          "FIXED RATE ADVANCE" means a Bid Advance which bears
     interest at a fixed rate per annum determined as provided in
     Section 2.03(a).

          "FORM 8-K" means that certain Current Report on Form
     8-K filed by the Borrower with the SEC on June 13, 1996.

          "FORM 10" means that certain Registration Statement on
     Form 10 originally filed by Newco with the SEC on June 5,
     1996, as amended on July 18, 1996.

          "FUNDED DEBT" means outstanding Debt of the Borrower
     and its Subsidiaries of the kind described in clauses (i),
     (ii) and (iii) of the definition of Debt.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles
     set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
     Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of
     Certified Public Accountants and statements and
     pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board
     or in such other statements by such other entity as may be
     approved by a significant segment of the accounting
     profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of
     the date of determination.

          "HOSTILE ACQUISITION" means the acquisition of the
     capital stock or other equity interests of a Person (the
     "Target") through a tender offer or similar solicitation of
     the owners of such capital stock or other equity interests
     which has not been approved (prior to such acquisition) by
     resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Target or by
     similar action if the Target is not a corporation and as to
     which such approval has not been withdrawn.

          "INSUFFICIENCY" means, with respect to any Pension
     Plan, the amount, if any, of its unfunded benefit
     liabilities, as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA.

          "INTEREST PERIOD" means, for each Eurodollar Rate
     Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, the period
     commencing on the date of such Eurodollar Rate Advance, or
     on the date of continuation of such Advance as a Eurodollar
     Rate Advance upon expiration of successive Interest Periods
     applicable thereto, or on the date of Conversion of a Base
     Rate Advance into a Eurodollar Rate Advance, and ending on
     the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant
     to the provisions below. The duration of each such Interest
     Period shall be one, two, three or six months, as the
     Borrower may select in the Notice of Borrowing or the Notice
     of Conversion/Continuation for such Advance; provided,
     however, that:

               (i)    the Borrower may not select any Interest
          Period which ends after the earliest Commitment
          Termination Date of any Lender then in effect;

               (ii)   Interest Periods commencing on the same
          date for Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing
          shall be of the same duration; and

               (iii)  whenever the last day of any Interest
          Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a
          Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period
          shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding
          Business Day, provided, that if such extension would
          cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in
          the next following calendar month, the last day of such
          Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding
          Business Day.

          "LENDERS" means the Banks listed on the signature pages
     hereof and each Eligible Assignee that shall become a party
     hereto pursuant to Section 8.07 and, except when used in
     reference to a Committed Advance, a Committed Borrowing, a
     Commitment or a related term, each Designated Bidder.

          "LEVEL" means Level 1, Level 2, Level 3, Level 4 or
     Level 5, as the case may be.

          "LEVEL l" means that, as of any date of determination,
     the Borrower's Long-Term Debt rating is equal to or higher
     than at least two of the following: BBB+ from S&P, Baal from
     Moody's and/or BBB+ from Duff & Phelps.

          "LEVEL 2" means that, as of any date of determination,
     the Borrower's Long-Term Debt rating is equal to at least
     two of the following: BBB from S&P, Baa2 from Moody's and/or
     BBB from Duff & Phelps.

          "LEVEL 3" means that, as of any date of determination,
     the Borrower's Long-Term Debt rating is equal to at least
     two of the following: BBB- from S&P, Baa3 from Moody's
     and/or BBB- from Duff & Phelps.

          "LEVEL 4" means that, as of any date of determination,
     the Borrower's Long-Term Debt rating is equal to at least
     two of the following: BB+ from S&P, Bal from Moody's and/or
     BB+ from Duff & Phelps.

          "LEVEL 5" means that, as of any date of determination,
     the Borrower's Long-Term Debt rating is lower than at least
     two of the following: BB+ from S&P, Bal from Moody's and/or
     BB+ from Duff & Phelps.

          "LIEN" means any lien, mortgage, pledge, security
     interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any
     conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any
     lease in the nature thereof).

          "LOAN DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement and the related
     documents.

          "LONG-TERM DEBT" means senior, unsecured, long term
     debt securities of the Borrower.

          "MARGIN STOCK" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     Regulation U promulgated by the Board of Governors of the
     Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

          "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the
     Borrower having total assets in excess of $10,000,000.

          "MERGER" means the merger, pursuant to the Distribution
     Agreement, of the Borrower and Exhibitgroup, with the
     Borrower as the surviving corporation.

          "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

          "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means a "multiemployer plan" as
     defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower
     or any ERISA Affiliate of the Borrower is making, or is
     obligated to make, contributions or has within any of the
     preceding six plan years been obligated to make or accrue
     contributions.

          "MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN" means a single employer plan,
     as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, which (i) is
     maintained for employees of the Borrower or an ERISA
     Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Borrower
     and its ERISA Affiliates or (ii) was so maintained and in
     respect of which the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate could
     have liability under Section 4063, 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in
     the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

          "NET INCOME" means net income in accordance with GAAP.

          "NET WORTH" means minority interests, preferred stock
     and common stock and other equity, as shown on the
     consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries; provided that there shall be excluded from the
     calculation of Net Worth any unrealized gains or losses (net
     of taxes) on securities available for sale.

          "NEWCO" means The Dial Corporation, a Delaware
     corporation, which immediately prior to the Distribution
     shall be capitalized by the Borrower with the assets and
     liabilities of the Consumer Products Business pursuant to
     the Distribution Agreement.

          "NEWCO COMMON STOCK" means the approximately 94.8
     million shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per
     share, of Newco to be issued pursuant to the Distribution.

          "NEWCO CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Credit Agreement
     dated as of the Closing Date among the Borrower, the Banks
     and the Agents, which shall not become effective until the
     Effective Time upon the satisfaction or waiver of the terms
     and conditions contained therein and which shall be assumed
     by Newco at the Distribution Time.

          "NOTICE OF BID BORROWING" has the meaning specified in
     Section 2.03(a).

          "NOTICE OF BORROWING" means a Notice of Committed
     Borrowing or a Notice of Bid Borrowing, as the case may be.

          "NOTICE OF COMMITTED BORROWING" has the meaning
     specified in Section 2.02(a).

          "NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION" has the meaning
     specified in Section 2.09.

          "PAYMENT OFFICE" means the principal office of CUSA,
     located on the date hereof at 1 Court Square, 7th Floor Zone
     1, Long Island City, N.Y. 11120 (or such other place as the
     Administrative Agent may designate by notice to the Borrower
     and the Lenders from time to time).

          "PBGC" means the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty
     Corporation.

          "PENSION PLAN" means a Single Employer Plan or a
     Multiple Employer Plan or both.

          "PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation,
     business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
     association, joint venture or other entity, or a government
     or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

          "POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT" means a condition or event
     which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would
     constitute an Event of Default if that condition or event
     were not cured or removed within any applicable grace or
     cure period.

          "REFERENCE BANKS" means, B of A, Citibank, and Bank of
     Montreal.

          "REGISTER" has the meaning specified in Section
     8.07(c).

          "REQUISITE LENDERS" means at any time Lenders holding
     at least 662/3% of the then aggregate unpaid principal
     amount of the Committed Advances held by Lenders, or, if no
     such principal amount is then outstanding, Lenders having at
     least 66-2/3 % of the Commitments (provided that, for
     purposes hereof, neither the Borrower, nor any of its
     Affiliates, if a Lender, shall be included in (i) the
     Lenders holding such amount of the Committed Advances or
     having such amount of the Commitments or (ii) determining
     the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Committed
     Advances or the total Commitments).

          "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division
     of The McGraw-Hill Companies.

          "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission and
     any successor agency.

          "SINGLE EMPLOYER PLAN" means a single employer plan, as
     defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, which (i) is
     maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA
     Affiliate and no Person other than the Borrower and its
     ERISA Affiliates or (ii) was so maintained and in respect of
     which the Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate could have
     liability under Section 4062 or 4069 of ERISA in the event
     such plan has been or were to be terminated.

          "SUBSIDIARY" of any Person means any corporation,
     association, partnership or other business entity of which
     at least 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or
     other securities entitled to vote in the election of
     directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned
     or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one
     or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a
     combination thereof.

          "SWAPS" means, with respect to any Person, payment
     obligations with respect to interest rate swaps, currency
     swaps and similar obligations obligating such Person to make
     payments, whether periodically or upon the happening of a
     contingency.

          "TERMINATION DATE" means, with respect to any Lender,
     the earlier of (i) the Commitment Termination Date of such
     Lender and (ii) the date of termination in whole of the
     Commitments of all Lenders pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01.

          "TOTAL UTILIZATION OF COMMITMENTS" means at any date of
     determination the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount
     of all Committed Advances outstanding at such date plus (ii)
     the aggregate principal amount of all Bid Advances
     outstanding at such date.

          "TYPE" means, with reference to an Advance, a Base Rate
     Advance, a Eurodollar Rate Advance, or a Fixed Rate Advance.

          "WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" has the meaning given such term
     under Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

     SECTION 1.02.  COMPUTATION OF TIME PERIODS. In this
Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified
date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and
including" and the words "to" and "until" each means "to but
excluding".

     SECTION 1.03.  ACCOUNTING TERMS.  All accounting terms not
specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with
GAAP. All computations determining compliance with financial
covenants or terms, including definitions used therein, shall be
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles in effect at the time of the preparation of, and in
conformity with those used to prepare, the historical financial
statements delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.01(e).
If at any time the computations for determining compliance with
financial covenants or provisions relating thereto utilize
generally accepted accounting principles different than those
then being utilized in the financial statements being delivered
to the Lenders, such financial statements shall be accompanied by
a reconciliation statement.

                            ARTICLE II
                AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES

     SECTION 2.01.  THE COMMITTED ADVANCES.

          (a)  Each Lender severally agrees, on the terms and
     conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Committed Advances
     to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during
     the period from the Effective Date until the Termination
     Date of such Lender in an aggregate amount not to exceed at
     any time outstanding the amount set opposite such Lender's
     name on the signature pages hereof or, if such Lender has
     entered into any Assignment and Acceptance, set forth for
     such Lender in the Register maintained by the Administrative
     Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(c), as such amount may be
     reduced pursuant to Section 2.04 (such Lender's
     "Commitment"); provided that the aggregate amount of the
     Commitments of the Lenders shall be deemed used from time to
     time to the extent of the aggregate amount of the Bid
     Advances and such deemed use of the aggregate amount of the
     Commitments shall be applied to the Lenders ratably
     according to their respective Commitments (such deemed use
     of the aggregate amount of the Commitments resulting from
     the Bid Advances being the "Bid Reduction"); provided
     further that (i) in no event shall the aggregate principal
     amount of Committed Advances from any Lender outstanding at
     any time exceed its Commitment then in effect and (ii) the
     Total Utilization of Commitments shall not exceed the
     aggregate Commitments then in effect.

          (b)  Each Committed Borrowing shall be in an aggregate
     amount not less than $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of
     $1,000,000 in excess thereof and shall consist of Committed
     Advances of the same Type made on the same day by the
     Lenders ratably according to their respective Commitments.
     Within the limits of each Lender's Commitment, the Borrower
     may from time to time borrow, prepay pursuant to Section
     2.06(c) and reborrow under this Section 2.01.

     SECTION 2.02.  MAKING THE COMMITTED ADVANCES.

          (a)  Each Committed Borrowing shall be made on notice,
     given not later than (x) 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on
     the date of a proposed Committed Borrowing consisting of
     Base Rate Advances and (y) 11:00 A.M. (New York City time)
     on the third Business Day prior to the date of a proposed
     Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances,
     by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, which shall
     give to each Lender prompt notice thereof by telecopier,
     telex or cable. Each such notice of a Committed Borrowing (a
     "Notice of Committed Borrowing") shall be by telecopier,
     telex or cable, confirmed immediately in writing, in
     substantially the form of EXHIBIT A-1 hereto, specifying
     therein the requested (i) date of such Committed Borrowing,
     (ii) Type of Committed Advances comprising such Committed
     Borrowing, (iii) aggregate amount of such Committed
     Borrowing, and (iv) in the case of a Committed Borrowing
     comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the initial Interest
     Period for each such Committed Advance.  The Borrower may,
     subject to the conditions herein provided, borrow more than
     one Committed Borrowing on any Business Day.  Each Lender
     shall, before 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) in the case of
     a Committed Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Advances and
     before 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) in the case of a
     Committed Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances,
     in each case on the date of such Committed Borrowing, make
     available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office
     to the Administrative Agent at its address referred to in
     Section 8.02, in same day funds, such Lender's ratable
     portion of such Committed Borrowing.  After the
     Administrative Agent's receipt of such funds and upon
     fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in
     Article III, the Administrative Agent will make such funds
     available to the Borrower at the Administrative Agent's
     aforesaid address.

          (b)  Anything in subsection (a) above to the contrary
     notwithstanding,

               (i)    the Borrower may not select Eurodollar Rate
          Advances for any Committed Borrowing or with respect to
          the Conversion or continuance of any Committed
          Borrowing if the aggregate amount of such Committed
          Borrowing or such Conversion or continuance is less
          than $5,000,000;

               (ii)   there shall be no more than five Interest
          Periods relating to Committed Borrowings consisting of
          Eurodollar Rate Advances outstanding at any time;

               (iii)  if any Lender shall, at least one Business
          Day before the date of any requested Committed
          Borrowing, notify the Administrative Agent that the
          introduction of or any change in or in the
          interpretation of any law or regulation makes it
          unlawful, or that any central bank or other
          governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for
          such Lender or its Eurodollar Lending Office to perform
          its obligations hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate
          Advances or to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate
          Advances hereunder, the Commitment of such Lender to
          make Eurodollar Rate Advances or to Convert all or any
          portion of Base Rate Advances shall forthwith be
          suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify
          the Borrower that such Lender has determined that the
          circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist
          and such Lender's then outstanding Eurodollar Rate
          Advances, if any, shall be Base Rate Advances; to the
          extent that such affected Eurodollar Rate Advances
          become Base Rate Advances, all payments of principal
          that would have been otherwise applied to such
          Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be applied instead to
          such Lender's Base Rate Advances; provided that if
          Requisite Lenders are subject to the same illegality or
          assertion of illegality, then the right of the Borrower
          to select Eurodollar Rate Advances for such Committed
          Borrowing or any subsequent Committed Borrowing or to
          Convert all or any portion of Base Rate Advances shall
          forthwith be suspended until the Administrative Agent
          shall notify the Borrower that the circumstances
          causing such suspension no longer exist, and each
          Committed Advance comprising such Committed Borrowing
          shall be a Base Rate Advance;

               (iv)  if fewer than two Reference Banks furnish
          timely information to the Administrative Agent for
          determining the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any
          Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising any requested
          Committed Borrowing, the right of the Borrower to
          select Eurodollar Rate Advances for such Committed
          Borrowing or any subsequent Committed Borrowing shall
          be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall
          notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the
          circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist,
          and each Advance comprising such Committed Borrowing
          shall be made as a Base Rate Advance; and

               (v)    if the Requisite Lenders shall, at least
          one Business Day before the date of any requested
          Committed Borrowing, notify the Administrative Agent
          that the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for Eurodollar Rate
          Advances comprising such Committed Borrowing will not
          adequately reflect the cost to such Requisite Lenders
          of making, funding or maintaining their respective
          Eurodollar Rate Advances for such Committed Borrowing,
          the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Rate
          Advances for such Committed Borrowing or any subsequent
          Committed Borrowing shall be suspended until the
          Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the
          Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension
          no longer exist, and each Committed Advance comprising
          such Committed Borrowing shall be made as a Base Rate
          Advance.

          (c)  Each Notice of Committed Borrowing shall be
     irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. In the case of any
     Committed Borrowing which the related Notice of Committed
     Borrowing specifies is to be comprised of Eurodollar Rate
     Advances, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against
     any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender by reason
     of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other
     funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Advance to be made
     by such Lender as part of such Committed Borrowing or by
     reason of the termination of hedging or other similar
     arrangements, in each case when such Advance is not made on
     such date (other than by reason of (i) a breach of a
     Lender's obligations hereunder or (ii) a suspension of
     Eurodollar Rate Advances under clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of
     paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02), including without
     limitation, as a result of any failure to fulfill on or
     before the date specified in such Notice of Committed
     Borrowing for such Committed Borrowing the applicable
     conditions set forth in Article III.

          (d)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have
     received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any
     Committed Borrowing that such Lender will not make available
     to the Administrative Agent such Lender's ratable portion of
     such Committed Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may
     assume that such Lender has made such portion available to
     the Administrative Agent on the date of such Committed
     Borrowing in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section
     2.02 and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such
     assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a
     corresponding amount.  If and to the extent that such Lender
     shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the
     Administrative Agent, such Lender and the Borrower severally
     agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on
     demand such corresponding amount together with interest
     thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made
     available to the Borrower until the date such amount is
     repaid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of
     the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to
     Advances comprising such Committed Borrowing and (ii) in the
     case of such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate.  If such Lender
     shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding
     amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender's
     Advance as part of such Committed Borrowing for purposes of
     this Agreement.

          (e)  The failure of any Lender to make the Advance to
     be made by it as part of any Committed Borrowing shall not
     relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any,
     hereunder to make its Advance on the date of such Borrowing,
     but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any
     other Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other
     Lender on the date of any Committed Borrowing.

     SECTION 2.03.  MAKING THE BID ADVANCES.

          (a)  Each Lender severally agrees that the Borrower may
     make Bid Borrowings in Dollars under this Section 2.03 from
     time to time on any Business Day during the period from the
     Effective Date until the date occurring one month prior to
     the Termination Date, in the manner set forth below;
     provided that, after giving effect to the making of each Bid
     Borrowing, the Total Utilization of Commitments shall not
     exceed the aggregate Commitments then in effect and the
     aggregate amount of the Bid Advances of all Lenders then
     outstanding shall not exceed the aggregate Commitments then
     in effect.

               (i)    The Borrower may request a Bid Borrowing
          under this Section 2.03 by delivering to the
          Administrative Agent, by telecopier, telex or cable,
          confirmed immediately in writing, a notice of a Bid
          Borrowing (a "Notice of Bid Borrowing"), in
          substantially the form of EXHIBIT A-2 hereto,
          specifying the date and aggregate amount of the
          proposed Bid Borrowing, the maturity date for repayment
          of each Bid Advance to be made as part of such Bid
          Borrowing (which maturity date may not be earlier than
          the date occurring thirty (30) days (in the case of
          Fixed Rate Advances) or one (1) month (in the case of
          Eurodollar Rate Advances) after the date of such Bid
          Borrowing, or in any case later than the Termination
          Date), whether the Lenders should offer to make Fixed
          Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate Advances, the interest
          payment date or dates relating thereto, and any other
          terms to be applicable to such Bid Borrowing, not later
          than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) (A) at least one
          (1) Business Day prior to the date of a proposed Bid
          Borrowing consisting of Fixed Rate Advances and (B) at
          least four (4) Business Days prior to the date of a
          proposed Bid Borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Rate
          Advances.  The Administrative Agent shall in turn
          promptly notify each Lender of each request for a Bid
          Borrowing received by it from the Borrower by sending
          such Lender a copy of the related Notice of Bid
          Borrowing.

               (ii)   Each Lender may, if, in its sole
          discretion, it elects to do so, irrevocably offer to
          make one or more Bid Advances to the Borrower as part
          of such proposed Bid Borrowing at a Fixed Rate or Rates
          or a margin or margins relative to the Adjusted
          Eurodollar Rate, as requested by the Borrower. Each
          Lender electing to make such an offer shall do so by
          notifying the Administrative Agent (which shall give
          prompt notice thereof to the Borrower), before 10:00
          A.M. (New York City time) (A) the date of such proposed
          Bid Borrowing, in the case of a Notice of Bid Borrowing
          delivered pursuant to clause (A) of paragraph (i) above
          and (B) three (3) Business Days before the date of such
          proposed Bid Borrowing, in the case of a Notice of Bid
          Borrowing delivered pursuant to clause (B) of paragraph
          (i) above, of the amount of each Bid Advance which such
          Lender would be willing to make as part of such
          proposed Bid Borrowing (which amount may, subject to
          the proviso to the first sentence of this Section
          2.03(a), exceed such Lender's Commitment, if any), the
          Fixed Rate or Rates or margin or margins relative to
          the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, as requested by the
          Borrower, which such Lender would be willing to accept
          for such Bid Advance and such Lender's Applicable
          Lending Office with respect to such Bid Advance;
          provided that if the Administrative Agent in its
          capacity as a Lender, or any affiliate of the
          Administrative Agent in its capacity as a Lender,
          shall, in its sole discretion, elect to make any such
          offer, it shall notify the Borrower of such offer
          before 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on
          which notice of such election is to be given to the
          Agent by the other Lenders.

               (iii)  The Borrower, in turn, (A) before 12:00
          P.M. (New York City time) the date of such proposed Bid
          Borrowing, in the case of a Notice of Bid Borrowing
          delivered pursuant to clause (A) of paragraph (i) above
          and (B) before 12:00 Noon (New York City time) three
          (3) Business Days before the date of such proposed Bid
          Borrowing, in the case of a Notice of Bid Borrowing
          delivered pursuant to clause (B) of paragraph (i)
          above, either

                    (x)  cancel such Bid Borrowing by giving the
               Administrative Agent notice to that effect, or

                    (y)  accept one or more of the offers made by
               any Lender or Lenders pursuant to paragraph (ii)
               above, in its sole discretion, by giving notice to
               the Administrative Agent of the amount of each Bid
               Advance to be made by each Lender as part of such
               Bid Borrowing, and reject any remaining offers
               made by Lenders pursuant to paragraph (ii) above
               by giving the Administrative Agent notice to that
               effect; provided that acceptance of offers may
               only be made on the basis of ascending rates for
               Bid Borrowings of the same Type and duration; and
               provided further that the Borrower may not accept
               offers in excess of the aggregate amount requested
               in the Notice of Bid Borrowing; and provided
               further still if offers are made by two or more
               Lenders for the same Type of Bid Borrowing for the
               same duration and with the same rate of interest,
               in an aggregate amount which is greater than the
               amount requested, such offers shall be accepted on
               a pro rata basis in proportion to the amount of
               the offer made by each such Lender.

               (iv)   If the Borrower notifies the Administrative
          Agent that such Bid Borrowing is cancelled pursuant to
          paragraph (iii)(x) above, the Administrative Agent
          shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders and
          such Bid Borrowing shall not be made.

               (v)    If the Borrower accepts (which acceptance
          may not be revoked) one or more of the offers made by
          any Lender or Lenders pursuant to paragraph (iii)(y)
          above, the Administrative Agent shall in turn promptly
          notify (A) each Lender that has made an offer as
          described in paragraph (ii) above, of the date and
          aggregate amount of such Bid Borrowing and whether or
          not any offer or offers made by such Lender pursuant to
          paragraph (ii) above have been accepted by the
          Borrower, (B) each Lender that is to make a Bid Advance
          as part of such Bid Borrowing, of the amount of each
          Bid Advance to be made by such Lender as part of such
          Bid Borrowing, and (C) each Lender that is to make a
          Bid Advance as part of such Bid Borrowing, upon
          receipt, that the Administrative Agent has received
          forms of documents appearing to fulfill the applicable
          conditions set forth in Article III.

          (b)  Each Lender that is to make a Bid Advance as part
     of a Bid Borrowing shall, before 1:00 P.M. (New York City
     time) on the date of such Bid Borrowing specified in the
     Notice of Bid Borrowing relating thereto, make available for
     the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the
     Administrative Agent at such account maintained at the
     Payment Office for Dollars as shall have been notified by
     the Administrative Agent to the Lenders prior thereto and in
     same day funds, such Lender's portion of such Bid Borrowing.
     Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in
     Article III and after receipt by the Administrative Agent of
     such funds, the Administrative Agent will make such funds
     available to the Borrower requesting a Bid Advance at the
     aforesaid applicable Payment Office. Promptly after each Bid
     Borrowing the Administrative Agent will notify each Lender
     of the amount of the Bid Borrowing, the consequent Bid
     Reduction and the dates upon which such Bid Reduction
     commenced and will terminate. The Borrower shall indemnify
     each Lender which is to make a Bid Advance (as a result of
     the acceptance by the Borrower of one or more offers by such
     Lender) as part of a Bid Borrowing against any loss, cost or
     expense incurred by such Lender by reason of the liquidation
     or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such
     Lender to fund the Bid Advance to be made by such Lender as
     part of such Bid Borrowing or by reason of the termination
     of hedging or other similar arrangements, in each case when
     such Bid Advance is not made on such date (other than by
     reason of a breach of a Lender's obligations hereunder),
     including without limitation, as a result of any failure to
     fulfill on or before the date specified in such notice of
     Bid Borrowing for such Bid Borrowing the applicable
     conditions set forth in Article III.

          (c)  Each Bid Borrowing shall be in an aggregate
     principal amount of not less than $5,000,000 with increments
     of $1,000,000 and, following the making of each Bid
     Borrowing, the Borrower and each Lender shall be in
     compliance with the limitations set forth in the proviso to
     the first sentence of subsection (a) above.

          (d)  Within the limits and on the conditions set forth
     in this Section 2.03, the Borrower may from time to time
     borrow under this Section 2.03, repay or prepay pursuant to
     subsection (e) below, and reborrow under this Section 2.03;
     provided that a Notice of Bid Borrowing shall not be given
     within seven (7) Business Days of the date of any other
     Notice of Bid Borrowing.

          (e)  The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative
     Agent for the account of each Lender which has made, or
     holds the right to repayment of, a Bid Advance to such
     Borrower on the maturity date of each Bid Advance (such
     maturity date being that specified by the Borrower for
     repayment of such Bid Advance in the related Notice of Bid
     Borrowing delivered pursuant to subsection (a)(i) above) the
     then unpaid principal amount of such Bid Advance. The
     Borrower shall not have the right to prepay any principal
     amount of any Bid Advance unless, and then only on the
     terms, specified by the Borrower for such Bid Advance in the
     related Notice of Bid Borrowing delivered pursuant to
     subsection (a)(i) above.

          (f)  The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid
     principal amount of each Bid Advance from the date of such
     Bid Advance to the date the principal amount of such Bid
     Advance is repaid in full, at the rate of interest for such
     Bid Advance specified by the Lender making such Bid Advance
     in its notice with respect thereto delivered pursuant to
     subsection (a)(ii) above, payable on the interest payment
     date or dates specified by the Borrower for such Bid Advance
     in the related Notice of Bid Borrowing delivered pursuant to
     subsection (a)(i) above; provided that any principal amount
     of any Bid Rate Advance which is not paid when due (whether
     at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall bear
     interest from the date on which such amount is due until
     such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate
     per annum equal at all times to (A) until the scheduled
     maturity date of such Bid Advances, the greater of (x) 2%
     per annum above the Base Rate in effect from time to time
     and (y) 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be
     paid on such amount immediately prior to the date on which
     such amount became due, and (B) from and after the scheduled
     maturity date of such Bid Advances, 2% per annum above the
     Base Rate in effect from time to time.

     SECTION 2.04.  FEES.
          (a)  FACILITY FEES. The Borrower agrees to pay to the
     Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other
     than the Designated Bidders) a facility fee on such Lender's
     daily average Commitment, whether used or unused and without
     giving effect to any Bid Reduction, from the Effective Date
     in the case of each Lender and from the effective date
     specified in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which
     it became a Lender in the case of each other Lender until
     the Termination Date of such Lender, payable quarterly in
     arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and
     December during the term of such Lender's Commitment,
     commencing September 30, 1996, and on the Termination Date
     of such Lender, in an amount equal to the product of (i)
     such Lender's daily average Commitment, whether used or
     unused and without giving effect to any Bid Reduction, in
     effect during the period for which such payment that is to
     be made times (ii) the weighted average rate per annum that
     is derived from the following rates: (a) a rate of 0.10% per
     annum with respect to each day during such period that the
     ratings with respect to Long-Term Debt were at Level 1, (b)
     a rate of 0.110% per annum with respect to each day during
     such period that such ratings were at Level 2, (c) a rate of
     0.125% per annum with respect to each day during such period
     that such ratings were at Level 3, (d) a rate of 0.1875% per
     annum with respect to each day during such period that such
     ratings were at Level 4, and (e) at the rate of 0.2500% per
     annum with respect to each day during such period that such
     ratings were at Level 5. If any change in the rating
     established by S&P, Moody's or Duff & Phelps with respect to
     Long-Term Debt shall result in a change in the Level, the
     change in the commitment fee shall be effective as of the
     date on which such rating change is publicly announced.  If
     the ratings established by any two of S&P, Moody's or Duff &
     Phelps with respect to Long-Term Debt are unavailable for
     any reason for any day, then the applicable level for
     purposes of calculating the commitment fee for such day
     shall be deemed to be Level 5 (or, if the Requisite Lenders
     consent in writing, such other Level as may be reasonably
     determined by the Requisite Lenders from a rating with
     respect to Long-Term Debt for such day established by
     another rating agency reasonably acceptable to the Requisite
     Lenders).

          (b)  BID ADVANCE ADMINISTRATION FEE. The Borrower
     agrees to pay the Administrative Agent for its own account a
     handling fee as set forth in that certain fee letter dated
     July 24, 1996 between the Administrative Agent and the
     Borrower in connection with each request for a Bid Advance
     pursuant to Section 2.03.

          (c)  AGENTS' FEES.  The Borrower agrees to pay to each
     of the Agents the fees payable to each such Agent pursuant
     to the fee letters dated as of July 24, 1996 between the
     Borrower and CUSA and the fee letter dated as of July 9,
     1996 between the Borrower and B of A, in the amounts and at
     the times specified in each of such letters.

          (d)  ADDITIONAL FEES.  In the event the Effective Date
     has not occurred on or before September 30, 1996, the
     Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for
     account of each Lender the fees payable to such Lenders
     pursuant to that certain fee letter dated as of July 24,
     1996 between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

     SECTION 2.05.  TERMINATION AND REDUCTION OF THE COMMITMENTS.
          (a)  MANDATORY TERMINATION.  In the event that a
     mandatory prepayment in full of the Advances is required by
     the Requisite Lenders pursuant to Section 2.06(b) (whether
     or not there are Advances outstanding), the Commitments of
     the Lenders shall immediately terminate.

          (b)  OPTIONAL REDUCTIONS.  The Borrower shall have the
     right, upon at least three (3) Business Days' notice to the
     Administrative Agent, to terminate in whole or reduce
     ratably in part the unused portions of the respective
     Commitments of the Lenders; provided that (i) each partial
     reduction shall be in the aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or
     an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and
     (ii) the aggregate of the Commitments of the Lenders shall
     not be reduced to an amount which is less than the Total
     Utilization of Commitments.

          (c)  NO REINSTATEMENT.  Once so reduced or terminated
     pursuant to this Section 2.05, Commitments of the Lenders
     shall not be reinstated.

     SECTION 2.06.  REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF ADVANCES.
          (a)  MANDATORY REPAYMENT ON CERTAIN DATE. The Borrower
     shall repay the outstanding principal amount of (i) each
     Committed Advance made by each Lender on the Termination
     Date of such Lender, and (ii) each Bid Advance at the
     maturity date specified in the Notice of Bid Borrowing.

          (b)  MANDATORY PREPAYMENT IN CERTAIN EVENTS. If any one
     of the following events shall occur:

               (i)    any Person or Persons acting in concert
          shall acquire beneficial ownership of more than 40% of
          the Borrower's voting stock; or

               (ii)   during any period of up to 12 months,
          individuals who at the beginning of such period were
          directors of the Borrower shall cease to constitute a
          majority of the Borrower's board of directors; or

               (iii)  any Debt which is outstanding in a
          principal amount of at least $15,000,000 in the
          aggregate (but excluding Debt arising under this
          Agreement) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
          (as the case may be) shall be required to be prepaid
          (other than by a regularly scheduled required
          prepayment or by a required prepayment of insurance
          proceeds or by a required prepayment as a result of
          formulas based on asset sales or excess cash flow),
          redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to prepay,
          redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required
          to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity
          thereof (other than as set forth in Section 6.01(d));

     then, and in any such event, if the Administrative Agent
     shall have received notice from the Requisite Lenders that
     they elect to have the Advances prepaid in full and the
     Administrative Agent shall have provided notice to the
     Borrower that the Advances are to be prepaid in full, the
     Borrower shall immediately prepay in full the Advances,
     together with interest accrued to the date of prepayment and
     will reimburse the Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to
     Section 8.04(b).

          (c)  VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS OF COMMITTED BORROWINGS.
               (i)    The Borrower shall have no right to prepay
          any principal amount of any Advances other than as
          provided in this subsection (c).

               (ii)   The Borrower may, upon notice to the
          Administrative Agent no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York
          time) (i) on the date the Borrower proposes to prepay
          Committed Advances in the case of Base Rate Advances
          and (ii) at least two (2) Business Days' notice to the
          Administrative Agent in the case of Eurodollar Rate
          Advances, stating the proposed date and aggregate
          principal amount of the prepayment, and if such notice
          is given the Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding
          principal amounts of the Advances comprising part of
          the same Committed Borrowing in whole or ratably in
          part; provided, however, that (x) each partial
          prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount
          not less than $5,000,000 and integral multiples of
          $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and (y) in the case of
          any such prepayment of any Eurodollar Rate Advance, the
          Borrower shall pay all accrued interest to the date of
          such prepayment on the portion of such Eurodollar Rate
          Advance being prepaid and shall be obligated to
          reimburse the Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to
          Section 8.04(b).

          (d)  NO PREPAYMENT OF BID BORROWINGS.  The Borrower
     shall have no right to prepay any principal amount of any
     Bid Advances.

     SECTION 2.07.  INTEREST ON COMMITTED ADVANCES.  The Borrower
shall pay to each Lender interest accrued on the principal amount
of each Committed Advance outstanding from time to time from the
date of such Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in
full, at the following rates per annum:

          (a)  BASE RATE ADVANCES.  If such Committed Advance is
     a Base Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times to
     (i) the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus (ii) the
     Applicable Margin, if any, payable quarterly in arrears on
     the last day of each March, June, September and December
     during the term of this Agreement, commencing September 30,
     1996, and on the Termination Date of the applicable Lender;
     provided that any amount of principal, interest, fees and
     other amounts payable under this Agreement (including,
     without limitation, the principal amount of Base Rate
     Advances, but excluding the principal amount of Eurodollar
     Rate Advances) which is not paid when due (whether at stated
     maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall bear interest
     from the date on which such amount is due until such amount
     is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum
     equal at all times to 2% per annum above the Base Rate in
     effect from time to time.

          (b)  EURODOLLAR RATE ADVANCES.  If such Committed
     Advance is a Eurodollar Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal
     at all times during the Interest Period for such Advance to
     the sum of (i) the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such
     Interest Period plus (ii) the Applicable Margin, payable in
     arrears on the last day of such Interest Period and, if such
     Interest Period has a duration of more than three months, on
     the day which occurs during such Interest Period three
     months from the first day of such Interest Period; provided
     that any principal amount of any Eurodollar Rate Advance
     which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by
     acceleration or otherwise) shall bear interest from the date
     on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in
     full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all
     times to (A) during the Interest Period applicable to such
     Eurodollar Rate Advance, the greater of (x) 2% per annum
     above the Base Rate in effect from time to time and (y) 2%
     per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on
     such amount immediately prior to the date on which such
     amount became due and (B) after the expiration of such
     Interest Period, 2% per annum above the Base Rate in effect
     from time to time.

     SECTION 2.08.  INTEREST RATE DETERMINATION.
          (a)  Each Reference Bank agrees to furnish to the
     Administrative Agent timely information for the purpose of
     determining each Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.  If any one or
     more of the Reference Banks shall not furnish such timely
     information to the Administrative Agent for the purpose of
     determining any such interest rate, the Administrative Agent
     shall determine such interest rate on the basis of timely
     information furnished by the remaining Reference Banks,
     subject to Section 2.02(b)(iv).

          (b)  The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice
     to the Borrower and the Lenders of the applicable interest
     rate determined by the Administrative Agent for purposes of
     Section 2.07(a) or 2.07(b), and the applicable rate, if any,
     furnished by each Reference Bank for the purpose of
     determining the applicable interest rate under Section
     2.07(b).

     SECTION 2.09.  VOLUNTARY CONVERSION OR CONTINUATION OF
COMMITTED ADVANCES.
          (a)  The Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice
     given to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon
     (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the
     date of the proposed Conversion or continuance (a "Notice of
     Conversion/Continuation") and subject to the provisions of
     Section 2.02(b), (1) Convert all Committed Advances of one
     Type comprising the same Committed Borrowing into Advances
     of another Type and (2) upon the expiration of any Interest
     Period applicable to Committed Advances which are Eurodollar
     Rate Advances, continue all (or, subject to Section 2.02(b),
     any portion of) such Advances as Eurodollar Rate Advances
     and the succeeding Interest Period(s) of such continued
     Advances shall commence on the last day of the Interest
     Period of the Advances to be continued; provided, however,
     that any Conversion of any Eurodollar Rate Advances into
     Base Rate Advances shall be made on, and only on, the last
     day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Advances.
     Each such Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall, within
     the restrictions specified above, specify (i) the date of
     such continuation or Conversion, (ii) the Committed Advances
     (or, subject to Section 2.02(b), any portion thereof) to be
     continued or Converted, (iii) if such continuation is of, or
     such Conversion is into, Eurodollar Rate Advances, the
     duration of the Interest Period for each such Committed
     Advance, and (iv) in the case of a continuation of or a
     Conversion into a Eurodollar Rate Advance, that no Potential
     Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
     continuing.

          (b)  If upon the expiration of the then existing
     Interest Period applicable to any Committed Advance which is
     a Eurodollar Rate Advance, the Borrower shall not have
     delivered a Notice of Conversion/Continuation in accordance
     with this Section 2.09, then such Advance shall upon such
     expiration automatically be Converted to a Base Rate
     Advance.

          (c)  After the occurrence of and during the continuance
     of a Potential Event of Default or an Event of Default, the
     Borrower may not elect to have an Advance be made or
     continued as, or Converted into, a Eurodollar Rate Advance
     after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect
     for that Advance.

     SECTION 2.10.  INCREASED COSTS.
          (a)  If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any
     change (other than any change by way of imposition or
     increase of reserve requirements in the case of Eurodollar
     Rate Advances included in the Eurodollar Rate Reserve
     Percentage) in or in the interpretation of any law or
     regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or
     request from any central bank or other governmental
     authority (whether or not having the force of law), there
     shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing
     to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate
     Advances, then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon
     demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the
     Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for
     the account of such Lender additional amounts sufficient to
     compensate such Lender for such increased cost. A reasonably
     detailed certificate as to the amount and manner of
     calculation of such increased cost, submitted to the
     Borrower and the Administrative Agent by such Lender, shall
     be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
     error.

          (b)  If any Lender (other than Designated Bidders)
     determines that compliance with any law or regulation or any
     guideline or request from any central bank or other
     governmental authority (whether or not having the force of
     law) affects or would affect the amount of capital required
     or expected to be maintained by such Lender or any
     corporation controlling such Lender and that the amount of
     such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of
     such Lender's commitment to lend hereunder and other
     commitments of this type, then, upon demand by such Lender
     (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent),
     the Borrower shall immediately pay to the Administrative
     Agent for the account of such Lender, from time to time as
     specified by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to
     compensate such Lender or such corporation in the light of
     such circumstances, to the extent that such Lender
     reasonably determines such increase in capital to be
     allocable to the existence of such Lender's commitment to
     lend hereunder.  A reasonably detailed certificate as to
     such amounts and the manner of calculation thereof submitted
     to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent by such Lender
     shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent
     manifest error.

          (c)  If a Lender shall change its Applicable Lending
     Office, such Lender shall not be entitled to receive any
     greater payment under Sections 2.10 and 2.12 than the amount
     such Lender would have been entitled to receive if it had
     not changed its Applicable Lending Office, unless such
     change was made at the request of the Borrower or at a time
     when the circumstances giving rise to such greater payment
     did not exist.

     SECTION 2.11.  PAYMENTS AND COMPUTATIONS.
          (a)  The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder not
     later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the day when
     due in Dollars to the Administrative Agent at its address
     referred to in Section 8.02 in same day funds. Subject to
     the immediately succeeding sentence, the Administrative
     Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like
     funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or
     commitment fees ratably (other than amounts payable pursuant
     to Section 2.10 or 2.12 or, to the extent the Termination
     Date is not the same for all Lenders, pursuant to Section
     2.06(a)) to the Lenders for the account of their respective
     Applicable Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the
     payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such
     Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending Office, in
     each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this
     Agreement.  Upon receipt of principal or interest paid after
     an Event of Default and an acceleration or a deemed
     acceleration of amounts due hereunder, the Administrative
     Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like
     funds relating to the payment of principal or interest
     ratably in accordance with each Lender's outstanding
     Advances (other than amounts payable pursuant to Section
     2.10 or 2.12) to the Lenders for the account of their
     respective Applicable Lending Offices. Upon its acceptance
     of an Assignment and Acceptance and recording of the
     information contained therein in the Register pursuant to
     Section 8.07(c), from and after the effective date specified
     in such Assignment and Acceptance, the Administrative Agent
     shall make all payments hereunder in respect of the interest
     assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder, and the
     parties to such Assignment and Acceptance shall make all
     appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior
     to such effective date directly between themselves.

          (b)  All computations of interest based on the Base
     Rate shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis
     of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and all
     computations of interest based on the Adjusted Eurodollar
     Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Fixed Rate and of
     commitment fees shall be made by the Administrative Agent on
     the basis of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual
     number of days (including the first day but excluding the
     last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or
     such fees are payable.  Each determination by the
     Administrative Agent of an interest rate hereunder shall be
     conclusive and binding for all purposes. absent manifest
     error.

          (c)  Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to
     be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment
     shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such
     extension of time shall in such case be included in the
     computation of payment of interest or commitment fee, as the
     case may be; provided, however, if such extension would
     cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate
     Advances to be made in the next following calendar month,
     such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business
     Day.

          (d)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have
     received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which
     any payment is due to the Lenders hereunder that the
     Borrower will not make such payment in full, the
     Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made
     such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such
     date and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such
     assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on such
     due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender.
     If and to the extent that the Borrower shall not have so
     made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent, each
     Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on
     demand such amount distributed to such Lender together with
     interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is
     distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays
     such amount to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal
     Funds Rate.

     SECTION 2.12.  TAXES.
          (a)  Any and all payments by the Borrower hereunder
     shall be made, in accordance with Section 2.11, free and
     clear of and without deduction for any and all present or
     future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or
     withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto,
     excluding (i) in the case of each Lender and each Agent,
     taxes imposed on its income, and franchise taxes imposed on
     it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender
     or such Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any
     political subdivision thereof or in which its principal
     office is located, (ii) in the case of each Lender taxes
     imposed on its net income, and franchise taxes imposed on
     it, by the jurisdiction of such Lender's Applicable Lending
     Office or any political subdivision thereof and (iii) in the
     case of each Lender and each Agent, taxes imposed by the
     United States by means of withholding at the source if and
     to the extent that such taxes shall be in effect and shall
     be applicable on the date hereof in the case of each Bank
     and on the effective date of the Assignment and Acceptance
     pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of each
     other Lender, on payments to be made to the Agents or such
     Lender's Applicable Lending Office (all such nonexcluded
     taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings
     and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes").
     If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes
     from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any
     Lender or either Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be
     increased as may be necessary so that after making all
     required deductions (including deductions applicable to
     additional sums payable under this Section 2.12) such Lender
     or such Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal
     to the sum it would have received had no such deductions
     been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and
     (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the
     relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance
     with applicable law.

          (b)  In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any
     present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other
     excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which
     arise from the execution, delivery or registration of, or
     otherwise with respect to, this Agreement (hereinafter
     referred to as "Other Taxes").

          (c)  The Borrower will indemnify each Lender and each
     Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes
     (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes
     imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this
     Section 2.12) paid by such Lender or such Agent (as the case
     may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and
     expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether
     or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally
     asserted.  This indemnification shall be made within 30 days
     from the date such Lender or such Agent (as the case may be)
     makes written demand therefor.

          (d)  Within 30 days after the date of any payment of
     Taxes, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative
     Agent, at its address referred to in Section 8.02, the
     original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment
     thereof.

          (e)  Each Lender organized under the laws of a
     jurisdiction outside the United States, on or prior to the
     date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement in the
     case of each Bank and on the date of the Assignment and
     Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender in the case
     of each other Lender, and from time to time thereafter if
     requested in writing by the Borrower (but only so long as
     such Lender remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide
     the Borrower with Internal Revenue Service form 1001 or
     4224, as appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by
     the Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such Lender is
     entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the
     United States is a party which reduces the rate of
     withholding tax on payments of interest or certifying that
     the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is
     effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
     business in the United States.  If the form provided by a
     Lender at the time such Lender first becomes a party to this
     Agreement indicates a United States interest withholding tax
     rate in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate shall
     be considered excluded from "Taxes" as defined in Section
     2.12(a).

          (f)  For any period with respect to which a Lender has
     failed to provide the Borrower with the appropriate form
     described in Section 2.12(e) (other than if such failure is
     due to a change in law occurring subsequent to the date on
     which a form originally was required to be provided, or if
     such form otherwise is not required under the first sentence
     of subsection (e) above), such Lender shall not be entitled
     to indemnification under Section 2.12(a) with respect to
     Taxes imposed by the United States; provided, however, that
     should a Lender become subject to Taxes because of its
     failure to deliver a form required hereunder, the Borrower
     shall, at the expense of such Lender, take such steps as the
     Lender shall reasonably request to assist the Lender to
     recover such Taxes.

          (g)  Without prejudice to the survival of any other
     agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and
     obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 2.12
     shall survive the payment in full of principal and interest
     hereunder.

     SECTION 2.13.  SHARING OF PAYMENTS, ETC.  If any Lender
shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through
the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) on account of
the Advances made by it (other than pursuant to Section 2.10 or
2.12 or, to the extent the Termination Date is not the same for
all Lenders, pursuant to Section 2.06(a)) in excess of its
ratable share of payments on account of the Committed Advances
obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase
from the other Lenders such participations in the Committed
Advances made by them as shall be necessary to cause such
purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each
of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such
excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing
Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and
such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase
price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount
equal to such Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion
of (i) the amount of such Lender's required repayment to (ii) the
total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any
interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender
in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Borrower agrees
that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender
pursuant to this Section 2.13 may, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including
the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully
as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the
amount of such participation.

     SECTION 2.14.  EVIDENCE OF DEBT.
          (a)  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its
     usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the
     indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from
     each Advance owing to such Lender from time to time,
     including the amounts of principal and interest payable and
     paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

          (b)  The Register maintained by the Administrative
     Agent pursuant to Section 8.07(c) shall include a control
     account, and a subsidiary account for each Lender, in which
     accounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the date,
     amount and tenor, as applicable, of each Borrowing, the Type
     of Advances comprising such Borrowing and the Interest
     Period applicable thereto, (ii) the terms of each Assignment
     and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it, (iii) the
     amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to
     become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender
     hereunder, and (iv) the amount of any sum received by the
     Administrative Agent from the Borrower hereunder and each
     Lender's share thereof.

          (c)  The entries made in the Register shall be
     conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
     error.

          (d)  If, in the opinion of any Lender, a promissory
     note or other evidence of debt is required, appropriate or
     desirable to reflect or enforce the indebtedness of the
     Borrower resulting from the Committed Advances or Bid
     Advances made, or to be made, by such Lender to the
     Borrower, then, upon request of such Lender, the Borrower
     shall promptly execute and deliver to such Lender a
     promissory note substantially in the form of EXHIBIT G-1 in
     the case of Committed Advances and EXHIBIT G-2 in the case
     of Bid Advances, payable to the order of such Lender in an
     amount up to the maximum amount of Committed Advances or Bid
     Advances, as the case may be, payable or to be payable by
     such Borrower to the Lender from time to time hereunder.


     SECTION 2.15.  USE OF PROCEEDS.
          (a)  Advances shall be used by the Borrower for
     commercial paper backup and for general corporate purposes;
     provided that proceeds of Advances and proceeds of
     commercial paper as to which this Agreement provides backup
     shall not be used for any Hostile Acquisition.

          (b)  No portion of the proceeds of any Advances under
     this Agreement shall be used by the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries in any manner which might cause the Advances or
     the application of such proceeds to violate, or require any
     Lender to make any filing or take any other action under,
     Regulation G, Regulation U, Regulation T, or Regulation X of
     the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any
     other regulation of such Board or to violate the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934, in each case as in effect on the date
     or dates of such Advances and such use of proceeds.

     SECTION 2.16.  EXTENSION OF THE COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE.
The Borrower may not more than once in any calendar year and not
later than 45 days prior to an anniversary of the Effective Date,
request that the Commitment Termination Date of all Eligible
Lenders (as defined below) be extended for a period of one year
by delivering to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an
extension request (an "Extension Request") in substantially the
form of EXHIBIT E hereto.  The Administrative Agent shall
promptly notify each Eligible Lender of its receipt of such
Extension Request.  On or prior to ten days prior to the
applicable anniversary of the Effective Date in each calendar
year in which there has been an Extension Request (the
"Determination Date"), each Eligible Lender shall notify the
Administrative Agent and the Borrower of its willingness or
unwillingness to extend its Commitment Termination Date
hereunder. Any Eligible Lender that shall fail to so notify the
Administrative Agent and the Borrower on or prior to the
Determination Date shall be deemed to have declined to so extend.
In the event that, on or prior to the Determination Date,
Eligible Lenders representing 66-2/3% or more of the aggregate
amount of the Commitments of all Eligible Lenders then in effect
shall consent to such extension, upon confirmation by the
Administrative Agent of such consent, the Administrative Agent
shall so advise the Lenders and the Borrower, and, subject to
execution of documentation evidencing such extension and
consents, the Commitment Termination Date of each Eligible Lender
(each a "Consenting Lender") that has consented on or prior to
the Determination Date to so extend shall be extended to the date
one year after the Commitment Termination Date of such Eligible
Lender in existence on the date of the related Extension Request. 
Thereafter, (i) for each Consenting Lender, the term "Commitment
Termination Date" shall at all times refer to such date, unless
it is later extended pursuant to this Section 2.16, and (ii) for
each Lender that is not an Eligible Lender and for each Eligible
Lender that either has declined on or prior to the Determination
Date to so extend or is deemed to have so declined, the term
"Commitment Termination Date" shall at all times refer to the
date which was the Commitment Termination Date of such Lender
immediately prior to the delivery to the Administrative Agent of
such Extension Request.  In the event that, as of the
Determination Date, the Consenting Lenders represent less than
66-2/3% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all
Eligible Lenders then in effect, and the Agents confirm the same,
the Administrative Agent shall so advise the Lenders and the
Borrower, and none of the Lenders' Commitment Termination Dates
shall be extended to the date indicated in the Extension Request
and each Lender's Commitment Termination Date shall continue to
be the date which was the Commitment Termination Date of such
Lender immediately prior to the delivery to the Agents of such
Extension Request.  For purposes of this Section 2.16, the term
"Eligible Lenders" means, with respect to any Extension Request,
(i) all Lenders if no Lender's Commitment Termination Date had
been extended pursuant to this Section 2.16 prior to the delivery
to the Agents of such Extension Request, and (ii) in all other
cases, those Lenders which had extended their Commitment
Termination Date in the most recent extension of any Commitment
Termination Date effected pursuant to this Section 2.16.

     SECTION 2.17.  SUBSTITUTION OF LENDERS.  If any Lender
requests compensation from the Borrower under Section 2.10(a) or
(b) or Section 2.12 or if any Lender declines to extend its
Commitment Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.16, the
Borrower shall have the right, with the assistance of the Agents,
to seek one or more Eligible Assignees (which may be one or more
of the Lenders) reasonably satisfactory to the Agents and the
Borrower to purchase the Advances and assume the Commitments of
such Lender, and the Borrower the Agents, such Lender, and such
Eligible Assignees shall execute and deliver an appropriately
completed Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to Section 8.07(a)
hereof to effect the assignment of rights to and the assumption
of obligations by such Eligible Assignees; provided that (i) such
requesting Lender shall be entitled to compensation under Section
2.10 and 2.12 for any costs incurred by it prior to its
replacement, (ii) no Event of Default, or event which with the
giving of notice or lapse of time or both would be an Event of
Default, has occurred and is continuing, (iii) the Borrower has
satisfied all of its obligations under the Loan Documents
relating to such Lender, including without limitation
obligations, if any, under Section 8.04(b), and (iv) the Borrower
shall have paid the Administrative Agent a $3,000 administrative
fee if such replacement Lender is not an existing Lender.

                           ARTICLE III
             CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING

     SECTION 3.01.  DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED ON THE CLOSING
DATE.  The Closing Date shall be deemed to have occurred when
this Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the
parties hereto and (a) the Agents shall have received the
following, each dated the Closing Date or within two days prior
to the Closing Date unless otherwise indicated, and each in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agents unless otherwise
indicated and in sufficient copies for each Lender:

          (i)    Copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors
     of the Borrower (or its Executive Committee, together with
     evidence of the authority of the Executive Committee)
     approving this Agreement, and of all documents evidencing
     other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals,
     if any, with respect to this Agreement, certified as of a
     recent date prior to the Closing Date.

          (ii)   A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant
     Secretary of the Borrower certifying the names and true
     signatures of the officers of the Borrower authorized to
     sign this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered
     by the Borrower hereunder.

          (iii)  Certified copies of the Borrower's Certificate
     of Incorporation, together with good standing certificates
     from the state of Delaware and the jurisdiction of the
     Borrower's principal place of business, each to be dated a
     recent date prior to the Closing Date;

          (iv)   Copies of the Borrower's Bylaws, certified as of
     the Closing Date by their respective Secretary or an
     Assistant Secretary;

          (v)    Executed originals of this Agreement and the
     other documents to be delivered by the Borrower hereunder;

          (vi)   A favorable opinion of the General Counsel of
     the Borrower, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C-1
     hereto;

          (vii)  A favorable opinion of O'Melveny & Myers LLP,
     counsel for the Agents, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT
     D-1 hereto;

          (viii) The Form 10, in the form filed with the SEC;

          (ix)   The Form 8-K, in the form filed with the SEC;

          (x)    A certificate of an authorized officer of the
     Borrower to the effect that since December 31, 1995, there
     has been no material adverse change in the operations,
     business or financial or other condition or properties of
     the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and
     since March 31, 1996 there has been no material adverse
     change in the operations, business or financial or other
     condition or properties of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case on a pro forma
     basis after giving effect to the Distribution; and

          (xi)   Evidence that the Newco Credit Agreement has
     been duly executed and delivered and the Closing Date
     thereunder has occurred; and

     (b) the Agents shall have received such other approvals,
opinions or documents as the Requisite Lenders through the Agents
may reasonably request.

     SECTION 3.02.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE TIME.  This
Agreement shall become fully effective pursuant to Section
8.06(b) at the Effective Time on the Effective Date upon the
satisfaction of, and the obligation of each Lender to make its
initial Advance is subject to, the conditions precedent that:

          (a)  the Agents shall have received on or before the
     Effective Date the following, each dated the Effective Date
     unless otherwise indicated, and each in form and substance
     satisfactory to the Requisite Lenders and in sufficient
     copies for each Lender:

               (i)    A certificate of the Secretary or an
          Assistant Secretary of the Borrower certifying that the
          documents, certificates and statements referred to in
          Section 3.01(a)(i) through (iv) remain in full force
          and effect and are true and correct as of the Effective
          Date as if executed and made on the Effective Date;

               (ii)   A favorable opinion of the General Counsel
          of the Borrower, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT
          C-2 hereto;

               (iii)  A favorable opinion of O'Melveny & Myers
          LLP, counsel for the Agents, substantially in the form
          of EXHIBIT D-2 hereto;

               (iv)   A certificate of an authorized officer of
          the Borrower certifying that the statements made in the
          certificate referred to in Section 3.01(a)(x) remain
          true and correct as of the Effective Date;

               (v)    Evidence reasonably satisfactory to the
          Requisite Lenders that the Distribution Agreement is in
          full force and effect and has not been amended,
          supplemented, waived or otherwise modified without the
          consent of Requisite Lenders, and executed and
          conformed copies thereof (including all exhibits and
          schedules thereto) and any amendments thereto and all
          documents executed in connection therewith shall have
          been delivered to Agents;

               (vi)   Evidence reasonably satisfactory to the
          Requisite Lenders that the Merger has become effective
          and that the Distribution will become effective
          immediately after the Effective Time at the
          Distribution Time in accordance with the terms and
          conditions of the Distribution Agreement;

               (vii)  Evidence that the SEC has declared the Form
          10 effective;

               (viii) Evidence reasonably satisfactory to the
          Requisite Lenders that all approvals, permits,
          licenses, authorizations and consents, if any, from any
          governmental or regulatory authority necessary to
          effectuate the Distribution have been duly obtained and
          are in full force and effect as of the Effective Date;

               (ix)   Evidence that the Newco Credit Agreement
          has become effective in accordance with the terms and
          conditions set forth therein; and

               (x)    Letter agreements between the Borrower and
          the Exiting Banks, reasonably satisfactory to the
          Requisite Lenders terminating (1) all funding
          obligations and other obligations of the Exiting Banks
          under the Existing Credit Agreement upon the
          effectiveness of this Agreement, and (2) all payment
          obligations and other obligations of the Borrower under
          the Existing Credit Agreement to the Exiting Banks upon
          the terms and conditions set forth in such letter
          agreements; and

          (b)  the Agents shall have received the fees set forth
     in Section 2.04(c) if such fees are payable to the Agents
     and the Banks on or prior to the Effective Date; and

          (c)  the Agents shall have received such other
     approvals, opinions or documents as the Requisite Lenders
     through the Agents may reasonably request.

     SECTION 3.03.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH COMMITTED
BORROWING.  The obligation of each Lender to make a Committed
Advance on the occasion of a Committed Borrowing (including the
initial Committed Borrowing) shall be subject to the further
conditions precedent that (x) the Administrative Agent shall have
received a Notice of Committed Borrowing with respect thereto in
accordance with Section 2.02 and (y) on the date of such
Borrowing (a) the following statements shall be true (and each of
the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing and the
acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Borrowing
shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower
that on the date of such Borrowing such statements are true):

               (i)    The representations and warranties of the
          Borrower contained in Section 4.01 are correct on and
          as of the date of such Borrowing, before and after
          giving effect to such Borrowing and to the application
          of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of
          such date, except to the extent that any such
          representation or warranty expressly relates only to an
          earlier date, in which case they were correct as of
          such earlier date; and

               (ii)   No event has occurred and is continuing, or
          would result from such Borrowing or from the
          application of the proceeds therefrom, which
          constitutes an Event of Default, or a Potential Event
          of Default; and

          (b)  the Agents shall have received such other
     approvals, opinions or documents as the Requisite Lenders
     through the Agents may reasonably request.

     SECTION 3.04.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH BID BORROWING.
The obligation of each Lender to make a Bid Advance on the
occasion of a Bid Borrowing (including the initial Bid Borrowing)
shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that (x) the
Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Bid
Borrowing with respect thereto in accordance with Section 2.03
and (y) on the date of such Borrowing the following statements
shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable Notice of
Bid Borrowing and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds
of such Borrowing shall constitute a representation and warranty
by the Borrower that on the date of such Borrowing such
statements are true):

          (i)    The representations and warranties of the
     Borrower contained in Section 4.01 are correct on and as of
     the date of such Borrowing, before and after giving effect
     to such Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds
     therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, except to
     the extent that any such representation or warranty
     expressly relates only to an earlier date, in which case
     they were correct as of such earlier date; and

          (ii)   No event has occurred and is continuing, or
     would result from such Borrowing or from the application of
     the proceeds therefrom, which constitutes an Event of
     Default, or a Potential Event of Default.

                            ARTICLE IV
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     SECTION 4.01.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE
BORROWER.  The Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

          (a)  DUE ORGANIZATION, ETC.  The Borrower and each
     Material Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly
     existing and in good standing under the laws of the
     jurisdiction of its incorporation. The Borrower and each of
     its Material Subsidiaries are qualified to do business in
     and are in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction
     in which failure to be so qualified would have a material
     adverse effect on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken
     as a whole.

          (b)  DUE AUTHORIZATION, ETC.  The execution, delivery
     and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the
     other Loan Documents are within the Borrower's corporate
     powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
     action, and do not contravene (i) the Borrower's Certificate
     of Incorporation or (ii) applicable law or any material
     contractual restriction binding on or affecting the
     Borrower.

          (c)  GOVERNMENTAL CONSENT.  No authorization or
     approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing
     with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is
     required for the due execution, delivery and performance by
     the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

          (d)  VALIDITY.  This Agreement is the legal, valid and
     binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the
     Borrower in accordance with its terms subject to the effect
     of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement,
     moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors'
     rights generally and to the application of general
     principles of equity.

          (e)  CONDITION OF THE BORROWER.  The consolidated
     balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at
     December 31, 1995, and the related consolidated statements
     of income and retained earnings of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which
     have been previously furnished to each Bank, and the pro
     forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries as at March 31, 1996 and the pro forma
     statements of consolidated income of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and
     1995 and for the year ended December 31, 1995, in each case
     after giving effect to the Distribution, copies of which are
     contained in the Form 8-K furnished to each Bank pursuant to
     Section 3.01(a)(ix), fairly present the consolidated
     financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (on
     a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Distribution
     with respect to such pro forma financial statements) as at
     such date and the results of the operations of the Borrower
     and its Subsidiaries for the periods ended on such dates,
     all in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and as of
     the Effective Date, there has been no material adverse
     change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise),
     operations or properties of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since March 31, 1996, after
     giving effect to the Distribution.

          (f)  LITIGATION.  (i) There is no pending action or
     proceeding against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
     before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, and
     (ii) to the knowledge of the Borrower, there is no pending
     or threatened action or proceeding affecting the Borrower or
     any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental
     agency or arbitrator, which in either case, in the
     reasonable judgement of the Borrower could reasonably be
     expected to materially adversely affect the financial
     condition or operations of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or with respect to actions
     of third parties which purports to affect the legality,
     validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

          (g)  MARGIN REGULATIONS.  The Borrower is not engaged
     in the business of extending credit for the purpose of
     purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of
     Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal
     Reserve System), and no proceeds of any Advance will be used
     to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to
     others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin
     stock in any manner that violates, or would cause a
     violation of, Regulation G, Regulation T, Regulation U or
     Regulation X.  Less than 25 percent of the fair market value
     of the assets of (i) the Borrower or (ii) the Borrower and
     its Subsidiaries consists of Margin Stock.

          (h)  PAYMENT OF TAXES.  The Borrower and each of its
     Subsidiaries have filed or caused to be filed all material
     tax returns (federal, state, local and foreign) required to
     be filed and paid all material amounts of taxes shown
     thereon to be due, including interest and penalties, except
     for such taxes as are being contested in good faith and by
     proper proceedings and with respect to which appropriate
     reserves are being maintained by the Borrower or any such
     Subsidiary, as the case may be.

          (i)  GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION.  The Borrower is not
     subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding
     Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate
     Commerce Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940, each as
     amended, or to any Federal or state statute or regulation
     limiting its ability to incur indebtedness for money
     borrowed. No Subsidiary of the Borrower is subject to any
     regulation that would limit the ability of the Borrower to
     enter into or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

          (j)  ERISA.
               (i)    No ERISA Event which might result in
          liability of the Borrower or any of its ERISA
          Affiliates in excess of $10,000,000 (or, in the case of
          an event described in clause (v) of the definition of
          ERISA Event, $750,000) (other than for premiums payable
          under Title IV of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably
          expected to occur with respect to any Pension Plan.

               (ii)   Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the
          most recently completed annual report prior to the
          Effective Date (Form 5500 Series) for each Pension
          Plan, copies of which have been filed with the Internal
          Revenue Service and furnished to the Agents, is
          complete and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower,
          accurate, and since the date of such Schedule B there
          has been no material adverse change in the funding
          status of any such Pension Plan.

               (iii)  Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
          Affiliate has incurred, or, to the best knowledge of
          the Borrower, is reasonably expected to incur, any
          Withdrawal Liability to any Multiemployer Plan which
          has not been satisfied or which is or might be in
          excess of $10,000,000.

               (iv)   Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
          Affiliate has been notified by the sponsor of a
          Multiemployer Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is in
          reorganization or has been terminated, within the
          meaning of Title IV of ERISA, and, to the best
          knowledge of the Borrower, no Multiemployer Plan is
          reasonably expected to be in reorganization or to be
          terminated within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

          (k)  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.
               (i)    The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries
          is in compliance in all material respects with all
          Environmental Laws the non-compliance with which could
          reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
          effect on the financial condition or operations of the
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and
          (ii) there has been no "release or threatened release
          of a hazardous substance" (as defined by the
          Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
          Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et
          seq.) or any other release, emission or discharge into
          the environment of any hazardous or toxic substance,
          pollutant or other materials from the Borrower's or its
          Subsidiaries' property other than as permitted under
          applicable Environmental Law and other than those which
          would not have a material adverse effect on the
          financial condition or operations of the Borrower and
          its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Other than
          disposals (A) for which the Borrower has been
          indemnified in full or (B) which would not have a
          material adverse effect on the financial condition or
          operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken
          as a whole, all "hazardous waste" (as defined by the
          Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901
          et seq. (1976) and the regulations thereunder, 40 CFR
          Part 261 ("RCRA")) generated at the Borrower's or any
          Subsidiaries' properties have in the past been and
          shall continue to be disposed of at sites which
          maintain valid permits under RCRA and any applicable
          state or local Environmental Law.

          (l)  DISCLOSURE.  As of the Closing Date and as of the
     Effective Date, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, no
     representation or warranty of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement or any other Loan
     Document or statement made in the Form 10 (including all
     Exhibits thereto filed with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission) or the Form 8-K or in any other document,
     certificate or written statement furnished to the Banks by
     or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
     contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
     state a material fact necessary in order to make the
     statements contained in such agreements, documents,
     certificates and statements not misleading in light of the
     circumstances in which the same were made.

                            ARTICLE V
                    COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     SECTION 5.01.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.  So long as any
Advance shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any
Commitment hereunder, the Borrower will unless the Requisite
Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:


          (a)  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS ETC.  Comply, and cause each
     of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable laws,
     rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include,
     without limitation, (i) complying with all Environmental
     Laws and (ii) paying before the same become delinquent all
     taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it
     or upon its property except to the extent contested in good
     faith, except where failure to so comply would not have a
     material adverse effect on the business, condition
     (financial or otherwise), operations or properties of the
     Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (b)  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.  Furnish to the
     Administrative Agent (in sufficient quantity for delivery to
     each Lender) for prompt distribution by the Administrative
     Agent to the Lenders and furnish to the Documentation Agent:

               (i)    as soon as available and in any event
          within 60 days after the end of each of the first three
          quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower,
          consolidated balance sheets as of the end of such
          quarter and consolidated statements of source and
          application of funds of the Borrower and its
          Subsidiaries and consolidated statements of income and
          retained earnings of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
          for such quarter and the period commencing at the end
          of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of
          such quarter and certified by the chief financial
          officer or chief accounting officer of the Borrower;

               (ii)   as soon as available and in any event
          within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of
          the Borrower, a copy of the annual audit report for
          such year for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
          containing financial statements (including a
          consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statement
          of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its
          Subsidiaries) for such year, certified by and
          accompanied by an opinion of Deloitte & Touche or other
          nationally recognized independent public accountants.
          The opinion shall be unqualified (as to going concern,
          scope of audit and disagreements over the accounting or
          other treatment of offsets) and shall state that such
          consolidated financial statements present fairly in all
          material respects the financial position of the
          Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated
          and the results of their operations and cash flow for
          the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP and that
          the examination by such accountants in connection with
          such consolidated financial statements has been made in
          accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;

               (iii)  together with each delivery of the report
          of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to
          subsections (i) and (ii) above, a Compliance
          Certificate for the year executed by the chief
          financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower
          demonstrating in reasonable detail compliance during
          and at the end of such accounting periods with the
          restrictions contained in Section 5.02(e) and (f) (and
          setting forth the arithmetical computation required to
          show such compliance) and stating that the signer has
          reviewed the terms of this Agreement and has made, or
          caused to be made under his or her supervision, a
          review in reasonable detail of the transactions and
          condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during
          the accounting period covered by such financial
          statements and that such review has not disclosed the
          existence during or at the end of such accounting
          period, and that the signer does not have knowledge of
          the existence as at the date of the compliance
          certificate, of any condition or event that constitutes
          an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or,
          if any such condition or event existed or exists,
          specifying the nature and period of existence thereof
          and what action the Borrower has taken, is taking and
          proposes to take with respect thereto;


               (iv)   as soon as possible and in any event within
          five days after the occurrence of each Event of Default
          and each Potential Event of Default, continuing on the
          date of such statement, a statement of an authorized
          financial officer of the Borrower setting forth details
          of such Event of Default or event and the action which
          the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with
          respect thereto;

               (v)    promptly after any material change in
          accounting policies or reporting practices, notice and
          a description in reasonable detail of such change;

               (vi)   promptly and in any event within 30 days
          after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has
          reason to know that any ERISA Event referred to in
          clause (i) of the definition of ERISA Event with
          respect to any Pension Plan has occurred which might
          result in liability to the PBGC a statement of the
          chief accounting officer of the Borrower describing
          such ERISA Event and the action, if any, that the
          Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate has taken or proposes
          to take with respect thereto;

               (vii)  promptly and in any event within 15 days
          after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has
          reason to know that any ERISA Event (other than an
          ERISA Event referred to in (vi) above) with respect to
          any Pension Plan has occurred which might result in
          liability to the PBGC in excess of $100,000, a
          statement of the chief accounting officer of the
          Borrower describing such ERISA Event and the action, if
          any, that the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate has
          taken or proposes to take with respect thereto;

               (viii) promptly and in any event within five
          Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or
          any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC, copies of each
          notice from the PBGC of its intention to terminate any
          Pension Plan or to have a trustee appointed to
          administer any Pension Plan;

               (ix)   promptly and in any event within 15 days
          after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any ERISA
          Affiliate from the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan, a
          copy of each notice received by the Borrower or any
          ERISA Affiliate concerning (w) the imposition of
          Withdrawal Liability by a Multiemployer Plan in excess
          of $100,000, (x) the determination that a Multiemployer
          Plan is, or is expected to be, in reorganization within
          the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (y) the termination
          of a Multiemployer Plan within the meaning of Title IV
          of ERISA or (z) the amount of liability incurred, or
          expected to be incurred, by the Borrower or any ERISA
          Affiliate in connection with any event described in
          clause (w), (x) or (y) above;

               (x)    promptly after the commencement thereof,
          notice of all material actions, suits and proceedings
          before any court or government department, commission,
          board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or
          foreign, affecting the Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries, of the type described in Section 4.01(f);

               (xi)   promptly after the occurrence thereof,
          notice of (A) any event which makes any of the
          representations contained in Section 4.01(k) inaccurate
          in any material respect or (B) the receipt by the
          Borrower of any notice, order, directive or other
          communication from a governmental authority alleging
          violations of or noncompliance with any Environmental
          Law which could reasonably be expected to have a
          material adverse effect on the financial condition of
          the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

               (xii)  promptly after any change in the rating
          established by S&P, Moody's or Duff & Phelps, as
          applicable, with respect to Long-Term Debt, a notice of
          such change, which notice shall specify the new rating,
          the date on which such change was publicly announced,
          and such other information with respect to such change
          as any Lender through either Agent may reasonably
          request;

               (xiii) promptly after the sending or filing
          thereof, copies of all reports which the Borrower sends
          to any of its public security holders, and copies of
          all reports and registration statements which the
          Borrower files with the SEC or any national security
          exchange;

               (xiv)  promptly after the Borrower or any ERISA
          Affiliate creates any employee benefit plan to provide
          health or welfare benefits (through the purchase of
          insurance or otherwise) for any retired or former
          employee of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates
          (except as provided in Section 4980B of the Code and
          except as provided under the terms of any employee
          welfare benefit plans provided pursuant to the terms of
          collective bargaining agreements) under the terms of
          which the Borrower and/or any of its ERISA Affiliates
          are not permitted to terminate such benefits, a notice
          detailing such plan; and

               (xv)   such other information respecting the
          condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the
          Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as any Lender
          through either Agent may from time to time reasonably
          request.

          (c)  CORPORATE EXISTENCE, ETC.  The Borrower will, and
     will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times
     preserve and maintain its fundamental business and preserve
     and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence
     (except as permitted under Section 5.02(b) hereof) and all
     rights, franchises and licenses necessary or desirable in
     the normal conduct of its business; provided, however, that
     this paragraph (c) shall not apply in any case when, in the
     good faith business judgment of the Borrower, such
     preservation or maintenance is neither necessary nor
     appropriate for the prudent management of the business of
     the Borrower.

          (d)  INSPECTION.  The Borrower will permit and will
     cause each of its Subsidiaries to permit any authorized
     representative designated by either Agent or any Lender at
     the expense of such Agent or such Lender, to visit and
     inspect any of the properties of the Borrower or any of its
     Subsidiaries, including its and their financial and
     accounting records, and to take copies and to take extracts
     therefrom, and discuss its and their affairs, finances and
     accounts with its and their officers and independent public
     accountants, all during normal hours, upon reasonable notice
     and as often as may be reasonably requested.

          (e)  INSURANCE. The Borrower will maintain and will
     cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain insurance to such
     extent and covering such risks as is usual for companies
     engaged in the same or similar business and on request will
     advise the Lenders of all insurance so carried.

          (f)  TAXES.  The Borrower will and will cause each of
     its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, before the same shall
     become delinquent, (x) all taxes, assessments and
     governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its
     property and (y) all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might by
     law become a lien upon their property; provided, however,
     that neither the Borrower nor any such Subsidiary shall be
     required to pay or discharge any such tax, assessment,
     charge or levy (A) that is being contested in good faith and
     by proper proceedings and for which appropriate reserves are
     being maintained, or (B) the failure to pay or discharge
     which would not have a material adverse effect on the
     financial condition or operations of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

          (g)  MAINTENANCE OF BOOKS, ETC.  The Borrower will, and
     will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of
     records and accounts, in which full and correct entries
     shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets
     and business of the Borrower and each of its domestic
     Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP and with respect to
     foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with customary accounting
     standards in the applicable jurisdiction, in each case
     consistently applied and consistent with prudent business
     practices.

     SECTION 5.02.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  So long as any Advance
shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment
hereunder, without the written consent of the Requisite Lenders:

          (a)  LIENS, ETC.  The Borrower will not create or
     suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create
     or suffer to exist, any Lien, upon or with respect to any of
     its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or
     assign, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to assign, any
     right to receive income, in each case to secure or provide
     for the payment of any Debt of any Person, unless the
     Borrower's obligations hereunder shall be secured equally
     and ratably with, or prior to, any such Debt; provided
     however that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to
     the following Liens which are permitted:

               (i)    Liens on assets of any Subsidiary of the
          Borrower existing at the time such Person becomes a
          Subsidiary (other than any such Lien created in
          contemplation of becoming a Subsidiary);

               (ii)   Liens on accounts receivable resulting from
          the sale of such accounts receivable by the Borrower or
          a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as, at any time,
          the aggregate outstanding amount of cash advanced to
          the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be,
          and attributable to the sale of such accounts
          receivable does not exceed $300,000,000;

               (iii)  purchase money Liens upon or in any
          property acquired or held by the Borrower or any
          Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business to secure
          the purchase price of such property or to secure Debt
          incurred solely for the purpose of financing the
          acquisition of such property (provided that the amount
          of Debt secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of
          the purchase price of such property and transaction
          costs relating to such acquisition) and Liens existing
          on such property at the time of its acquisition (other
          than any such Lien created in contemplation of such
          acquisition); and the interest of the lessor thereof in
          any property that is subject to a Capital Lease;

               (iv)   any Lien securing Debt that was incurred
          prior to or during construction or improvement of
          property for the purpose of financing all or part of
          the cost of such construction or improvement, provided
          that the amount of Debt secured by such Lien does not
          exceed 100% of the fair market value of such property
          after giving effect to such construction or
          improvement;

               (v)    any Lien securing Debt of a Subsidiary
          owing to the Borrower;

               (vi)   Liens resulting from any extension, renewal
          or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or
          replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt secured
          by any Lien referred to in clauses (i), (iii) and (iv)
          above so long as (x) the aggregate principal amount of
          such Debt shall not increase as a result of such
          extension, renewal or replacement and (y) Liens
          resulting from any such extension, renewal or
          replacement shall cover only such property which
          secured the Debt that is being extended, renewed or
          replaced; and

               (vii)  Liens other than Liens described in clauses
          (i) through (vi) hereof, whether now existing or
          hereafter arising, securing Debt in an aggregate amount
          not exceeding $50,000,000.

          (b)  RESTRICTIONS ON FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES.  The Borrower
     will not, and will not permit any of its Material
     Subsidiaries to, merge or consolidate with or into, or
     convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in
     one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or a
     substantial portion of its assets (whether now owned or
     hereafter acquired) to any Person, or enter into any
     partnership, joint venture, syndicate, pool or other
     combination, unless no Event of Default or Potential Event
     of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result
     therefrom and, in the case of a merger or consolidation of
     the Borrower, (i) the Borrower is the surviving entity or
     (ii) the surviving entity assumes all of the Borrower's
     obligations under this Agreement in a manner satisfactory to
     the Requisite Lenders.

          (c)  PLAN TERMINATIONS.  The Borrower will not, and
     will not permit any ERISA Affiliate to, terminate any
     Pension Plan so as to result in liability of the Borrower or
     any ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC in excess of $15,000,000, or
     permit to exist any occurrence of an event or condition
     which reasonably presents a material risk of a termination
     by the PBGC of any Pension Plan with respect to which the
     Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate would, in the event of such
     termination, incur liability to the PBGC in excess of
     $15,000,000.

          (d)  MARGIN STOCK.   The Borrower will not permit 25%
     or more of the fair market value of the assets of (i) the
     Borrower or (ii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to
     consist of Margin Stock.

          (e)  MINIMUM NET WORTH.  The Borrower will not permit
     at any time Net Worth to be less than the sum of (i) 80% of
     Net Worth as of the Effective Date, plus (ii) 25% of Net
     Income (if a positive number) from the Effective Date to the
     then most recent June 30 or December 31, plus (iii) all
     Additions to Capital from the Effective Date to the then
     most recent June 30 or December 31.

          (f)  MAXIMUM FUNDED DEBT RATIO.  The Borrower will not
     permit at any time the ratio of (i) Funded Debt to (ii)
     EBITDA, for each period consisting of the most recently
     ended four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower, to
     exceed 3.00 to 1.00.

          (g)  SWAPS.  The Borrower will not and will not permit
     any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist any
     Lien, upon or with respect to any of its properties, whether
     now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign any right to
     receive income, in each case to secure or provide for the
     payment of any Swaps.

                            ARTICLE VI
                        EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     SECTION 6.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  If any of the following
events ("Events of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

          (a)  The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of
     any Advance when the same becomes due and payable or the
     Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Advance or
     any fees or other amounts payable hereunder within five days
     of the date due; or

          (b)  Any representation or warranty made or deemed made
     by the Borrower herein or by the Borrower pursuant to this
     Agreement (including any notice, certificate or other
     document delivered hereunder) shall prove to have been
     incorrect in any material respect when made; or

          (c)  The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe (i)
     any term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement
     (other than any term, covenant or agreement contained in
     Section 5.01(b)(iv), 5.01(c) or 5.02) on its part to be
     performed or observed and the failure to perform or observe
     such other term, covenant or agreement shall remain
     unremedied for 30 days after the Borrower obtains knowledge
     of such breach or (ii) any term, covenant or agreement
     contained in Section 5.02 and either of the Agents or the
     Requisite Lenders shall have notified the Borrower that an
     Event of Default has occurred, or (iii) any term, covenant
     or agreement contained in Section 5.01(b)(iv) or 5.01(c); or

          (d)  The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail
     to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt
     which is outstanding in a principal amount of at least
     $15,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Debt arising
     under this Agreement) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (as
     the case may be), when the same becomes due and payable
     (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment,
     acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall
     continue after the applicable grace period, if any,
     specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such
     Debt; or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail
     to perform or observe any other agreement, term or condition
     contained in any agreement or instrument relating to any
     such Debt (or if any other event or condition of default
     under any such agreement or instrument shall exist) and such
     failure, event or condition shall continue after the
     applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement
     or instrument, if the effect of such failure, event or
     condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration
     of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be
     declared to be due and payable as a result of such failure,
     event or condition; or

          (e)  The Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries
     shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due,
     or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
     generally, or shall make a general assignment for the
     benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted
     by or against the Borrower or any of its Material
     Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or
     insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up,
     reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief,
     or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to
     bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of
     debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the
     appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
     similar official for it or for a substantial part of its
     property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted
     against it (but not instituted by it), either such
     proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period
     of 60 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding
     (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for
     relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
     custodian or other similar official for, it or for any
     substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the
     Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall take any
     corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth
     above in this subsection (e); or

          (f)  Any judgment or order for the payment of money in
     excess of $25,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower
     or any of its Material Subsidiaries and either (i)
     enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any
     creditor upon a final or nonappealable judgment or order or
     (ii) there shall be any period of 10 consecutive days during
     which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by
     reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in
     effect;

          (g)  (i)    Any ERISA Event with respect to a Pension
          Plan shall have occurred and, 30 days after notice
          thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by either
          of the Agents, (x) such ERISA Event shall still exist
          arid (y) the sum (determined as of the date of
          occurrence of such ERISA Event) of the Insufficiency of
          such Pension Plan and the Insufficiency of any and all
          other Pension Plans with respect to which an ERISA
          Event shall have occurred and then exist (or in the
          case of a Pension Plan with respect to which an ERISA
          Event described in clause (iii) through (vi) of the
          definition of ERISA Event shall have occurred and then
          exist, the liability related thereto) is equal to or
          greater than $25,000,000; or

               (ii)   The Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall
          have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer
          Plan that it has incurred an aggregate Withdrawal
          Liability for all years to such Multiemployer Plan in
          an amount that, when aggregated with all other amounts
          then required to be paid to Multiemployer Plans by the
          Borrower and its ERISA Affiliates as Withdrawal
          Liability (determined as of the date of such
          notification), exceeds $25,000,000 and it is reasonably
          likely that all amounts then required to be paid to
          Multiemployer Plans by the Borrower and its ERISA
          Affiliates as Withdrawal Liability will exceed
          $25,000,000; or

               (iii)  The Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate shall
          have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer
          Plan that such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization
          or is being terminated, within the meaning of Title IV
          or ERISA, and it is reasonably likely that as a result
          of such reorganization or termination the aggregate
          annual contributions of the Borrower and its ERISA
          Affiliates to all Multiemployer Plans that are then in
          reorganization or being terminated have been or will be
          increased over the amounts contributed to such
          Multiemployer Plans for the plan year of such
          Multiemployer Plan immediately preceding the plan year
          in which the reorganization or termination occurs by an
          amount exceeding $25,000,000;

     then, and in any such event, either of the Agents (i) shall
     at the request, or may with the consent, of the Requisite
     Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the obligation
     of each Lender to make Advances to be terminated, whereupon
     the same shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the
     request, or may with the consent, of the Requisite Lenders,
     by notice to the Borrower, declare the Advances, all
     interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this
     Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the
     Advances, all such interest and all such amounts shall
     become and be forthwith due and payable, without
     presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind,
     all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;
     provided, however, that in the event of an actual or deemed
     entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower or
     any of its Subsidiaries under the Bankruptcy Code, (A) the
     obligation of each Lender to make Advances shall
     automatically be terminated and (B) the Advances, all such
     interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and
     be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or
     any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
     waived by the Borrower.

                           ARTICLE VII
                            THE AGENTS

     SECTION 7.01.  AUTHORIZATION AND ACTION.  Each Lender hereby
appoints and authorizes CUSA to act as Administrative Agent under
this Agreement and B of A to act as Documentation Agent under
this Agreement and authorizes each Agent to take such action as
agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this
Agreement as are delegated to each Agent by the terms hereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
As to any matters not expressly provided for by the Loan
Documents (including, without limitation, enforcement or
collection of the Advances and other amounts owing hereunder), no
Agent shall be required to exercise any discretion or take any
action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting
(and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from
acting) upon the instructions of the Requisite Lenders, and such
instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders; provided,
however, that no Agent shall be required to take any action which
exposes such Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to
any of the Loan Documents or applicable law. Each Agent agrees to
give to each Lender prompt notice of each notice given to it by
the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents.

     SECTION 7.02.  AGENTS' RELIANCE, ETC.  Neither the Agents
nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or
employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it or them under or in connection with any of the Loan
Documents, except for its or their own gross negligence or
willful misconduct. Without limitation of the generality of the
foregoing, the Agents: (i) may treat the payee of any Advance as
the holder thereof until the Administrative Agent receives and
accepts an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by the Lender
which is the payee of such Advance, as assignor, and an Eligible
Assignee, as assignee, as provided in Section 8.07; (ii) may
consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower),
independent public accountants and other experts selected by it
and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be
taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such
counsel, accountants or experts; (iii) make no warranty or
representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any
Lender for any statements, warranties or representations (whether
written or oral) made in or in connection with any of the Loan
Documents; (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to
inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms,
covenants or conditions of any of the Loan Documents on the part
of the Borrower or to inspect the property (including the books
and records) of the Borrower; (v) shall not be responsible to any
Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of any of the Loan Documents or
any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and
(vi) shall incur no liability under or in respect of any of the
Loan Documents by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate or
other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopier,
telegram, cable or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed
or sent by the proper party or parties.

     SECTION 7.03.  CUSA, B OF A AND AFFILIATES.  With respect to
its respective Commitment and the respective Advances made by it,
CUSA and B of A shall each have the same rights and powers under
this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as
though it were not an Agent; and the term "Lender" or "Lenders"
shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include B of A and
CUSA respectively in its individual capacity. B of A or CUSA and
their respective affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money
to, act as trustee under indentures of, and generally engage in
any kind of business (including without limitation the investment
banking business) with, the Borrower, any of its subsidiaries and
any Person who may do business with or own securities of the
Borrower or any such subsidiary, all as if B of A or CUSA, as the
case may be was not Agent and without any duty to account
therefor to the Lenders.

     SECTION 7.04.  LENDER CREDIT DECISION.  Each Lender
acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon
either the Agents or any other Lender and based on the financial
statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender
also acknowledges that it will, independently and without
reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not
taking action under this Agreement.

     SECTION 7.05.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Lenders (other than the
Designated Bidders) agree to indemnify each Agent (to the extent
not reimbursed by the Borrower), ratably according to the
respective principal amounts of the Committed Advances then held
by each of them (or if no such Advances are at the time
outstanding or if any such Advances are held by Persons which are
not Lenders, ratably according to the respective amounts of their
Commitments), from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted
against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of any
of the Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by such
Agent under any of the Loan Documents, provided that no Lender
shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses or disbursements resulting from any Agent's gross
negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the
foregoing, each Lender (other than the Designated Bidders) agrees
to reimburse each Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable
share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees)
incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation,
execution, delivery, administration, syndication, modification,
amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of
rights or responsibilities under, the Loan Documents, to the
extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the
Borrower.

     SECTION 7.06.  SUCCESSOR AGENT.  Each Agent may resign at
any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the
Borrower and may be removed at any time with or without cause by
the Requisite Lenders. Upon any such resignation or removal, the
Requisite Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor
Agent.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the
Requisite Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment,
within 30 days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice of
resignation or the Requisite Lenders' removal of the retiring
Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders,
appoint a successor Agent which shall be a commercial bank
organized under the laws of the United States of America or of
any State thereof or any Bank and, in each case having a combined
capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. Upon the acceptance
of any appointment as an Agent hereunder by a successor Agent,
such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested
with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the
retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from
its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. After any
retiring Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the
provisions of this Article VII shall inure to its benefit as to
any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent
under the Loan Documents.

                           ARTICLE VIII
                          MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 8.01.  AMENDMENTS, ETC.  No amendment or waiver of
any provision of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure by
the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless
the same shall be in writing and signed by the Requisite Lenders,
and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given;
provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall,
unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders, do any of the
following: (a) waive any of the conditions specified in Section
3.01, (b) increase the Commitments of the Lenders or subject the
Lenders to any additional obligations, (c) reduce the principal
of, or interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts
payable hereunder, (d) postpone any date fixed for any payment of
principal of, or interest on, the Advances or any fees or other
amounts payable hereunder, (e) change the percentage of the
Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the
Advances, or the number of Lenders, which shall be required for
the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder or (f)
amend Section 2.15 or this Section 8.01; and provided, further,
that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and
signed by an Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to
take such action, affect the rights or duties of such Agent under
this Agreement.

     SECTION 8.02.  NOTICES, ETC.  All notices and other
communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing
(including telecopier, telegraphic, telex or cable communication)
and mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed, cabled or
delivered, if to the Borrower, at its address at Dial Tower,
Phoenix, Arizona 850772343, Attn: Treasurer; if to any Bank, at
its Domestic Lending Office specified opposite its name on
Schedule I hereto; if to any other Lender, at its Domestic
Lending Office specified in the Assignment and Acceptance
pursuant to which it became a Lender; if to the Administrative
Agent at its address at Citicorp USA, Inc., Loan Syndications
Operations, 1 Court Square, 7th Floor Zone 1, Long Island City,
New York 11120 (with a copy of notices, other than those given
pursuant to Sections 2.01 through 2.14 hereof, to Citicorp USA,
Inc. c/o Citicorp North America, Inc., One Sansome Street, San
Francisco, California 94104, Attn: Rosanna Bartolazo) and if to
the Documentation Agent at its address at 1455 Market Street, San
Francisco, California 94103, Agency Management Services No. 5596;
or, as to the Borrower or either Agent, at such other address as
shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the
other parties and, as to each other party, at such other address
as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the
Borrower and the Agents.  All such notices and communications
shall, when personally delivered, mailed, telecopied,
telegraphed, telexed or cabled, be effective when personally
delivered, after five (5) days after being deposited in the
mails, when confirmed by telecopy response, when delivered to the
telegraph company, when confirmed by telex answerback or when
delivered to the cable company, respectively, except that notices
and communications to any Agent pursuant to Article II or VII
shall not be effective until received by such Agent.

     SECTION 8.03.  NO WAIVER; REMEDIES.  No failure on the part
of any Lender or either Agent to exercise, and no delay in
exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such
right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right.  The remedies herein provided are
cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

     SECTION 8.04.  COSTS, EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION.
          (a)  The Borrower agrees to pay promptly on demand all
     reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses of the Agents in
     connection with the preparation, execution, delivery,
     administration, syndication, modification and amendment of
     this Agreement, and the other documents to be delivered
     hereunder or thereunder, including, without limitation, the
     reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for
     the Agents (including the allocated time charges of each
     Agent's legal departments, as their respective internal
     counsel) with respect thereto and with respect to advising
     the Agents as to their rights and responsibilities under
     this Agreement.  The Borrower further agrees to pay promptly
     on demand all costs and expenses of the Agents and of each
     Lender, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable
     counsel fees and out-of-pocket expenses), in connection with
     the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal
     proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement and the other
     documents to be delivered hereunder or thereunder,
     including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and
     out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the enforcement of
     rights under this Section 8.04(a).  Such expenses shall be
     reimbursed by the Borrower upon a presentation of statement
     of account, regardless of whether the Closing Date, the
     Effective Date or the Distribution occurs.

          (b)  If any payment of principal of any Eurodollar Rate
     Advance is made other than on the last day of the interest
     period for such Advance, as a result of a payment pursuant
     to Section 2.06 or acceleration of the maturity of the
     Advances pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason,
     the Borrower shall, upon demand by any Lender (with a copy
     of such demand to the Administrative Agent), pay to the
     Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any
     amounts required to compensate such Lender for any
     additional losses, costs or expenses which it may reasonably
     incur as a result of such payment, including, without
     limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of
     the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds
     acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such Advance.

          (c)  The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
     each Agent, each Lender and each director, officer,
     employee, agent, attorney and affiliate of each Agent and
     each Lender (each an "indemnified person") in connection
     with any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities to
     which an Agent, a Lender or such indemnified persons may
     become subject, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims,
     damages or liabilities (or actions or other proceedings
     commenced or threatened in respect thereof) arise out of the
     transactions referred to in this Agreement or arise from any
     use or intended use of the proceeds of the Advances, or in
     any way arise out of activities of the Borrower that violate
     Environmental Laws, and to reimburse each Agent, each Lender
     and each indemnified person, upon their demand, for any
     reasonable legal or other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
     connection with investigating, defending or participating in
     any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action or other
     proceeding, whether commenced or threatened (whether or not
     such Agent, such Lender or any such person is a party to any
     action or proceeding out of which any such expense arises).
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall have no
     obligation hereunder to an indemnified person with respect
     to indemnified liabilities which have resulted from the
     gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such
     indemnified person.

     SECTION 8.05.  RIGHT OF SET-OFF.  Upon (i) the occurrence
and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) the
making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by
Section 6.01 to authorize the Agents to declare the Advances due
and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, each
Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and
all deposits (time or demand, provisional or final, or general,
but not special) at any time held and other indebtedness at any
time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of
the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the
Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement that are
then due and payable, whether or not such Lender shall have made
any demand under this Agreement.  Each Lender agrees promptly to
notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application made
by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice
shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to
other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other
rights of set-off) which such Lender may have.

     SECTION 8.06.  BINDING EFFECT; EFFECTIVENESS, ENTIRE
AGREEMENT.
          (a)  This Agreement shall be deemed to have been
     executed and delivered when it shall have been executed by
     the Borrower and the Agents and when the Agents shall have
     been notified by each Bank that such Bank has executed it
     and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the
     benefit of the Borrower, each Agent and each Lender and
     their respective successors and permitted assigns, except
     that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its
     rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior
     written consent of all Lenders.

          (b)  This Agreement (except for the provisions of
     Section 2.04(d), Articles VII and VIII hereof and related
     definitions) shall not become effective and the Existing
     Credit Agreement shall remain in place until the time at
     which the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 have been
     satisfied or otherwise waived at the Effective Time, at
     which time this Agreement shall become fully effective and
     replace the Existing Credit Agreement, which shall be deemed
     to be completely amended and restated hereby at such time.
     At such time this Agreement (including the Schedules and
     Exhibits attached hereto) shall constitute the entire
     agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the
     subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements,
     understandings and negotiations, both written and oral,
     among the parties with respect to such subject matter,
     including, but not limited to, the Existing Credit
     Agreement. If the Effective Date has not occurred by
     December 31, 1996, then this Agreement shall terminate on
     such date and the Existing Credit Agreement shall remain in
     place in accordance with its terms.

     SECTION 8.07.  ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS.
          (a)  Each Lender (other than the Designated Bidders)
     may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a
     portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
     (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its
     Commitment and the Advances owing to it); provided, however,
     that (i) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and
     not a varying, percentage of all of the assigning Lender's
     rights and obligations under this Agreement (other than any
     right to make Bid Advances or Bid Advances held by it), (ii)
     after giving effect to any such assignment, (1) the
     assigning Lender shall no longer have any Commitment or (2)
     the amount of the Commitment of both the assigning Lender
     and the Eligible Assignee party to such assignment (in each
     case determined as of the date of the Assignment and
     Acceptance with respect to such assignment) shall not be
     less than $10,000,000, (iii) each such assignment shall be
     to an Eligible Assignee, (iv) the parties to each such
     assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative
     Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an
     Assignment and Acceptance, and a processing and recordation
     fee of $3,000 to the Administrative Agent, and (v) the
     Borrower and the Agents shall have consented to such
     assignment, which consent shall not be unreasonably
     withheld. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and
     recording, from and after the effective date specified in
     each Assignment and Acceptance, (x) the assignee thereunder
     shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and
     obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to
     such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
     obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the Lender
     assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and
     obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to
     such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be
     released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in
     the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the
     remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and
     obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to
     be a party hereto).  Any Lender may at any time pledge or
     assign all or any portion of its rights hereunder to a
     Federal Reserve Bank; provided, that no such pledge or
     assignment shall release such Lender from any of its
     obligations hereunder.

          (b)  By executing and delivering an Assignment and
     Acceptance, the Lender assignor thereunder and the assignee
     thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the
     other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided
     in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender
     makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
     responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
     representations made in or in connection with any of the
     Loan Documents or the execution, legality, validity,
     enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of any of
     the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document
     furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (ii) such assigning
     Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
     responsibility with respect to the financial condition of
     the Borrower or the performance or observance by the
     Borrower of any of its obligations under any of the Loan
     Documents or any other instrument or document furnished
     pursuant hereto or thereto; (iii) such assignee confirms
     that it has received a copy of the Loan Documents, together
     with copies of the financial statements referred to in
     Section 4.01 and such other documents and information as it
     has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and
     decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv)
     such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon
     the Agents, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and
     based on such documents and information as it shall deem
     appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit
     decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan
     Documents; (v) such assignee confirms that it is an Eligible
     Assignee; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes each
     Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to
     exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are
     delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof, together with
     such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vii)
     such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with
     their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the
     Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a
     Lender.

          (c)  Within five (5) days of its receipt of an
     Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender
     and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible Assignee
     (together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,000
     with respect thereto) and upon evidence of consent of the
     Borrower and the Agents thereto, which consent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld, the Administrative Agent shall, if
     such Assignment and Acceptance has been completed and is in
     substantially the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, (1) accept such
     Assignment and Acceptance and (2) record the information
     contained therein in the Register.  All communications with
     the Borrower with respect to such consent of the Borrower
     shall be sent pursuant to Section 8.02.

          (d)  Each Lender (other than the Designated Bidders)
     may designate one or more banks or other entities to have a
     right to make Bid Advances as a Lender pursuant to Section
     2.03; provided, however, that (i) no such Lender shall be
     entitled to make more than two such designations, (ii) each
     such Lender making one or more of such designations shall
     retain the right to make Bid Advances as a Lender pursuant
     to Section 2.03, (iii) each such designation shall be to a
     Designated Bidder and (iv) the parties to each such
     designation shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for its
     acceptance and recording in the Register, a Designation
     Agreement. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and
     recording, from and after the effective date specified in
     each Designation Agreement, the designee thereunder shall be
     a party hereto with a right to make Bid Advances as a Lender
     pursuant to Section 2.03 and the obligations related
     thereto.

          (e)  By executing and delivering a Designation
     Agreement, the Lender making the designation thereunder and
     its designee thereunder confirm and agree with each other
     and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such Lender
     makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
     responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
     representations made in or in connection with this Agreement
     or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
     genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any
     other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (ii)
     such Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes
     no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of
     the Borrower or the performance or observance by the
     Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement or
     any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto;
     (iii) such designee confirms that it has received a copy of
     this Agreement, together with copies of the financial
     statements referred to in Section 4.01 and such other
     documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to
     make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into the
     Designation Agreement; (iv) such designee will,
     independently and without reliance upon the Agent, such
     designating Lender or any other Lender and based on such
     documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at
     the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
     taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (v) such
     designee confirms that it is a Designated Bidder; (vi) such
     designee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
     action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers
     under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the
     terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably
     incidental thereto; and (vii) such designee agrees that it
     will perform in accordance with their terms all of the
     obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are
     required to be performed by it as a Lender.

          (f)  Upon its receipt of a Designation Agreement
     executed by a designating Lender and a designee representing
     that it is a Designated Bidder, the Agent shall, if such
     Designation Agreement has been completed and is
     substantially in the form of EXHIBIT H hereto, (i) accept
     such Designation Agreement, (ii) record the information
     contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt
     notice thereof to the Borrower.

          (g)  The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its
     address referred to in Section 8.02 a copy of each
     Assignment and Acceptance and each Designation Agreement
     delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the
     recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and,
     with respect to Lenders other than Designated Bidders, the
     Commitment of, the Commitment Termination Date of, and
     principal amount of the Advances owing to, each such Lender
     from time to time (the "Register").  The entries in the
     Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes,
     absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the
     Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the
     Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of the Loan
     Documents.  The Register shall be available for inspection
     by the Borrower or any Lender at any reasonable time and
     from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

          (h)  Each Lender may sell participations to one or more
     banks or other entities in or to all or a portion of its
     rights and obligations under this Agreement (including,
     without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment and
     the Advances owing to it; provided, however, that (i) such
     Lender's obligations under this Agreement (including,
     without limitation, its Commitment to the Borrower
     hereunder) shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall
     remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for
     the performance of such obligations, (iii) such Lender shall
     remain the holder of any such Advance for all purposes of
     this Agreement, (iv) the Borrower, the Agents and the other
     Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such
     Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and
     obligations under the Loan Documents, (v) no Lender shall
     grant any participation under which the participant shall
     have rights to require such Lender to take or omit to take
     any action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or
     approve any amendment to or waiver of this Agreement or the
     other Loan Documents, except to the extent such amendment or
     waiver would: (A) extend the Termination Date of such
     Lender; or (B) reduce the interest rate or the amount of
     principal or fees applicable to Advances or the Commitment
     in which such participant is participating or change the
     date on which interest, principal or fees applicable to
     Advances or the Commitment in which such participant is
     participating are payable, (vi) such Lender shall notify the
     Borrower of the sale of the participation, and (vii) the
     Person purchasing such participation shall agree to
     customary provisions relating to the confidentiality of
     nonpublic information received by such Person in connection
     with its purchase of the participation.

          (i)  Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment
     or participation or proposed assignment or participation
     pursuant to this Section 8.07, disclose to the assignee or
     participant or proposed assignee or participant, any
     information relating to the Borrower furnished to such
     Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that, prior
     to any such disclosure, the assignee or Participant or
     proposed assignee or participant shall agree to preserve the
     confidentiality of any confidential information relating to
     the Borrower received by it from such Lender.

     SECTION 8.08.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each Lender agrees, insofar
as is legally possible, to use its best efforts to keep in
confidence all financial data and other information relative to
the affairs of the Borrower heretofore furnished or which may
hereafter be furnished to it pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement; provided, however, that this Section 8.08 shall not be
applicable to information otherwise disseminated to the public by
the Borrower; and provided further that such obligation of each
Bank shall be subject to each Bank's (a) obligation to disclose
such information pursuant to a request or order under applicable
laws and regulations or pursuant to a subpoena or other legal
process, (b) right to disclose any such information to bank
examiners, its affiliates (including, without limitation, in the
case of B of A, BA Securities, Inc. and in the case of CUSA,
Citicorp Securities, Inc.), bank, auditors, accountants and its
counsel and other Banks, and (c) right to disclose any such
information, (i) in connection with the transactions set forth
herein including assignments and sales of participation interests
pursuant to Section 8.07 hereof or (ii) in or in connection with
any litigation or dispute involving the Banks and the Borrower or
any transfer or other disposition by such Bank of any of its
Advances or other extensions of credit by such Bank to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that information
disclosed pursuant to this proviso shall be so disclosed subject
to such procedures as are reasonably calculated to maintain the
confidentiality thereof.

     SECTION 8.09.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the
State of New York.

     SECTION 8.10.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement
may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     SECTION 8.11.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION, WAIVER OF
IMMUNITIES. The Borrower hereby irrevocably submits to the
jurisdiction of any New York state or Federal court sitting in
New York, New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement, and the Borrower hereby irrevocably
agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding
may be heard and determined in such New York state or Federal
court. The Borrower hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest
extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient
forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. The
Borrower agrees that a final judgment in any such action or
proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner
provided by law. Nothing in this Section 8.11 shall affect the
right of any Lender or Agent to serve legal process in any other
manner permitted by law or affect the right of any Lender or
Agent to bring any action or proceeding against the Borrower or
its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

     SECTION 8.12.  WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.  THE BORROWER, THE
BANKS, THE AGENTS AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THE BENEFITS HEREOF,
OTHER LENDERS EACH HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS
TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.  The scope of this waiver is
intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may
be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of
this transaction, including without limitation contract claims,
tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and
statutory claims.  The Borrower, the Banks, the Agents and, by
its acceptance of the benefits hereof, other Lenders each (i)
acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement for the
Borrower, the Lenders and the Agents to enter into a business
relationship, that the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agents have
already relied on this waiver in entering into this Agreement or
accepting the benefits thereof, as the case may be, and that each
will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future
dealings and (ii) further warrants and represents that each has
reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each
knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following
consultation with legal counsel.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE,
MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING,
AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS,
RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT. In the
event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written
consent to a trial by the court.

           [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their respective officers "hereunto
duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

                              THE DIAL CORP, a Delaware
                              corporation (to be known as VIAD
                              CORP upon the on and after the
                              Effective Date)

                              By:  /s/  Ronald G. Nelson
                                        Vice President-Finance
                                        and Treasurer



                              CITICORP USA, INC., as
                              Administrative Agent

                              By:  /s/  Marjorie Futornick
                                        Vice President



                              BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                              AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as
                              Documentation Agent

                              By:  /s/  Robert Troutman
                                        Managing Director


<PAGE>


COMMITMENT                    LENDER

$42,500,000                   CITICORP USA, INC.

                              By:  /s/  Marjorie Futornick
                                        Vice President


$42,500,000                   BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                              SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

                              By:  /s/  Robert Troutman
                                        Managing Director


$30,000,000                   BANK OF MONTREAL

                              By:  /s/  Michael Joyce
                                        Managing Director


$30,000,000                   THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.

                              By:  /s/  Ted Swimmer
                                        Vice President


$30,000,000                   CIBC INC.

                              By:  /s/  Robert J. Wagner
                                        Managing Director


$30,000,000                   NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.

                              By:  /s/  Gloria M. Holland
                                        Vice President


$30,000,000                   ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

                              By:  /s/  Tom J. Oberaigner
                                        Manager


$25,000,000                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF
                              NEW YORK

                              By:  /s/  Diana Imhoff
                                        Vice President



$25,000,000                   NBD BANK

                              By:  /s/  James B. Junker
                                        Authorized Agent


$20,000,000                   THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN,
                              LIMITED, LOS ANGELES AGENCY

                              By:  /s/  T. Akiyama
                                        Joint General Manager


$20,000,000                   WESTDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK
                              GIROZENTRALE, NEW YORK BRANCH

                              By:  /s/  Karen E. Hoplock
                                        Vice President

                              By:  /s/  Thomas Lee
                                        Associate


$15,000,000                   THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN,
                              LTD., LOS ANGELES AGENCY

                              By:  /s/  T. Morgan Edwards
                                        Deputy General Manager


$15,000,000                   MELLON BANK, N.A.

                              By:  /s/  L.C. Ivey
                                        Vice President


$15,000,000                   THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

                              By:  /s/  Martin G. Alston
                                        Vice President


$15,000,000                   UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA

                              By:  /s/  Cary Moore
                                        Vice President


$15,000,000                   WELLS FARGO BANK OF ARIZONA,
                              NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                              By:  /s/  Kevin Halloran
                                        Vice President


<PAGE>

                              SCHEDULE I
                  LIST OF APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES

                    DOMESTIC LENDING         EURODOLLAR LENDING
NAME OF BANK             OFFICE                     OFFICE

CITIBANK, N. A.     Central Corporate        Central Corporate                 
                    Customer Services        Customer Services
                    One Court Square         One Court Square
                    7th Floor                7th Floor
                    Long Island City, NY     Long Island City, NY             
                    11120                    11120
                    Attn: Aureli Almonte     Attn: Aureli Almonte
                    Bank Loan Syndication    Bank Loan Syndication

BANK OF AMERICA     1850 Gateway Blvd.       1850 Gateway Blvd.
NATIONAL TRUST AND  Concord, CA 94520        Concord, CA 94520
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION Attn: Barbara Garibaldi  Attn: Barbara Garibaldi

BANK OF MONTREAL    115 South LaSalle        115 South LaSalle
                    12th Floor               12th Floor
                    Chicago, IL 60603        Chicago, IL 60603
                    Attn: Betty Rutherford   Attn: Betty Rutherford

CIBC, INC.          2727 Paces Ferry Road    2727 Paces Ferry Road
                    2 Paces West             2 Paces West
                    Suite 1200               Suite 1200
                    Atlanta, Georgia 30339   Atlanta, Georgia 30339
                    Attn: Ann Milam          Attn: Ann Milam

THE CHASE           140 East 45th Street     140 East 45th Street
MANHATTAN BANK,     29th Floor               29th Floor
N.A.                New York, New York 10017 New York, New York 10017
                    Attn: Miranda Chin       Attn: Miranda Chin

NATIONSBANK OF      c/o NationsBank          c/o NationsBank
TEXAS, N.A.         901 Main Street          901 Main Street
                    14th Floor               14th Floor
                    Dallas, TX 75202         Dallas, TX 75202
                    Attn: Stacey Smith       Attn: Stacey Smith

ROYAL BANK OF       1 Financial Square       1 Financial Square
CANADA              23rd Floor               23rd Floor
                    New York, NY 10005       New York, NY 10005
                    Attn: Linda Smith        Attn: Linda Smith

WELLS FARGO BANK    Arizona RCBO 4101-251    Arizona RCBO 4101-251
OF ARIZONA,         P.O. Box 53456           P.O. Box 53456
NATIONAL            Phoenix, AZ 85072-3456   Phoenix, AZ 85072-3456
ASSOCIATION         Attn: Kevin Halloran     Attn: Kevin Halloran

                    Street Address:          Street Address:
                    100 West Washington      100 West Washington
                    Phoenix, AZ 85072-3456   Phoenix, AZ 85072-3456

THE INDUSTRIAL      350 S. Grand Ave.        350 S. Grand Ave.
BANK OF JAPAN,      Suite 1500               Suite 1500
LIMITED, LOS        Los Angeles, CA 90071    Los Angeles, CA 90071
ANGELES AGENCY      Attn: Lynn Santos        Attn: Lynn Santos

THE LONG-TERM       350 S. Grand Ave.        350 S. Grand Ave.
CREDIT BANK OF      Suite 3000               Suite 3000
JAPAN, LTD.,        Los Angeles, CA 90071    Los Angeles, CA 90071
LOS ANGELES AGENCY  Attn: Cindy Ly           Attn: Cindy Ly

MELLON BANK, N.A.   Three Mellon Bank Center Three Mellon Bank Center
                    Room 2303                Room 2303
                    Pittsburgh, PA 15259     Pittsburgh, PA 15259
                    Attn: Damon Carr         Attn: Damon Carr

NBD BANK            611 Woodward Avenue      611 Woodward Avenue
                    Detroit, MI 48226        Detroit, MI 48226
                    Attn: Chris Dickens      Attn: Chris Dickens

MORGAN GUARANTY     c/o J.P. Morgan          Nassau, Bahamas Office
TRUST COMPANY OF    Services, Inc.           c/o J.P. Morgan Services,
NEW YORK            500 Stanton -            Inc.
                    Christiana Road          Loan Operations - 3rd Flr
                    Newark, Delaware 19713   500 Stanton - Christiana
                    Attn: Lisa Lynch         Road
                                             Newark, Delaware 19713
                                             Attn: Lisa Lynch

THE NORTHERN        50 S. La Salle           50 S. La Salle
TRUST COMPANY       B-12                     B-12
                    Chicago, IL 60675        Chicago, IL 60675
                    Attn: Linda Honda        Attn: Linda Honda

UNION BANK OF       550 S. Hope Street       550 S. Hope Street
CALIFORNIA          3rd Floor                3rd Floor
                    Los Angeles, CA 90071    Los Angeles, CA 90071
                    Attn: Hisako Sakamoto    Attn: Hisako Sakamoto

WESTDEUTSCHE        1211 Avenue of the       1211 Avenue of the 
LANDESBANK          Americas                 Americas
GIROZENTRALE,       New York, NY 10036       New York, NY 10036
NEW YORK BRANCH     Attn: Cheryl Wilson      Attn: Cheryl Wilson
                              EXHIBIT A-1

                [FORM OF NOTICE OF COMMITTED BORROWING]

                     NOTICE OF COMMITTED BORROWING


Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative
Agent for the Lenders party
to the Credit Agreement
referred to below

c/o Citicorp Bank Loan
Syndications Operations
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120

                                                  [Date]

     Attention: [                ]

Gentlemen:

     The undersigned, [The Dial Corp][Viad Corp] (the "Borrower"),
refers to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as
of July 24, 1996 (as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement", the
terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), by and
among the Borrower, certain Lenders party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc.,
as Administrative Agent for said Lenders, and Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association, as Documentation Agent for said
Lenders. The Borrower hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant
to Section 2.02 of the Credit Agreement, that the Borrower hereby
requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that
connection sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing
(the "Proposed Committed Borrowing") as required by Section 2.02(a) of
the Credit Agreement:

          (i)    The Business Day of the Proposed Committed Borrowing
     is [          ], 19[   ].

          (ii)   The Type of Committed Advances comprising the
     Proposed Committed Borrowing is [Base Rate Advances] [Eurodollar
     Rate Advances].

          (iii)  The aggregate amount of the Proposed Committed
     Borrowing is $[          ].

          (iv)   If the Type of Advances comprising the Proposed
     Committed Borrowing is Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Interest
     Period for each Advance made as part of the Proposed Committed
     Borrowing is [     ] month[s].


     The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements
are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the
Proposed Committed Borrowing:

          (A)  the representations and warranties contained in Section
     4.01 of the Credit Agreement are correct, before and after giving
     effect to the Proposed Committed Borrowing and to the application
     of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date,
     except to the extent that any such representation or warranty
     expressly relates only to an earlier date, in which case they
     were correct as of such earlier date; and

          (B)  no event has occurred and is continuing, or will result
     from such Proposed Committed Borrowing or from the application of
     the proceeds therefrom, which constitutes an Event of Default or
     a Potential Event of Default.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   [THE DIAL CORP] [VIAD CORP]

                                   By:
                                        Title:

                              EXHIBIT A-2

                   [FORM OF NOTICE OF BID BORROWING]

                        NOTICE OF BID BORROWING

Citicorp USA, Inc.,
as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders party to
the Credit Agreement referred
to below

c/o Citicorp Bank Loan
Syndications Operations
One Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120

                                                       [Date]


               Attention: [                ]

Gentlemen:

     The undersigned, [The Dial Corp][Viad Corp] (the "Borrower"),
refers to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as
of July 24, 1996 (as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement", the
terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), by and
among the Borrower, certain Lenders party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc.,
as Administrative Agent for said Lenders, and Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association, as Documentation Agent for said
Lenders. The Borrower hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section
2.03(a) of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a
Bid Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets
forth below the terms on which such Bid Borrowing (the "Proposed Bid
Borrowing") is requested to be made:

     (A)  Date of Proposed Bid Borrowing:
     (B)  Aggregate Amount of Proposed Bid Borrowing:
     (C)  Maturity Date:
     (D)  Currency if the Proposed Bid Borrowing
          is comprised of Eurodollar Advances:
     (E)  Interest Payment Date(s):
     (F)  Other Terms

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements
are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the
Proposed Bid Borrowing:

          (A)  the representations and warranties contained in Section
     4.01 of the Credit Agreement are correct, before and after giving
     effect to the Proposed Bid Borrowing and to the application of
     the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date,
     except to the extent that any such representation or warranty
     expressly relates only to an earlier date, in which case they
     were correct as of such earlier date; and

          (B)  no event has occurred and is continuing, or will result
     from such Proposed Bid Borrowing or from the application of the
     proceeds therefrom, which constitutes an Event of Default or a
     Potential Event of Default.

     The undersigned hereby confirms that the Proposed Bid Borrowing
is to be made available to it in accordance with Section 2.03 of the
Credit Agreement.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   [THE DIAL CORP] [VIAD CORP]


                                   By:
                                        Title:

                               EXHIBIT B

                  [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE]

                       ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                        Dated [      ], 19[  ]


     Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996 (as it may be amended,
supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement") among [The Dial Corp][Viad Corp] (the "Borrower"),
the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), Citicorp USA, Inc.,
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, and Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association, as Documentation Agent for the Lenders.
Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not defined herein are used
herein with the same meaning.

     [           ] (the "Assignor") and [           ] (the "Assignee")
agree as follows:

     1.   The Assignor hereby sells and assigns without recourse to
the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the
Assignor, that interest in and to all of the Assignor's rights and
obligations under the Credit Agreement as of the Effective Date which
represents the percentage interest specified on Schedule 1 of all
outstanding rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement,
including, without limitation, such interest in the Assignor's
Commitment and the Advances owing to the Assignor. After giving effect
to such sale and assignment, the Assignee's Commitment, the amount of
the Advances owing to the Assignee, and the Commitment Termination
Date of the Assignee will be as set forth in Section 2 of Schedule 1.
In consideration of Assignor's assignment, Assignee hereby agrees to
pay to Assignor, on the Effective Date, the amount of $[     ] in
immediately available funds by wire transfer to Assignor's office at
[            ].

     2.   The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the
legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it
hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse
claim; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any other instrument
or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iii) makes no
representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect
to the financial condition of the Borrower or the performance or
observance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under the Credit
Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
thereto.


     3.   The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the
Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements
referred to in Section 4.01 thereof and such other documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance;
(ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the
Agents, the Assignor or any other Lender and based on such documents
and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to
make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the
Credit Agreement; (iii) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (iv)
appoints and authorizes each Agent to take such action as agent on its
behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement as are
delegated to such Agent by the terms thereof, together with such
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it will
perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by
the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it
as a Lender; and (vi) specifies as its Domestic Lending Office (and
address for notices) and Eurodollar Lending Office the offices set
forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof [and (vii)
attaches the forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of the
United States certifying as to the Assignee's status for purposes of
determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with
respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under the Credit
Agreement or such other documents as are necessary to indicate that
all such payments are subject to such rates at a rate reduced by an
applicable tax treaty].*

     4.   Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance by
the Assignor and the Assignee, it will be delivered to the
Administrative Agent for acceptance and recording by the
Administrative Agent. The effective date of this Assignment and
Acceptance shall be the date of acceptance thereof by the
Administrative Agent, unless otherwise specified on Schedule 1 hereto
(the "Effective Date").

     5.   Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative
Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to
the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment
and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder
and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment
and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its
obligations under the Credit Agreement.


- --------------
     *If the Assignee is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction
outside the United States.







     6.   Upon such acceptance and recording by the Administrative
Agent, from and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent
shall make all payments under the Credit Agreement in respect of the
interest assigned hereby (including, without limitation, all payments
of principal, interest and fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee.
The Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in
payments under the Credit Agreement for periods prior to the Effective
Date directly between themselves.

     7.   This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their respective officers
"hereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written, such
execution being made on Schedule 1 hereto.
                              Schedule 1
                                  to
                       Assignment and Acceptance
                       Dated  [        ], 19[  ]


Section 1.
- ----------

     Percentage Interest:                         [      ]%

Section 2.
- ----------

     Assignee's Commitment:                       $[     ]
     Aggregate Outstanding Principal
          Amount of Advances owing to
          the Assignee:                           $[     ]

     Advances payable to the Assignee

                    Principal amount:              [     ]

     Advances payable to the Assignor

                    Principal amount:              [     ]


     Assignee's Commitment Termination
     Date:                                   [      ], 199[ ]

Section 3.
- ----------

     Effective Date*:    [          ], 199[ ]


                                   [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

                                   By:
                                        Title:


                                   [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

                                   By:
                                        Title:

- ------------------
     ' This date should be no earlier than the date of acceptance by
the Administrative Agent.

                    Domestic Lending Office
                    (and address for notices):
                    [Address]


                    Eurodollar Lending Office:
                    [Address]


Accepted this [      ] day
of [     ], 199[ ]


CITICORP USA, INC., as
Administrative Agent

By:
     Title:


BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as
Documentation Agent

By:
     Title:


[THE DIAL CORP] [VIAD CORP]

By:
     Title:

                              EXHIBIT C-l

                [FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO BORROWER
                        AS OF THE CLOSING DATE]


                            [CLOSING DATE]


Citicorp USA, Inc.,
as Administrative Agent
1 Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120

Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association,
as Documentation Agent
1455 Market Street
San Francisco, California 94103

and

The Banks (the "Banks") Listed on
Schedule I Party to the Credit
Agreement Referred to Below

Re:  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996,
     among The Dial Corp, the Banks named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc.
     as Administrative Agent, and Bank of America National Trust and
     Savings Association, as Documentation Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     I am Vice President and General Counsel of The Dial Corp, a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), and as such have acted as
counsel to the Borrower in connection with the negotiation, execution
and delivery by the Borrower of the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996 (the "Credit Agreement") among the
Borrower, the Banks, Citicorp USA, Inc. as Administrative Agent, and
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association as
Documentation Agent.  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not
otherwise defined herein are used herein as therein defined.

     This opinion is delivered to you pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(vi)
of the Credit Agreement.  I have examined the Credit Agreement and I
have examined or am familiar with originals or copies, the
authenticity of which has been established to my satisfaction of such
other documents, corporate records, agreements and instruments, and
certificates of public officials and of officers of the Borrower as I
have deemed necessary or appropriate to enable me to express the
opinions set forth below. As to questions of fact material to such
opinions, I have, when relevant facts were not independently
established, relied upon certification by officers of the Borrower,
which I believe to be reliable.

     The opinions hereinafter expressed are subject to the fact that I
am a member of the State Bar of Arizona and do not hold myself out as
an expert on the laws of other states or jurisdictions except (i) the
federal law of the United States of America, (ii) the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and (iii) the laws of New
York relevant to the opinions herein expressed.

     Based upon the foregoing and having regard to legal
considerations which I have deemed relevant, it is my opinion that:

     1.   The Borrower is a corporation validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified
to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other
jurisdictions which require such qualification, except to the extent
that failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on
the Borrower. The Borrower has all requisite corporate power and
authority to own and operate its properties, to conduct its business
as presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its
obligations under the Credit Agreement.

     2.   The Credit Agreement has been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of the Borrower and has been
duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. The Credit Agreement
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower,
enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except
as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and
reorganization laws and other similar laws governing the enforcement
of lessors' or creditors' rights and by the effects of specific
performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

     3.   Neither the execution and delivery by the Borrower of the
Credit Agreement, nor consummation of the transactions contemplated
thereby, nor compliance on or prior to the date hereof with the terms
and conditions thereof by the Borrower conflicts with or is a
violation of, its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, each as in
effect on the date hereof.  Neither the execution and delivery by the
Borrower of the Credit Agreement, nor the consummation of the
transactions contemplated thereby, nor compliance on or prior to the
date hereof with the terms and conditions thereof by the Borrower will
result in a violation of any applicable federal or New York law,
governmental rule or regulation or of the Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware or conflicts with, will result in a breach of, or
constitutes a default under, any provision of any indenture, agreement
or other instrument to which the Borrower is a party or any of its
properties may be bound ("Material Agreements"), or any order,
judgment or decree to which the Borrower or any of its assets are
bound ("Judicial Orders"), or will result in the creation or
imposition of any lien upon any property or assets of the Borrower
pursuant to any Material Agreement or Judicial Order.

     4.   Neither the making of the Advances pursuant to, nor
application of the proceeds thereof in accordance with, the Credit
Agreement, will violate Regulations G, T, U or X promulgated by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
     5.   No consent, approval or authorization of, and no
registration, declaration or filing with, any administrative,
governmental or other public authority of the United States of America
or the State of New York or under the Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware is required by law to be obtained or made by the Borrower for
the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Credit
Agreement, except such filings as may be required in the ordinary
course to keep in full force and effect rights and franchises material
to the business of the Borrower and in connection with the payment of
taxes.

     6.   The Borrower is not an "investment company" or a Person
directly or indirectly "controlled" by or "acting on behalf of an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended.

     This opinion is delivered to the Agents and the Banks as of the
date hereof in connection with the Credit Agreement, and may not be
relied upon by any person other than the Agents and the Banks and
their permitted assignees, or by them in any other context, and may
not be furnished to any other person or entity without my prior
written consent, provided that each Bank and its permitted assignees
may provide this opinion (i) to bank examiners and other regulatory
authorities should they so request or in connection with their normal
examination, (ii) to the independent auditors and attorneys of such
Bank, (iii) pursuant to order or legal process of any court or
governmental agency, (iv) in connection with any legal action to which
the Bank is a party arising out of the transactions contemplated by
the Credit Agreement, or (v) in connection with the assignment of or
sale of participations in the Advances.

                                   Very truly yours,

                              EXHIBIT C-2

                [FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO BORROWER
                       AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE]

                           [EFFECTIVE DATE]



Citicorp USA, Inc.,
as Administrative Agent
1 Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120

Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association,
as Documentation Agent
1455 Market Street
San Francisco, California 94103

and

The Banks (the "Banks") Listed on
Schedule I Party to the Credit
Agreement Referred to Below

Re:  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996,
     among The Dial Corp, the Banks named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc.
     as Administrative Agent, and Bank of America National Trust and
     Savings Association as Documentation Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     I am Vice President and General Counsel of The Dial Corp, a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), and as such have acted as
counsel to the Borrower in connection with the negotiation, execution
and delivery by the Borrower of the Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996 (the "Credit Agreement") among the
Borrower, the Banks, Citicorp USA, Inc. as Administrative Agent, and
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association as
Documentation Agent. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not
otherwise defined herein are used herein as therein defined.

     This opinion is delivered to you pursuant to Section 3.02(a)(ii)
of the Credit Agreement.  I have examined the Credit Agreement and I
have examined or am familiar with originals or copies, the
authenticity of which has been established to my satisfaction of such
other documents corporate records, agreements and instruments, and
certificates of public officials and of officers of the Borrower as I
have deemed necessary or appropriate to enable me to express the
opinions set forth below. As to questions of fact material to such
opinions, I have, when relevant facts were not independently
established, relied upon certification by officers of the Borrower,
which I believe to be reliable.

     The opinions hereinafter expressed are subject to the fact that I
am a member of the State Bar of Arizona and do not hold myself out as
an expert on the laws of other states or jurisdictions except (i) the
federal law of the United States of America, (ii) the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and (iii) the laws of New
York relevant to the opinions herein expressed.

     Based upon the foregoing and having regard to legal
considerations which I have deemed relevant, it is my opinion that:

     1.   The Borrower is a corporation validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified
to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other
jurisdictions which require such qualification, except to the extent
that failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on
the Borrower.  The Borrower has all requisite corporate power and
authority to own and operate its properties, to conduct its business
as presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its
obligations under the Credit Agreement.

     2.   The Credit Agreement has been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of the Borrower and has been
duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. The Credit Agreement
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower,
enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except
as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency and
reorganization laws and other similar laws governing the enforcement
of lessors' or creditors' rights and by the effects of specific
performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

     3.   Neither the execution and delivery by the Borrower of the
Credit Agreement, nor consummation of the transactions contemplated
thereby, nor compliance on or prior to the date hereof with the terms
and conditions thereof by the Borrower conflicts with or is a
violation of, its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, each as in
effect on the date hereof.  Neither the execution and delivery by the
Borrower of the Credit Agreement, nor the consummation of the
transactions contemplated thereby, nor compliance on or prior to the
date hereof with the terms and conditions thereof by the Borrower will
result in a violation of any applicable federal or New York law,
governmental rule or regulation or of the Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware or conflicts with, will result in a breach of, or
constitutes a default under, any provision of any indenture, agreement
or other instrument to which the Borrower is a party or any of its
properties may be bound ("Material Agreements"), or any order,
judgment or decree to which the Borrower or any of its assets are
bound ("Judicial Orders"), or will result in the creation or
imposition of any lien upon any property or assets of the Borrower
pursuant to any Material Agreement or Judicial Order.

     4.   Neither the making of the Advances pursuant to, nor
application of the proceeds thereof in accordance with, the Credit
Agreement, will violate Regulations G, T, U or X promulgated by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

     5.   No consent, approval or authorization of, and no
registration, declaration or filing with, any administrative,
governmental or other public authority of the United States of America
or the State of New York or under the Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware is required by law to be obtained or made by the Borrower for
the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Credit
Agreement, except such filings as may be required in the ordinary
course to keep in full force and effect rights and franchises material
to the business of the Borrower and in connection with the payment of
taxes.

     6.   The Borrower is not an "investment company" or a Person
directly or indirectly "controlled" by or "acting on behalf of an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended.

     This opinion is delivered to the Agents and the Banks as of the
date hereof in connection with the Credit Agreement, and may not be
relied upon by any person other than the Agents and the Banks and
their permitted assignees, or by them in any other context, and may
not be furnished to any other person or entity without my prior
written consent, provided that each Bank and its permitted assignees
may provide this opinion (i) to bank examiners and other regulatory
authorities should they so request or in connection with their normal
examination, (ii) to the independent auditors and attorneys of such
Bank, (iii) pursuant to order or legal process of any court or
governmental agency, (iv) in connection with any legal action to which
the Bank is a party arising out of the transactions contemplated by
the Credit Agreement, or (v) in connection with the assignment of or
sale of participations in the Advances.

                                   Very truly yours,
                              EXHIBIT D-1

                 [FORM OF OPINION OF O'MELVENY & MYERS
                        AS OF THE CLOSING DATE]

                            [CLOSING DATE]

Citicorp USA, Inc., as
Administrative Agent
1 Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120

Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association, as
Documentation Agent
1455 Market Street
San Francisco, California 94103

and

The Banks Party to the Credit Agreement
Referred to Below

Re:  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996
     among The Dial Corp, the Banks named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc.,
     as Administrative Agent, and Bank of America National Trust and
     Savings Association, as Documentation Agent

Gentlemen:

     We have participated in the preparation of the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996 (the "Credit
Agreement"; capitalized terms defined therein and not otherwise
defined herein are used herein as therein defined) among The Dial Corp
(the "Borrower"), the Banks named therein (the "Banks"), Citicorp USA,
Inc., as Administrative Agent, and Bank of America National Trust and
Savings Association, as Documentation Agent (Documentation Agent and
Administrative Agent, collectively, are hereinafter referred to as
"Agents"), and have acted as special counsel for the Agents for the
purpose of rendering this opinion pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(vii) of
the Credit Agreement.

     We have participated in various conferences and telephone
conferences with representatives of the Borrower and the Agents and
conferences and telephone calls with counsel to the Borrower, and with
your representatives, during which the Credit Agreement and related
matters have been discussed, and we have also participated in the
meeting held on the date hereof (the "Closing") incident to the
effectiveness of the Credit Agreement. We have reviewed the forms of
the Credit Agreement and the exhibits thereto, and the opinion of [L.
Gene Lemon], General Counsel of the Borrower (the "Opinion"), and
officers' certificates and other documents delivered at the Closing.
We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of
all documents submitted to us as originals or copies, the due
authority of all persons executing the same, and we have relied as to
factual matters on the documents which we have reviewed.

     On the basis of such examination, our reliance upon the
assumptions contained herein and our consideration of those questions
of law we considered relevant and subject to the limitations and
qualifications in this opinion, we are of the opinion that:

     1.   The Credit Agreement constitutes the legally valid and
binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower
in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or
affecting creditors' rights generally (including, without limitation,
fraudulent conveyance laws) and by general principles of equity
including, without limitation, concepts of materiality,
reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible
unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief,
regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
In giving the foregoing opinion, we have assumed, without independent
investigation, that the Credit Agreement has been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action on the part of the Borrower and has
been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower.

     2.   The Opinion is satisfactory in form to us and, in our
opinion, you are justified in relying thereon.

     Our opinions in paragraph 1 above as to the enforceability of the
Credit Agreement are subject to:

          (a)  public policy considerations, statutes or court
     decisions that may limit the rights of a party to obtain
     indemnification against its own gross negligence, willful
     misconduct or unlawful conduct; and

          (b)  the unenforceability under certain circumstances of
     waivers of rights granted by law where the waivers are against
     public policy or prohibited by law.

     We express no opinion as to the effect of non-compliance by you
with any state or federal laws or regulations applicable to the
transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement because of the
nature of your business.

     The law covered by this opinion is limited to the present federal
law of the United States and the present law of the State of New York.
We express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.  This
opinion is furnished by us as special counsel for the Agents and may
be relied upon by you only in connection with the Credit Agreement. It
may not be used or relied upon by you for any other purpose or by any
other person, nor may copies be delivered to any other person, without
in each instance our prior written consent.  You may, however, deliver
a copy of this opinion to permitted assignees of all or a portion of a
Lender's rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement in
connection with such assignment, and such assignees may rely on this
opinion as if it were addressed and had been delivered to them on the
date of this opinion.  This opinion may also be disclosed to
regulatory and other governmental authorities having jurisdiction over
you requesting (or requiring) such disclosure.
                                   Respectfully submitted,
                              EXHIBIT D-2

                 [FORM OF OPINION OF O'MELVENY & MYERS
                       AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE]

                           [EFFECTIVE DATE]

Citicorp USA, Inc., as
Administrative Agent
1 Court Square
Long Island City, New York 11120

Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association, as
Documentation Agent
1455 Market Street
San Francisco, California 94103

and

The Banks Party to the Credit Agreement
Referred to Below

Re:  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996
     among The Dial Corp, the Banks named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc.,
     as Administrative Agent, and Bank of America National Trust and
     Savings Association as Documentation Agent

Gentlemen:

     We have participated in the preparation of the Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996 (the "Credit
Agreement"; capitalized terms defined therein and not otherwise
defined herein are used herein as therein defined) among The Dial Corp
(the "Borrower"), the Banks named therein (the "Banks"), Citicorp USA,
Inc., as Administrative Agent, and Bank of America National Trust and
Savings Association, as Documentation Agent (Documentation Agent and
Administrative Agent, collectively, are hereinafter referred to as
"Agents"), and have acted as special counsel for the Agents for the
purpose of rendering this opinion pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(vii) of
the Credit Agreement.

     We have participated in various conferences and telephone
conferences with representatives of the Borrower and the Agents and
conferences and telephone calls with counsel to the Borrower, and with
your representatives, during which the Credit Agreement and related
matters have been discussed, and we have also participated in the
meeting held on the date hereof (the "Closing") incident to the
effectiveness of the Credit Agreement. We have reviewed the forms of
the Credit Agreement and the exhibits thereto, and the opinion of [L.
Gene Lemon], General Counsel of the Borrower (the "Opinion"), and
officers' certificates and other documents delivered at the Closing.
We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of
all documents submitted to us as originals or copies, the due
authority of all persons executing the same, and we have relied as to
factual matters on the documents which we have reviewed.

     On the basis of such examination, our reliance upon the
assumptions contained herein and our consideration of those questions
of law we considered relevant and subject to the limitations and
qualifications in this opinion, we are of the opinion that:

     1.   The Credit Agreement constitutes the legally valid and
binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower
in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or
affecting creditors' rights generally (including, without limitation,
fraudulent conveyance laws) and by general principles of equity
including, without limitation, concepts of materiality,
reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible
unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief,
regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
In giving the foregoing opinion, we have assumed, without independent
investigation, that the Credit Agreement has been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action on the part of the Borrower and has
been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower.

     2.   The Opinion is satisfactory in form to us and, in our
opinion, you are justified in relying thereon.

     Our opinions in paragraph 1 above as to the enforceability of the
Credit Agreement are subject to:

          (a)  public policy considerations, statutes or court
     decisions that may limit the rights of a party to obtain
     indemnification against its own gross negligence, willful
     misconduct or unlawful conduct; and

          (b)  the unenforceability under certain circumstances of
     waivers of rights granted by law where the waivers are against
     public policy or prohibited by law.

     We express no opinion as to the effect of non-compliance by you
with any state or federal laws or regulations applicable to the
transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement because of the
nature of your business.

     The law covered by this opinion is limited to the present federal
law of the United States and the present law of the State of New York.
We express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

     This opinion is furnished by us as special counsel for the Agents
and may be relied upon by you only in connection with the Credit
Agreement. It may not be used or relied upon by you for any other
purpose or by any other person, nor may copies be delivered to any
other person, without in each instance our prior written consent. You
may, however, deliver a copy of this opinion to permitted assignees of
all or a portion of a Lender's rights and obligations under the Credit
Agreement in connection with such assignment, and such assignees may
rely on this opinion as if it were addressed and had been delivered to
them on the date of this opinion. This opinion may also be disclosed
to regulatory and other governmental authorities having jurisdiction
over you requesting (or requiring) such disclosure.

                                   Respectfully submitted,
                               EXHIBIT E

                      [FORM OF EXTENSION REQUEST]
                      [THE DIAL CORP] [VIAD CORP]

                  REQUEST FOR EXTENSION OF COMMITMENT
                           TERMINATION DATE


                                                            [Date]


[Name and Address of Eligible Lender]

     Pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
dated as of July 24, 1996 (as amended from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement", the terms defined therein being used herein as therein
defined) among [The Dial Corp][Viad Corp] (the "Borrower"), certain
Lenders party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent for
said Lenders, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings
Association, as Documentation Agent for said Lenders, this represents
the Borrower's request to extend the Commitment Termination Date of
each Eligible Lender to [1] pursuant to Section 2.16 of the Credit
Agreement.

     The Borrower hereby certifies that the following statements are
true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the
effectiveness of the extension requested hereby ("Proposed
Extension"):

          (a)  the representations and warranties contained in Section
     4.01 of the Credit Agreement are correct, before and after giving
     effect to the Proposed Extension, as though made on and as of
     such date, except to the extent that any such representation or
     warranty expressly relates only to an earlier date, in which case
     they were correct as of such earlier date;

          (b)  no event has occurred and is continuing, or would
     result from the Proposed Extension, which constitutes an Event of
     Default or a Potential Event of Default; and








- -------------
     [1]  Insert date which is one year or two years after the latest
Commitment Termination Date in effect.
          (c)  the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
     as at [        ], 199[ ][2], and the related statements of income
     and retained earnings of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
     the fiscal year then ended, copies of each of which have been
     furnished to each Lender, fairly present the financial condition
     of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such applicable date
     and the results of the operations of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended on such applicable date,
     all in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, and since       
     [       ], 199[ ][2], there has been no material adverse change
     in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations
     or properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
     whole.

     Please indicate your consent to such extension of the Commitment
Termination Date by signing the attached copy of this request in the
space provided below and returning the same to the undersigned.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   [THE DIAL CORP] [VIAD CORP]

                                   By:
                                        Title:

The undersigned Eligible Lender
hereby consents to the extension
of its Commitment Termination Date
as requested above. This consent
is subject to the terms of
Section 2.16 of the Credit Agreement.

DATED:

[ELIGIBLE LENDER]

By:
Title:








- ------------------
     [2]  Insert date of the most recent audited balance sheet of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
                               EXHIBIT F

                   [FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE]


     The undersigned certifies that: (i) this Certificate is as of   
[        ] and pertains to the period from [      ] to [      ], (ii)
the undersigned has reviewed the terms of that certain Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 24, 1996, among The Dial
Corp (to be known as The Viad Corp upon the effectiveness of such
Credit Agreement), the Banks named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc., as
Administrative Agent, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings
Association, as Documentation Agent (as it may be amended,
supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement") and has made, or caused to be made under the
undersigned's supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the
transactions and condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during
the period set forth above and (iii) such review has not disclosed the
existence during or at the end of such period, and the undersigned
does not have knowledge of the existences as of the date of this
Certificate, of any condition or event that constitutes an Event of
Default or Potential Event of Default.[3] Capitalized terms used
herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.


A.   Net Worth
     For the Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

     1.   Net Worth as of the Effective Date      $[        ]

     2.   80% multiplied (1)                      $[        ]

     3.   Net Income (if a positive number)
          from the Effective Date to most
          recent June 30 or December 31           $[        ]

     4.   25% multiplied (3)                      $[        ]




- -------------
     [3]  If any event or condition that constitutes an Event of
Default or Potential Event of Default exists, the Certificate should
include the nature and period of existence of such event or condition
and what action the Borrower has taken, is taking and proposes to take
with respect thereto.







     5.   aggregate net proceeds, including
          cash and the fair market value of
          property other than cash, received
          by the Borrower from the issue or sale
          of capital stock of the Borrower
          from the Effective Date to the most
          recent June 30 or December 31           $[      ]

     6.   aggregate of 25% of the after tax
          gains realized from unusual,
          extraordinary, and major nonrecurring
          items from the Effective Date to the
          most recent June 30 or December 31      $[      ]

     7.   Additions to Capital [(5) plus (6)]     $[      ]

     8.   Net Worth                               $[      ]

     9.   Minimum Net Worth permitted under
          Credit Agreement
          [(2) plus (4) plus (7)]                 $[      ]


B.   Maximum Funded Debt Ratio.
     For the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
     (for each period consisting of the most
     recently ended four consecutive fiscal
     quarters of the Borrower):

     1.   indebtedness for borrowed money
          or for the deferred purchase price
          of property or services                 $[      ]

     2.   obligations as lessee under leases
          which shall have been or should be,
          in accordance with GAAP, recorded as
          capital leases                          $[      ]

     3.   obligations under guarantees in
          respect of indebtedness or
          obligations of others of the
          kinds referred to in clauses (1) and
          (2) of this Section B                   $[      ]

     4.   Funded Debt [(1) plus (2) plus (3)]     $[      ]

     5.   consolidated net income plus provision
          for taxes (excluding extraordinary,
          unusual, or nonrecurring gains or
          losses)                                 $[      ]

     6.   interest expense                        $[      ]


     7.   depreciation expense and
          amortization of intangibles             $[      ]

     8.   EBITDA [(5) plus (6) plus (7)]          $[      ]

     9.   Ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA
          [(4):(8)]                               [    :   ]

     10.  Maximum Funded Debt Ratio required
          under Credit Agreement                  3.00:1.00




                                   By:
                                   Title:

                              EXHIBIT G-1

            [FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE (COMMITTED ADVANCES)]

                            PROMISSORY NOTE

[              ]                        Dated:  [          ], 19[  ]


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [THE DIAL CORP][VIAD CORP],
a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the
order of [                     ] (the "Lender"), for the account of
its Applicable Lending Office, the unpaid principal amount of each
Advance made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit
Agreement referred to below on or before the Termination Date of the
Lender. The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of each such Advance on the dates and at the rate or rates
provided for in the Credit Agreement. All such payments of principal
and interest shall be made in United States dollars in same day funds
at the Administrative Agent's office, as specified in the Credit
Agreement.

     All Advances made by the Lender, the respective maturities
thereof and all repayments of principal thereof shall be recorded by
the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, appropriate notations to
evidence the foregoing information with respect to each such Advance
then outstanding shall be endorsed by the Lender on the schedule
attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached to and
made a part hereof, or in the records of such Lender in accordance
with its usual practice; provided that the failure of the Lender to
make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the
obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.

     This promissory note is one of the promissory notes referred to
in Section 2.14(d) of that certain Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996, among the Borrower, the Lenders
named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and Bank
of America National Trust and Savings Association as Documentation
Agent (said Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement").  Terms
defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same
meanings. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement for
provisions relating to this promissory note, including, without
limitation, the mandatory and optional prepayment hereof and the
acceleration of the maturity hereof.

                                   [THE DIAL CORP] [VIAD CORP]

                                   By:
                                   Title:
                    TRANSACTIONS ON PROMISSORY NOTE



          Amount of
           Advance                                     Amount
          Made This      Maturity       Interest         of      Notation
Date        Date          Period          Rate         Payment   Made By
- ----      ---------      --------       --------       -------   --------
                                EXHIBIT G-2

                 [FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE (BID ADVANCES)]

                              PROMISSORY NOTE


[             ]                              Dated: [__________], 19[  ]

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [THE DIAL CORP][VIAD CORP], a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order
of [                  ] (the "Lender") for the account of its Applicable
Lending Office (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the
principal amount of each Bid Advance (as defined below) made by the Lender
to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement on the maturity date of
such Bid Advance determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

     The Borrower further promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of each Bid Advance from the date of such Bid Advance until such
principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at
such times, in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement .

     Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United
States of America to Citicorp USA, Inc., as Agent, at the office of
Citibank, N.A. located at 1 Court Square, 7th Floor, Long Island City, New
York, 11120 in same day funds. Each Bid Advance made by the Lender to the
Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments made on account
of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any
transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this
Promissory Note.

     This Promissory Note is one of the promissory notes referred to in
Section 2.14(d) of, and is entitled to the benefits of, that certain
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996 (as it may
be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time,
the "Credit Agreement") by and among Borrower, the financial institutions
named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Bank of
America National Trust and Savings Association, as Documentation Agent. The
Credit Agreement, among other things, contains provisions for the making of
certain advances (the "Bid Advances") at the discretion of the Lender, and
for the acceleration of the maturity of the Bid Advances upon the happening
of certain stated events.

     The date and amount of each Bid Advance, the maturity thereof and the
interest rate applicable thereto and all payments made by the Borrower on
account of principal hereof shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to
any transfer of this Promissory Note, entered by the Lender on the grid
attached hereto, which is part of this Promissory Note, provided that the
Lender shall not be liable to the Borrower or to any other person for
failure to record any of the foregoing matters on the grid or otherwise in
the Lender's records.  Such grid or such other record maintained by the
Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive evidence of
the matters so recorded.

     The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest, and notice of
any kind.  No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights
hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of
such rights.

     This Promissory Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of New York, United States.

                                        [THE DIAL CORP] [VIAD CORP]

                                        By:
                                        Title:

                      TRANSACTIONS ON PROMISSORY NOTE



          Amount of
           Advance                                     Amount
          Made This      Maturity       Interest         of      Notation
Date        Date          Period          Rate         Payment   Made By
- ----      ---------      --------       --------       -------   --------
                                 EXHIBIT H

                      [FORM OF DESIGNATION AGREEMENT]

                           DESIGNATION AGREEMENT

                         Dated [        ], 19[  ]

     Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of July 24, 1996 (as it may be amended, supplemented,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement";
the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) by and
among [The Dial Corp][Viad Corp], a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
the financial institutions named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc., as
Administrative Agent, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings
Association, as Documentation Agent.

     [              ] (the "Designator") and [             ] (the
"Designee") agree as follows:

     1.   The Designator hereby designates the Designee, and the Designee
hereby accepts such designation, to have a right to make Bid Advances
pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement.

     2.   The Designator makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or
representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or the
execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or
value of the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
pursuant thereto and (ii) the financial condition of any Borrower or the
performance or observance by any Borrower of any of its obligations under
the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
thereto.

     3.   The Designee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the
Credit Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred
to in Section 4.01 thereof and such other documents and information as it
has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to
enter into this Designation Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Designator or any
other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in
taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) confirms that
it is a Designated Bidder; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the
Credit Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees
that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations
which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by
it as a Lender; and (vi) specifies as its Applicable Lending Office with
respect to Bid Advances (and address for notices) the offices set forth
beneath its name on the signature page[s] hereof.

               [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
     A.   This Designation Agreement shall be effective upon the execution
of this Agreement by the Designator, Designee and the Agent and the
approval of the Company as provided in the Credit Agreement.

     1.   This Designation Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

                                        [NAME OF DESIGNATOR]

                                        By:
                                        Title:


                                        [NAME OF DESIGNEE]

                                        By:
                                        Title:



                                        Domestic Lending Office
                                        (and address for notices):
                                        [Address]


                                        Eurodollar Lending Office:
                                        [Address]


Accepted this [    ] day
of [             ], 19[  ]

Citicorp USA, Inc.
as Administrative Agent

By:
Title:


Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association
as Documentation Agent

By:
Title:



                                                    Exhibit 10.A2


                 J. W. TEETS CONSULTING CONTRACT

     Contract effective January 1, 1997, between Viad Corp, a
corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware,
with its principal office located at 1850 N. Central Avenue,
Phoenix, Arizona, 85077, herein referred to as "Company," and J.
W. Teets, of Paradise Valley, Arizona, herein referred to as
"Consultant."

                             RECITALS

     A.   Company, recognizing the past experience of Consultant
as CEO of Company, desires to have the following services, as a
consultant, to be performed by Consultant:  To be on call, from
time to time, as requested by the CEO of Company.

     B.   Consultant agrees to perform these services for Company
under the terms and conditions set forth in this contract.

     In consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this
contract, it is agreed by and between Company and Consultant as
follows:

                           SECTION ONE
                          NATURE OF WORK

     Consultant will perform consulting and advisory services on
behalf of the Company, as may be requested from time to time by
the CEO of Company.

                           SECTION TWO
                          PLACE OF WORK

     It is understood that Consultant's services will be rendered
principally at the sixth floor of Viad Tower, Phoenix, Arizona,
but that Consultant will, on request, come to the Company's
headquarters offices or travel to other places as designated by
the CEO of the Company, to meet with Company representatives or
others.

                          SECTION THREE
                       TIME DEVOTED TO WORK

     In the performance of the services, the services and the
hours Consultant is to work on any given day will be entirely
within Consultant's control and Company will rely upon Consultant
to put in such number of hours as is reasonably necessary to
fulfill the spirit and purpose of this contract.  This
arrangement will probably take no more than 10 hours per week,
although there will be weeks during which Consultant may not
perform any services at all.

                           SECTION FOUR
                             PAYMENT 

     Company will pay Consultant the total sum of One Hundred and
Twenty Thousand Dollars ($120,000) annually, payable on the first
of each month in monthly installments.  In addition, Consultant
will be reimbursed for all traveling and living expenses while
away from the area of the City of Phoenix, State of Arizona. 
Consultant agrees to submit receipts or other evidence of such
authorized expenses to Company in order to obtain reimbursement.

                           SECTION FIVE
                           OFFICE SPACE

     Although this Consulting Contract is for a period of 2
years, Company will provide Consultant with suitable office space
and secretarial services on the sixth floor of Viad Tower for a
period of 5 years from the date of this Contract.

                           SECTION SIX
                             DURATION

     The parties hereto contemplate that this contract will run
for two years from date hereof.  At any time, Consultant may
notify Company that the Contract shall be terminated 60 days
after such notice.  All consulting payments shall cease but
Consultant shall continue to have the use of the office space and
secretarial services for the full five-year term herein.

                          SECTION SEVEN
                       STATUS OF CONSULTANT

     This contract calls for the performance of the services of
Consultant as an independent contractor and Consultant will not
be considered an employee of the Company for any purpose.

                          SECTION EIGHT
                       SERVICES FOR OTHERS

     Inasmuch as Consultant will acquire or have access to
information that is of a highly confidential and secret nature,
it is expected that Consultant will maintain the information in a
confidential manner.  Further, in consideration of the execution
of this Contract, Consultant will not become interested, directly
or indirectly, either as an employee, owner, partner, agent,
stockholder, director, officer or otherwise in a business,  trade
or occupation which competes with the business of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries.  This covenant not to compete shall
expire on December 31, 1998, and shall survive any early
termination under Section Six.

                           SECTION NINE
                     USE OF COMPANY AIRCRAFT

     In order to provide reasonable security to Consultant and
his spouse while traveling after retirement, Consultant, subject
to Aircraft availability, may use the Company Aircraft for a
period of one year from January 1, 1997: (1) when conducting
Company business directed and approved by the CEO of the Company;
or (2) when Aircraft is scheduled for use by Company officers or
approved employees and there are passengers thereon.  Consultant
shall be charged not more than the taxable income as provided by
the Internal Revenue Code or regulations promulgated thereunder
for use of Corporate Aircraft.  Consultant's use of Aircraft
shall be limited to a maximum of 50 flight hours.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement
at Phoenix, Arizona, the day and year first above written.


By:  /s/  Robert H. Bohannon       /s/  John W. Teets
          for VIAD Corp

                                                     Exhibit 10.D


                    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                         FOR DIRECTORS OF
                          THE DIAL CORP

                     AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          JULY 25, 1996


1.   ESTABLISHMENT AND CONTINUATION OF PLAN.

     There was heretofore established, in recognition of the
     valuable services provided to Greyhound Dial Corporation by
     the individuals who serve as members of its Board of
     Directors, an unfunded plan of voluntary deferred compen-
     sation known as the "Directors Deferred Compensation Plan"
     (Plan).  The Dial Corp, a Delaware corporation and successor
     by operation of law to Greyhound Dial Corporation, intends
     to distribute to its stockholders (the Spin-Off) one share
     of common stock, $0.01 par value, of The Dial Corporation,
     its wholly-owned subsidiary (Consumer Products) which will
     own and operate its consumer products business (Consumer
     Products Common Stock).  Following the Spin-Off, The Dial
     Corp will change its name to "Vied Corp".  All references
     herein to the "Corporation" mean The Dial Corp, prior to the
     Spin-Off, and Viad Corp, following the Spin-Off.  All
     Directors of the Corporation, except Directors receiving a
     regular salary as an employee of the Corporation or one of
     its subsidiaries, are eligible to participate in this Plan.
     All Directors who become directors of Consumer Products and
     cease to be directors of the Corporation in connection with
     the Spin-Off will no longer be eligible to participate in
     this Plan, and all obligations accrued prior to the date of
     the Spin-Off under this Plan with respect to such
     individuals will be assumed by Consumer Products.  A
     Director may elect to defer under this Plan any retainer or
     meeting attendance fee otherwise payable to him or her
     (Compensation) by the Corporation or by domestic
     subsidiaries of this Corporation (subsidiaries).

2.   EFFECTIVE DATE.

     This Plan became effective on January 1, 1981.

3.   ELECTION TO PARTICIPATE IN THE PLAN.

          A.   (i)   A Director of this Corporation may elect to
     defer the receipt of all or a specified part of the
     Compensation otherwise payable to him or her during a
     calendar year by the Corporation or its subsidiaries.  Any
     person who shall become a Director during any calendar year,
     and who was not a Director of the Corporation or its
     subsidiaries on the preceding December 31, may elect before
     the Director's term begins to defer such Compensation.  Such
     election shall also specify whether the account shall be
     treated as a cash account under Section 4A or a stock unit
     account under Section 4B; provided that an election to defer
     Compensation into a stock unit account must be specifically
     approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. If
     the account is to be a stock unit account, the Compensation
     shall be converted into stock units by dividing the closing
     price of the Corporation's Common Stock (as reported for the
     New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions) on the day
     such Compensation is payable into such Compensation.

               (ii)   In connection with the Spin-Off, the Dial
     Director's Retirement Plan (the "Retirement Plan") will be
     terminated. As of the Distribution Date, the Corporation
     will credit, to an existing or newly-established, stock unit
     account for each Director eligible to participate in this
     Plan who is a participant under the Retirement Plan (and who
     does not elect to continue to receive cash payments under
     the Retirement Plan) a number of stock units equal to (A)
     the present value of such Director's vested accrued benefits
     under the Retirement Plan divided by (B) the closing price
     of the Corporation's Common Stock (as reported for the New
     York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions) as of the first
     trading day following the Distribution Date. Such stock unit
     account shall thereafter be maintained in accordance with
     this Plan.

          B.   Any election under this Plan, unless otherwise
     provided therein, shall be made by delivering a signed
     request to the Secretary of the Corporation on or before
     December 31 with respect to the following calendar year, or,
     for a new Director, on or before his or her term begins. An
     election shall continue from year to year, unless
     specifically limited, until terminated by a signed request
     in the same manner in which an election is made.  However,
     any such termination shall not become effective until the
     end of the calendar year in which notice of termination is
     given.

          C.   Each Director may, by notice delivered to the
     Secretary of the Corporation, convert: (i) the aggregate
     balance in his or her deferred compensation account (either
     before or after payments from the account may have
     commenced) from an account in the form of stock units to an
     account in the form of cash in an amount equal to such stock
     units balance multiplied by the closing price of the Common
     Stock of the Corporation (as reported from the New York
     Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions) on the last trading
     day of the month in which such notice is given, said account
     to accrue interest as set forth in Section 4 below or (ii)
     convert the aggregate balance in his or her deferred
     compensation account (either before or after installment
     payments from the account may have commenced) from an
     account in the form of cash to an account in the form of
     stock units in an amount equal to cash balance divided by
     the closing price of the Common Stock of the Corporation (as
     reported for the New York Stock Exchange-Composite
     Transactions) on the last trading day of the month in which
     such notice is given, said account to accrue dividend
     equivalents as set forth in Section 4 below; provided
     however, that no such notice of conversion ("Conversion
     Notice") (a) may be given within six months following the
     date of an election by such Director, with respect to any
     plan of the Corporation, that effected a Discretionary
     Transaction (as defined in Rule 16b-3(f) under the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that was an acquisition (if
     the Conversion Notice is pursuant to clause (i)) or a
     disposition (if the Conversion Notice is pursuant to clause
     (ii)) or (b) may be given after an individual ceases to be a
     Director.

4.   ACCRUAL OF INTEREST OR DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS.

          A.   If a Director has elected to defer Compensation in
     the form of cash, then interest on the unpaid balance of
     such Director's deferred compensation account, consisting of
     both accumulated Compensation and interest, if any, will be
     credited on the last day of each quarter based upon the
     yield on Merrill Lynch Taxable Bond Index-Long Term Medium
     Quality (A3) Industrial Bonds in effect at the beginning of
     such quarter, said interest to commence with the date such
     compensation was otherwise payable.  After payment of
     deferred Compensation commences, interest shall accrue on
     the unpaid balance thereof in the same manner until all such
     deferred Compensation has been paid.

          B.   If a Director has elected to defer Compensation in
     the form of stock units, then, in the event of a dividend
     paid in cash, stock of the Corporation (other than Common
     Stock) or property, additional credits (dividend
     equivalents) shall be made to the Director's stock unit
     account consisting of a number of stock units equal to the
     amount of such dividend per share (or the fair market value,
     on the date of payment, of dividends paid in stock or
     property), multiplied by the aggregate number of stock units
     credited to such Director's deferred compensation account on
     the record date for the payment of such dividend, divided by
     the last closing price of the Corporation's Common Stock (as
     reported for the New York State Exchange-Composite
     transactions) prior to the date such dividend is payable to
     stockholders.  After payment of deferred Compensation
     commences, dividend equivalents shall accrue on the unpaid
     balance thereof in the same manner until all such deferred
     Compensation has been paid.

          C.   In the event of a dividend of Common Stock de-
     clared and paid by the Corporation, an additional credit
     shall be made to the Director's stock unit account of a
     number of stock units equal to the number of shares of the
     Corporation's Common Stock which the Director would have
     received as a stock dividend had he or she been the owner on
     the record date for the payment of such stock dividend of
     the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of
     units in such stock unit account on such date.  After
     payment of deferred Compensation commences, additional
     credits for stock dividends shall accrue on the unpaid
     balance thereof in the same manner until all such deferred
     Compensation has been paid.

          D.   Notwithstanding and in lieu of the foregoing, in
     the case of the dividend distribution by the Corporation of
     the Consumer Products Common Stock in the Spin-Off, a new
     stock unit and cash account (the Special Account) will be
     established for each Director (in addition to any existing
     stock unit account) which will be credited with a number of
     units representing Consumer Products Common Stock equal to
     the number of stock units in such Director's account
     immediately prior to the Spin-Off.  From and after the Spin-Off, the 
     Corporation will credit the Special Account with
     amount(s) denominated in cash, representing all dividends
     paid by Consumer Products on the Consumer Products Common
     Stock, whether paid in cash, Consumer Products Common Stock,
     other stock or property, in an amount equal to the amount of
     such dividend per share of Consumer Products Common Stock
     (or the fair market value on the date of payment of
     dividends paid in stock or property) multiplied by the
     aggregate number of stock units credited to such Director's
     Special Account on the record date for payment of such
     dividend.  The amount credited as cash shall thereafter
     accrue interest in accordance with Section 4A. A Director
     may convert the stock unit portion of the Special Account
     into an account in the form of cash by using the notice
     procedures in Section 3C without regard to the six months
     restriction set forth in the proviso thereto (it being
     understood that the closing price of the Consumer Products
     Common Stock, instead of Corporation Common Stock, will be
     used for such conversion).  Section 3C may not, however, be
     used to convert a cash account into additional units of
     Consumer Products Common Stock in the Special Account.

5.   ACCOUNTING.

     No fund or escrow deposit shall be established by any de-
     ferred Compensation payable pursuant to this Plan, and the
     obligation to pay deferred Compensation hereunder shall be a
     general unsecured obligation of the Corporation, payable out
     of its general account, and deferred Compensation shall
     accrue to the general account of the Corporation.  However,
     the Controller of the Corporation shall maintain an account
     and properly credit Compensation to each such account, and
     keep a record of all sums which each participating Director
     has elected to have paid as deferred Compensation and of
     interest or dividend equivalents accrued thereon.  Within
     sixty (60) days after the close of each calendar year the
     Controller shall furnish each Director who has participated
     in the Plan a statement of all sums and stock units,
     including interest and dividend equivalents, which have
     accrued to the account of such Director as of the end of
     such calendar year.

6.   PAYMENT FROM DIRECTORS' ACCOUNTS.

          A.   After a Director ceases to be a director of the
     Corporation, the aggregate amount of deferred compensation
     credited to a Director's account, either in the form of cash
     or stock units, together with interest or dividend
     equivalents accrued thereon, shall be paid in a lump sum or,
     if the Director elects, in substantially equal quarterly,
     semi-annual, or annual installments over a period of years,
     not greater than ten (10), specified by the Director. Such
     election must be made by written notice delivered to the
     Secretary of the Corporation prior to December 31 of the
     year preceding the year in which, and at least six months
     prior to the date on which, the Director ceases to be a
     director.  The first installment (or the lump sum payment)
     shall be made promptly following the date on which the
     Director ceases to be a Director of the Corporation, and any
     subsequent installments shall be paid promptly at the
     beginning of each succeeding specified period until the
     entire amount credited to the Director's account shall have
     been paid.  To the extent installment payments are elected,
     and the Director's account consists of cash as well as stock
     units, a pro rata portion of the cash, and the cash
     equivalent of a pro rata portion of the stock units, shall
     be paid with each installment.  If the participating
     Director dies before receiving the balance of his or her
     deferred compensation account, then payment shall be made in
     a lump sum to any beneficiary or beneficiaries which may be
     designated, as provided in paragraph B of this Section 6, or
     in the absence of such designation, or, in the event that
     the beneficiary designated by such Director shall have
     predeceased such Director, to such Director's estate.

          B.   Each Director who elects to participate in this
     Plan may file with the Secretary of the Corporation a notice
     in writing designating one or more beneficiaries to whom
     payment shall be made in the event of such Director's death
     prior to receiving payment of any or all of the deferred
     Compensation hereunder.

          C.   If the Director has elected to defer Compensation
     in the form of cash, the Corporation shall distribute a sum
     in cash to such Director, pursuant to his or her election
     provided for in paragraph A of this Section 6.  If the
     Director has elected to defer Compensation in the form of
     stock units, the Corporation shall distribute to such
     Director, pursuant to his or her election provided for in
     paragraph A of this Section 6, the cash equivalent of the
     portion of the stock units being distributed in such
     installment which will be calculated by multiplying (i) the
     average of the month-end closing prices of the Corporation's
     Common Stock (or Consumer Products Common Stock, in the case
     of stock units in the Special Account) for the last 12
     months preceding the date of each distribution, as reported
     for the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions, by
     (ii) the number of stock units being distributed in such
     installment.

7.   CHANGE OF CONTROL OR CHANGE IN CAPITALIZATION.

          A.   If a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of
     Common Stock of the Corporation (other than such an offer by
     the Corporation) is commenced, or if the stockholders of the
     Corporation shall approve an agreement providing either for
     a transaction in which the Corporation will cease to be an
     independent publicly owned corporation or for a sale or
     other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of
     the Corporation (Change of Control), a lump sum cash payment
     shall be made to each Director participating in the Plan of
     the aggregate current balance of his or her deferred
     compensation account accrued to the Director's deferred
     compensation account on the date of the Change of Control,
     notwithstanding any other provision herein. If the Director
     has elected to defer Compensation in the form of stock
     units, the Corporation shall distribute to such Director the
     sum in cash equal to the closing price of the Corporation's
     Common Stock on the day preceding the date of the Change of
     Control (as reported for the New York Stock Exchange-Composite 
     Transactions) multiplied by the number of stock
     units in such account.  Any notice by a Director to change
     or terminate his or her election to defer Compensation or
     before the date of the Change of Control shall be effective
     as of the date of the Change of Control, notwithstanding any
     other provision herein.

          B.   Any recapitalization, reclassification, split up,
     sale of assets, combination or merger not otherwise provided
     for herein which affects the outstanding shares of Common
     Stock of the Corporation (or the stock subject to the
     Special Account) or any other relevant change in the
     capitalization of the Corporation (or, in the case of the
     Special Account, Consumer Products) shall be appropriately
     adjusted for by the Board of Directors of this Corporation,
     and any such adjustments shall be final, conclusive and
     binding.

8.   NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS.

     No right or benefit under this Plan shall be subject to
     anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge,
     encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to alienate, sell,
     assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void. 
     To the extent permitted by law, no right or benefit
     hereunder shall in any manner be attachable for or otherwise
     available to satisfy the debts, contracts, liabilities or
     torts of the person entitled to such right or benefit.

9.   APPLICABLE LAW.

     The Plan will be construed and enforced according to the
     laws of the State of Delaware; provided that the obligations
     of the Corporation shall be subject to any applicable law
     relating to the property interests of the survivors of a
     deceased person and to any limitations on the power of the
     person to dispose of his or her interest in the deferred
     Compensation.

10.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.

     The Board of Directors of the Corporation may amend or
     terminate this Plan at any time, provided, however, any
     amendment or termination of this Plan shall not affect the
     rights of participating Directors or beneficiaries to
     payments, in accordance with Section 6 or 7, of amounts
     accrued to the credit of such Directors or beneficiaries at
     the time of such amendment or termination.

                                                    Exhibit 10.E2

                            VIAD CORP

                 ANNUAL MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

         PURSUANT TO THE VIAD 1997 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN


I.    PURPOSE:

      The purpose of the Viad Corp Management Incentive Plan
      (Plan) is to provide key executives of Viad Corp and its
      subsidiaries with an incentive to achieve goals as set
      forth under this Plan for each calendar year (Plan Year)
      for their respective companies and to provide effective
      management and leadership to that end.

II.   PHILOSOPHY:

      The Plan will provide key executives incentive bonuses
      based upon appropriately weighted pre-defined net income
      and other performance measurements.

III.  SUBSIDIARIES, SUBSIDIARY GROUPS AND DIVISIONS:

      A.    Each subsidiary, subsidiary group, line of business
            or division listed below is a "Company" for the
            purposes of this Plan:

            NAME OF COMPANY

            Aircraft Service International group
            Brewster Transport Company Limited
            Crystal Holidays, Limited
            Dobbs International Services, Inc. group
            Exhibitgroup/Giltspur, Inc.
            GES Exposition Services, Inc. group
            Greyhound Leisure Services, Inc. group
            Jetsave Inc. group
            Premier Cruise Lines, Inc.
            Restaura, Inc. group
            Travelers Express Company, Inc. group

            Viad Corp may, by action if its Board of Directors
            or its Human Resources Committee, add or remove
            business units on the list of participant companies
            from time to time.

      B.    FUNDING LIMIT:

            A "funding limit" shall be established annually for
            each Company participant who has been designated an
            Executive Officer as defined under Section 16b of
            the Securities Exchange Act.  The funding limit
            shall be an amount determined by multiplying the
            actual net income of the Company for the Plan Year
            by the percent of such income approved by the Human
            Resources Committee of the Viad Corp Board of
            Directors (Committee) for such funding limit.  The
            subsidiary executive cannot be paid a larger bonus
            than the funding limit provided by this clause, but
            may be paid less in the discretion of the HR
            Committee based on the Performance Goals set forth
            below and other such factors which the HR Committee
            may consider.

      C.    PERFORMANCE GOALS:

            1.   NET INCOME:

                 An appropriate "net income" target for the plan
                 year for each Company will be recommended by
                 the Chief Executive Officer of Viad Corp to the
                 Committee for approval taking into account
                 overall corporate objectives, historical income
                 and Plan Year financial plan income (on the
                 same basis as determined below) and, if
                 appropriate, other circumstances.

                 Net income to be used in calculating the bonus
                 pool of each Company shall mean net income
                 (after deducting charges against income for all
                 incentives earned, including those earned under
                 this Plan) adjusted to appropriately exclude
                 the effects of gains and losses from the sale
                 or other disposition of capital assets other
                 than vehicles.  There will be an addback to
                 actual net income for any additional
                 intercompany interest cost (net of tax)
                 incurred during the year by a subsidiary as the
                 result of any special dividend paid (in excess
                 of 100% of net income for the year).  In
                 addition, an addback to actual net income will
                 be allowed for any increased cost to a
                 subsidiary for an increase in the formula
                 allocation of corpoate overhead over amounts
                 included in the Plan for the year.

                 Special treatment of any other significant
                 unusual or non-recurring items (for purposes of
                 determining actual Plan Year net income)
                 arising after a Company's targets are set may be
                 recommended by the Chief Executive Officer of
                 Viad Corp to the Committee for approval,
                 including, for example, appropriate adjustment
                 of net income target to reflect planned effects
                 of an acquisition approved after target has
                 been set.  Other examples include extraordinary
                 items, effects of a change in accounting
                 principles or a change in federal income tax
                 rates.

            2.   OTHER PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS:

                 An appropriate number of performance
                 measurements other than net income will be
                 established for each Company, to place
                 increased emphasis on areas of importance to
                 achieving overall corporate objectives, with
                 the Chief Executive Officer of Viad to
                 recommend to the HR committee the measures to
                 be used and, at the end of the year, the level
                 of achievement against each.  Measures which
                 may be used include, but are not limited to:

                 1)      Cash flow growth
                 2)      Operating income margin growth*
                 3)      Revenue growth*
                 4)      Receivables-days outstanding/timely and
                         accurate billing
                 5)      Working capital control
                 6)      Control/reduce workers compensation and
                         liability claims/costs
                 7)      Profitability per employee
                 8)      Growth in funds for payment service
      
                 *       Fully taxable equivalent basis (where
                         appropriate)

            3.   ESTABLISHING TARGETS:

                 The actual target for net income and the
                 categories of discretionary performance
                 measurement to be employed will be established
                 by the Committee no later than 90 days after
                 the beginning of the Plan Year after receiving
                 the recommendations of the Chief Executive
                 Officer of Viad Corp.

      D.    PARTICIPANT ELIGIBILITY:

            The Committee will select the Executive Officers as
            defined under Section 16b of the Securities Exchange
            Act eligible for participation no later than 90 days
            after the beginning of the Plan Year.  Other
            personnel will be eligible for participation as
            designated by each Company President or Chief
            Executive Officer and recommended to the Chief
            Executive Officer of Viad Corp for approval, limited
            only to those executives who occupy a position in
            which they can significantly affect operating
            results as pre-defined by appropriate and consistent
            criteria, i.e., base salary not less than $49,000
            per year, or base salary not less than 50% of the
            Company's Chief Executive Officer, or position not
            more than the third organizational level below the
            Company Chief Executive Officer or another
            applicable criteria.

            NOTE:  Individuals not qualifying under the criteria
            established for the Plan Year who were included in
            the previous year will be grandfathered (continue as
            qualified participants until retirement,
            reassignment, or termination of employment) if
            designated by the Company President or Chief
            Executive Officer, and approved by the Chief
            Executive Officer of Viad Corp.

      E.    TARGET BONUSES:

            Target bonuses will be approved by the Committee for
            each Executive Officer in writing within the
            following parameters no later than 90 days after the
            beginning of the Plan Year and will be expressed as
            a percentage of salary paid during the year.  Target
            bonuses for other eligible personnel will be
            established in writing within the following
            parameters subject to approval by the Chief
            Executive Officer of Viad Corp.

            Actual bonus awards will be dependent on Company
            performance versus the targets established.  A
            threshold performance will be required before any
            bonus award is earned under the net income goal. 
            Awards will also be capped when stretch performance
            levels are achieved.

                                    As a Percentage of Salary

Subsidiary Positions          Threshold**    Target    Cap
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

Chief Executive Officer/
President*                      22.5%         45%      80.325%
                                20.0%         40%      71.4%

Executive Vice President-
Senior Vice President, and
Other Operating Executives      20.0%         40%      71.4%

Vice Presidents*                17.5%         35%      62.475%
                                15.0%         30%      53.55%



Key Management Reporting
to Officers*                   12.5%          25%      44.625%
                               10.0%          20%      35.7%

Staff Professionals*            7.5%          15%      26.775%
                                5.0%          10%      17.85%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------

*     Target Bonus, as determined by the Committee, is dependent
      upon organization reporting relationships.

**    Reflects minimum achievement of both performance targets. 
      Threshold could be lower if minimum achievement of only
      one performance target is met.

      F.    BONUS POOL TARGET:

            1.   The "Bonus Pool Target" will be initially
                 established no later than 90 days after the
                 beginning of the Plan Year and will be adjusted
                 to equal the sum of the target bonuses of all
                 designated participants in each Company based
                 upon actual Plan Year salaries, as outlined in
                 paragraph D above, plus 15% for Special
                 Achievement Awards.

            2.   The bonus pool will accrue ratably such that

                 (a)     on 2/3 of the sum of target bonuses:

                         (i)    no bonus will be earned if less
                                than 90% of the net income
                                target is achieved;

                         (ii)   50% (threshold) to 100% will be
                                earned if 90% to 100% of the net
                                income target is achieved;

                         (iii)  100% to 178.5% will be earned if
                                100% to 110% of the net income
                                target is achieved.

                 (b)     on 1/3 of the sum of target bonuses:

                         (i)    No bonuses will be earned if
                                achievement relating to the
                                other designated performance
                                measurements is considered
                                unsatisfactory;

                         (ii)   50% (threshold) to 178.5% will
                                be earned as determined by the
                                Committee after considering the
                                recommendation of the Chief
                                Executive Officer of Viad of the
                                level of acceptable achievement
                                relating to the other designated
                                performance measurements.

                                Notwithstanding 2.a) i), ii) and
                                iii), of this paragraph F, the
                                ratable accrual of the net
                                income target may be established
                                for threshold within the range
                                of above 90%, up to and
                                including 95% and for maximum
                                within the range of below 110%
                                down to 105%, for a Company as
                                may be designated by the
                                Committee after considering the
                                recommendations of the Chief
                                Executive Officer of Viad Corp;
                                however, the Committee may, when
                                appropriate, adjust such ranges
                                upward or downward.

                                Further, the bonus pool shall
                                include any excess of the
                                funding limit established
                                pursuant to paragraph B for a
                                Company's Executive Officer(s)
                                over the amount of bonus pool
                                funds otherwise provided with
                                respect to such person(s)
                                pursuant to 2a) and b) of this
                                Paragraph F. 

            3.   Bonus pool accruals not paid out shall not be
                 carried forward to any succeeding year.

      G.    INDIVIDUAL BONUS AWARDS:

            1.   Indicated bonus awards will be equal to the
                 product of the target bonus percentage times
                 the weighted average percentage of bonus pool
                 accrued as determined in paragraph F above
                 times the individual's actual base salary
                 earnings during the Plan Year, subject to
                 adjustments as follows:

                 (a)     iscretionary upwards or downward
                         adjustment of formula bonus awards by
                         the Committee after considering the
                         recommendation of the Company President
                         or Chief Executive Officer with the
                         approval of the Chief Executive Officer
                         of Viad Corp for those executives not
                         affected by Section 162(m) of the
                         Internal Revenue Code, and

                 (b)     discretionary downward adjustment of
                         awards by the Committee for those
                         executive officers affected by Section
                         162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, and

                 (c)     no individual award may exceed the
                         individual's capped target award or the
                         funding limit with respect to Executive
                         Officers, and the aggregate recommended
                         bonuses may not exceed the bonus pool
                         accrued for other than Special
                         Achievement Awards.

            2.   Bonuses awarded to the participating management
                 staff of subsidiary groups may be paid from
                 funds accrued based upon the target bonus for
                 such participant(s) times the weighted average
                 performance of the Companies in the subsidiary
                 group, subject to adjustments as above.

IV.   VIAD CORP CORPORATE STAFF:

      A.    FUNDING LIMIT:

            A "funding limit" shall be established annually for
            each Corporate participant who has been designated
            an Executive Officer as defined under Section 16b of
            the Securities Exchange Act.  The funding limit will
            be an amount determined by multiplying the actual
            net income from continuing operations of the
            Corporation (as used in the income per share
            calculation described herein) for the Plan Year by
            the percent of such income approved by the Committee
            for such funding limit.  The executive cannot be
            paid a larger bonus than the funding limit provided
            by this clause, but may be paid less in the
            discretion of the Committee based on the Performance
            Goals set forth below and such other factors which
            the Committee may consider.

      B.    PERFORMANCE GOALS:

            1.   INCOME PER SHARE:

                 An appropriate "income per share" from
                 continuing operations target for Viad Corp will
                 be recommended by the Chief Executive Officer
                 of Viad Corp to the Committee for approval
                 after considering historical income per share
                 from continuing operations, Plan Year financial
                 plan income, overall corporate objectives, and,
                 if appropriate, other circumstances.

                 Income per share from continuing operations is
                 determined before extraordinary items, effects
                 of changes in accounting principles or a change
                 in federal income tax rates after the target
                 has been set.  (For example, new FASB release
                 on Earnings per share to be effective for
                 periods after December 15, 1997, but not taken
                 into account in setting 1997 target income per
                 share.)  Reclassification of a major business
                 unit to discontinued operations status after
                 targets have been set would also require
                 adjustment because of effect on continuing
                 operations results.  While gains on disposition
                 of a business would normally not be included in
                 determining actual Plan Year net income or
                 income per share, in the event of the sale of a
                 subsidiary or major business unit, a portion of
                 gain would be included equal to the difference
                 between the sold unit's planned net income for
                 the year and actual results to date of sale
                 plus calculated interest savings on proceeds
                 for the balance of the year, so that actual
                 results are not penalized for selling a
                 business.

            2.   OTHER PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS:

                 An appropriate number of performance
                 measurements other than income per share will
                 be established for Corporate, with the Chief
                 Executive Officer of Viad to recommend to the
                 Human Resources Committee the level of
                 achievement against each of the measures.

                 The measures to be considered include, but are
                 not limited to:

                 1)      Reduction of investment in non-core
                         assets
                 2)      Cash flow growth
                 3)      Management of 'legacy' liabilities of
                         discontinued and/or sold businesses
                         (primarily for legal, self-insurance,
                         reinsurance and environmental matters)
                 4)      Strategic positioning through effective
                         portfolio management
                 5)      Corporate center cost control
                 6)      Successfully exiting the discontinued
                         cruise business in 1997
                 7)      Maintain or improve to mid-BBB Viad's
                         debt ratings from each of the rating
                         agencies
                 8)      Through analysis and support, identify
                         and help correct problems in operating
                         units
            
            3.   ESTABLISHING TARGETS:

                 The actual target for income per share and the
                 other performance measurements to be used will
                 be established by the Committee no later than
                 90 days after the beginning of the Plan year
                 after receiving the recommendations of the
                 Chief Executive Officer of Viad Corp.

      C.    PARTICIPANT ELIGIBILITY:

            The Committee will select the Executive Officers as
            defined under Section 16b of the Securities Exchange
            Act eligible for participation no later than 90 days
            after the beginning of the Plan Year.  Other
            personnel will be eligible for participation as
            recommended by the appropriate staff Vice President
            and as approved by the Chief Executive Officer of
            Viad Corp, limited only to those executives who
            occupy a position in which they can significantly
            affect operating results as defined by the following
            criteria:

            a)   Salary grade 25 and above; and

            b)   Not more than Organizational Level Four below
                 the Chief Executive Officer.

            NOTE:  Individuals not qualifying under the criteria
            established for the Plan Year who were included in
            the previous year will be grandfathered (continue as
            qualified participants until retirement,
            reassignment, or termination of employment) if
            designated by the appropriate Vice President and
            approved by the Chief Executive Officer of Viad
            Corp.

      D.    TARGET BONUSES:

            Target bonuses will be approved by the Committee for
            each Executive Officer in writing within the
            following parameters no later than 90 days after the
            beginning of the Plan Year and will be expressed as
            a percentage of salary.  Target bonuses for other
            eligible personnel will be established in writing
            within the following parameters subject to approval
            by the Chief Executive Officer of Viad Corp.

            Actual bonus awards will be dependent on Company
            performance versus the targets established.  A
            threshold performance will be required before any
            bonus award is earned under the income per share
            goal.  Awards also will be capped when stretch
            performance levels are achieved.

                          As a Percentage of Salary

Corporate Positions      Threshold**    Target    Cap
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

Chairman, President &    
Chief Executive Officer    30.00%         60%     102.0%

Senior Advisory Group      22.50%         45%      76.5%

Corporate Staff Officers   20.00%         40%      68.0%

Staff Directors*           17.50%         35%      59.5%
                           15.00%         30%      51.0%
                           12.50%         25%      42.5%
                           10.00%         20%      34.0%

Staff Professionals*        7.50%         15%      25.5%
                            5.00%         10%      17.0%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------

*     Target Bonus, as determined by the Committee, is dependent
      upon Organization Reporting Relationships.

**    Reflects minimum of achievement of both performance
      targets.  Threshold could be less if minimum achievement
      of only one performance target is met.

      E.    BONUS POOL TARGET:

            1.   The "Bonus Pool Target" will be established no
                 later than 90 days after the beginning of the
                 Plan year and will be adjusted to equal the sum
                 of the target bonuses of all qualified
                 participants based upon actual Plan Year base
                 salaries, as outlined in paragraph C above,
                 plus 15% for Special Achievement Awards.

            2.   The bonus pool will accrue ratably such that
      
                 a)      on 2/3 of the sum of the target bonuses:

                         (i)    no bonus will be earned if less
                                than 90% of income per share
                                target is achieved;

                         (ii)   50% to 100% will be earned if
                                90% to 100% of income per share
                                target is achieved; and

                         (iii)  100% to 170% will be earned if
                                100% to 110% of income per share
                                target is achieved.

                 b)      on 1/3 of the sum of target bonuses:

                         (i)    no bonus will be earned if
                                achievement relating to the
                                other designated performance
                                measurements is considered
                                unsatisfactory;

                         (ii)   from 50% (threshold) to 170%
                                will be earned as designated by
                                the Committee after considering
                                the recommendation of the Chief
                                Executive Officer of Viad of the
                                level of acceptable achievement
                                relating to the other designated
                                performance measures

                         provided no less than an amount equal to
                         12.5% of the actual bonus accruals
                         earned under section III of this Plan or
                         any Line of Business Incentive Plan
                         established after 1984, for participants
                         under section III herein will be earned
                         hereunder, up to an aggregate maximum of
                         170% of Bonus Pool Target and
                         transferred by the companies covered in
                         section III, herein, to Viad Corp.  For
                         purposes of this determination only, the
                         178.5% upper limit shall not apply on
                         such actual bonus accrual calculations
                         for subsidiaries, subsidiary groups and
                         divisions, and the calculation will
                         exclude the excess if any, of funding
                         limit amounts over bonus pool funds
                         otherwise calculated under this
                         provision.

                 c)      Notwithstanding 2. a) i), ii) and iii)
                         of this paragraph E, the ratable accrual
                         of the income per share target may be
                         established for threshold within the
                         range of above 90% up to and including
                         95% and for maximum within the range of
                         below 110% down to 105% as may be
                         designated by the Committee; however,
                         the Committee may, when appropriate,
                         adjust such ranges upward or downward. 
                         Further, the bonus pool shall include
                         any excess of the funding limit
                         established pursuant to Paragraph B for
                         each Corporate Executive Officer over
                         the amount of bonus pool funds otherwise
                         provided with respect to such persons
                         pursuant to 2 a) and b) of this
                         Paragraph E.

            3.   Bonus pool accruals not paid out shall not be
                 carried forward to any succeeding year.

      F.    INDIVIDUAL BONUS AWARDS:

            Indicated bonus awards will be equal to the product
            of the target bonus percentage times the weighted
            average percentage of bonus pool accrued as
            determined in paragraph D above times the
            individual's actual Plan Year base salary earnings,
            subject to adjustments as follows:

            a)   discretionary upward or downward adjustment of
                 formula awards by the Committee after
                 considering the recommendations of the Chief
                 Executive Officer of Viad Corp for those
                 executives not affected by Section 162(m) of
                 the Internal Revenue Code.

            b)   discretionary downward adjustment of awards by
                 the Committee for those Executive Officers
                 affected by Section 162(m) of the Internal
                 Revenue Code, and

            c)   no individual award may exceed the individual's
                 capped target award or the funding limit with
                 respect to Executive Officers and the aggregate
                 recommended bonuses may not exceed the bonus
                 pool for other than Special Achievement Awards.


V.    SPECIAL ACHIEVEMENT AWARDS:

      Special bonuses of up to 15% of base salary for
      exceptional performance to  employees (primarily exempt
      employees) who are not participants in this Plan,
      including newly hired employees, may be recommended at the
      discretion of the Chief Executive Officer to the Committee
      from the separate funds for discretionary awards provided
      for under paragraphs III F and IV E.

VI.   APPROVAL AND DISTRIBUTION:

      The individual incentive bonus amounts and the terms of
      payment thereof will be fixed following the close of the
      Plan Year by the Committee.  Any award made under this
      Plan is subject to the approval of this Plan by the
      stockholders of Viad Corp.

VII.  COMPENSATION ADVISORY COMMITTEE:

      The Compensation Advisory Committee is appointed by the
      Chief Executive Officer of Viad Corp to assist the
      Committee in the implementation and administration of this
      Plan.  The Compensation Advisory Committee shall propose
      administrative guidelines to the Committee to govern
      interpretations of this Plan and to resolve ambiguities,
      if any, but the Compensation Advisory Committee will not
      have the power to terminate, alter, amend, or modify this
      Plan or any actions hereunder in any way at any time.

VIII. SPECIAL COMPENSATION STATUS:

      All bonuses paid under this Plan shall be deemed to be
      special compensation and, therefore, unless otherwise
      provided for in another plan or agreement, will not be
      included in determining the earnings of the recipients for
      the purposes of any pension, group insurance or other plan
      or agreement of a Company or of Viad Corp.  Participants
      in this Plan shall not be eligible for any contractual or
      other short-term (sales, productivity, etc.) incentive
      plan except in those cases where participation is weighted
      between this Plan and any such other short-term incentive
      plan.

IX.   DEFERRALS:

      Participants subject to taxation of income by the United
      States may submit to the Committee, prior to November 15
      of the year in which the bonus is being earned a written
      request that all or a portion, but not less than $1,000,
      of  their bonus awards to be determined, if any, be
      irrevocably deferred substantially in accordance with the
      terms and conditions of a deferred compensation plan
      approved by the Board of Directors of Viad Corp or, if
      applicable, one of its subsidiaries.  Participants subject
      to taxation of income by other jurisdictions may submit to
      the Committee a written request that all or a portion of
      their bonus awards be deferred in accordance with the
      terms and conditions of a plan which is adopted by the
      Board of Directors of a participant's Company.  Upon the
      receipt of any such request, the Committee thereunder
      shall determine whether such request should be honored in
      whole or part and shall forthwith advise each participant
      of its determination on such request.

X.    PLAN TERMINATION:

      This plan shall continue in effect until such time as it
      may be canceled or otherwise terminated by action of the
      Board of Directors of Viad Corp and will not become
      effective with respect to any Company unless and until its
      Board of Directors adopts a specific plan for such
      Company.  While it is contemplated that incentive awards
      from the Plan will be made, the Board of Directors of Viad
      Corp, or any other Company hereunder, may terminate,
      amend, alter, or modify this Plan at any time and from
      time to time.  Participation in the Plan shall create not
      right to participate in any future year's Plan.

XI.   EMPLOYEE RIGHTS:

      No participant in this Plan shall be deemed to have a
      right to any part or share of this Plan.  This Plan does
      not create for any employee or participant any right to be
      retained in service by any Company, nor affect the right
      of any such Company to discharge any employee or
      participant from employment.  Except as provided for in
      administrative guidelines, a participant who is not an
      employee of  Viad Corp or one of its subsidiaries on the
      date bonuses are paid will not receive a bonus payment.

XII.  EFFECTIVE DATE:

      The Plan shall be effective January 1, 1997, provided
      however, that any award made under this Plan is subject to
      the approval of the Viad 1997 Omnibus Incentive Plan by
      the stockholders of Viad Corp.


                                                     Exhibit 10.J


              1997 VIAD CORP OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1.       PURPOSE; DEFINITIONS.  

     The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a significant
advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers,
employees and directors and to provide the Company and its
subsidiaries with the ability to provide incentives more directly
linked to the profitability of the Company's businesses and
increases in stockholder value.  It is the current intent of the
Committee that the Plan shall replace the 1992 Stock Incentive
Plan for purposes of new Awards and that the Viad Corp Management
Incentive Plan, the Viad Corp Performance Unit Incentive Plan,
and the Viad Corp Performance-Based Stock Plan continue under the
auspices of Sections 7 and 8 hereof subject to the discretion of
the Committee under the terms and conditions of this Plan.

     For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as
set forth below: 

     (a)  "AFFILIATE" means a corporation or other entity
controlled by the Company and designated by the Committee as
such.

     (b)  "AWARD" means an award of Stock Appreciation Rights,
Stock Options, Restricted Stock or Performance-Based Awards.

     (c)  "AWARD CYCLE" will mean a period of consecutive fiscal
years or portions thereof designated by the Committee over which
Awards of Restricted Stock or Performance-Based Awards are to be
earned.

     (d)  "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

     (e)  "CAUSE" means (1) the conviction of a participant for
committing a felony under federal law or the law of the state in
which such action occurred, (2) dishonesty in the course of
fulfilling a participant's employment duties or (3) willful and
deliberate failure on the part of a participant to perform his
employment duties in any material respect, or such other events
as will be determined by the Committee.  The Committee will have
the sole discretion to determine whether "Cause" exists, and its
determination will be final.

     (f)  "CHANGE IN CONTROL" and "CHANGE IN CONTROL PRICE" have
the meanings set forth in Sections 9(b) and (c), respectively. 

     (g)  "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time, and any successor thereto. 

     (h)  "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange
Commission or any successor agency. 

     (i)  "COMMITTEE" means the Committee referred to in
Section 2. 

     (j)  "COMMON STOCK" means common stock, par value $1.50 per
share, of the Company. 

     (k)  "COMPANY" means Viad Corp, a Delaware corporation. 

     (l)  "COMPANY UNIT" means any subsidiary, group of
subsidiaries, line of business or division of the Company, as
designated by the Committee.

     (m)  "DISABILITY" means permanent and total disability as
determined under procedures established by the Committee for
purposes of the Plan.

     (n)  "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto. 

     (o)  "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any given date, the
mean between the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the
Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if not
listed on such exchange, on any other national exchange on which
the Stock is listed or on the Nasdaq Stock Market.  If there is
no regular public trading market for such Stock, the Fair Market
Value of the Stock will be determined by the Committee in good
faith.  In connection with the administration of specific
sections of the Plan, and in connection with the grant of
particular Awards, the Committee may adopt alternative defi-
nitions of "Fair Market Value" as appropriate.

     (p)  "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means any Stock Option
intended to be and designated as an "incentive stock option"
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code. 

     (q)  "MIP" means the Company's Management Incentive Plan
providing annual cash bonus awards to participating employees
based upon predetermined goals and objectives.

     (r)  "NET INCOME" means the consolidated net income of the
Company determined in accordance with GAAP before extraordinary,
unusual and other non-recurring items.

     (s)  "NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board who
qualifies as a "Non-Employee Director" as defined in Rule
16b-3(b)(3), as promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange
Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Commission.

     (t)  "NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION" means any Stock Option
that is not an Incentive Stock Option. 

     (u)  "PERFORMANCE GOALS" means the performance goals estab-
lished by the Committee in connection with the grant of
Restricted Stock or Performance-Based Awards.  In the case of
Qualified Performance-Based Awards, such goals (1) will be based
on the attainment of specified levels of one or more of the fol-
lowing measures with respect to the Company or any Company Unit,
as applicable:  sales or revenues, costs or expenses, net profit
after tax, gross profit, operating profit, base earnings, return
on actual or pro forma equity or net assets or capital, net
capital employed, earnings per share, earnings per share from
continuing operations, operating income, operating income margin,
net income, stockholder return including performance (total
stockholder return) relative to the S&P 500 or similar index or
performance (total stockholder return) relative to the proxy
comparator group, in both cases as determined pursuant to Rule
402(l) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act, cash
generation, unit volume and change in working capital and (2)
will be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by
Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations.

     (v)  "PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARD" means an Award made pursuant
to Section 8.

     (w)  "PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD" has the
meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(1) hereof.

     (x)  "PLAN" means the 1997 Viad Corp Omnibus Incentive Plan,
as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time. 

     (y)  "PREFERRED STOCK" means preferred stock, par value
$0.01, of the Company. 

     (z)  "QUALIFIED PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS" means an Award of
Restricted Stock or a Performance-Based Award designated as such
by the Committee at the time of grant, based upon a determination
that (1) the recipient is or may be a "covered employee" within
the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which
the Company would expect to be able to claim a tax deduction with
respect to such Restricted Stock or Performance-Based Award and
(2) the Committee wishes such Award to qualify for the exemption
from the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of
the Code that is set forth in Section 162(m)(4)(C).

     (aa) "RESTRICTED STOCK" means an award granted under
Section 7. 

     (bb) "RETIREMENT" means retirement from active employment
under a pension plan of the Company, any subsidiary or Affiliate,
or under an employment contract with any of them, or termination
of employment at or after age 55 under circumstances which the
Committee, in its sole discretion, deems equivalent to
retirement. 

     (cc) "RULE 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the
Commission under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended
from time to time.

     (dd) "STOCK" means the Common Stock or Preferred Stock. 

     (ee) "STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT" means a right granted under
Section 6.

     (ff) "STOCK OPTION" means an option granted under Section 5. 

     (gg) "TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT" means the termination of
the participant's employment with the Company and any subsidiary
or Affiliate.  A participant employed by a subsidiary or an
Affiliate will also be deemed to incur a Termination of
Employment if the subsidiary or Affiliate ceases to be such a
subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, and the participant
does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the Company
or another subsidiary or Affiliate.  Transfers among the Company
and its subsidiaries and Affiliates, as well as temporary
absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of
absence, will not be considered a Termination of Employment.

     In addition, certain other terms used herein have
definitions given to them in the first place in which they are
used.

SECTION 2.     ADMINISTRATION.  

     The Plan will be administered by the Human Resources
Committee of the Board pursuant to authority delegated by the
Board in accordance with the Company's By-Laws.  If at any time
there is no such Human Resources Committee or such Human
Resources Committee shall fail to be composed of at least two
directors each of whom is a Non-Employee Director and is an
"outside director" under Section 162(m)(4) of the Code, the Plan
will be administered by a Committee selected by the Board and
composed of not less than two individuals, each of whom is such a
Non-Employee Director and such an "outside director."

     The Committee will have plenary authority to grant Awards
pursuant to the terms of the Plan to officers, employees and
directors of the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates, but
the Committee may not grant MIP Awards larger than the limits
provided in Section 3. 

     Among other things, the Committee will have the authority,
subject to the terms of the Plan: 

     (a)  to select the officers, employees and directors to whom
Awards may from time to time be granted;

     (b)  to determine whether and to what extent Incentive Stock
Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights,
Restricted Stock and Performance-Based Awards or any combination
thereof are to be granted hereunder;

     (c)  to determine the number of shares of Stock or the
amount of cash to be covered by each Award granted hereunder; 

     (d)  to determine the terms and conditions of any Award
granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the option
price (subject to Section 5(a)), any vesting condition,
restriction or limitation (which may be related to the
performance of the participant, the Company or any subsidiary,
Affiliate or Company Unit) and any rule vesting acceleration or
waiver of forfeiture regarding any Award and any shares of Stock
relating thereto, based on such factors as the Committee will
determine) provided, however, that the Committee will have no
power to accelerate the vesting, or waive the forfeiture, of any
Qualified Performance-Based Awards;

     (e)  to modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions, at
any time or from time to time, of any Award, including but not
limited to Performance Goals; provided, however, that the
Committee may not adjust upwards the amount payable with respect
to any Qualified Performance-Based Award or waive or alter the
Performance Goals associated therewith;

     (f)  to determine to what extent and under what
circumstances Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an
Award will be deferred; and

     (g)  to determine under what circumstances a Stock Option
may be settled in cash or Stock under Section 5(j).

     The Committee will have the authority to adopt, alter and
repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices
governing the Plan as it from time to time deems advisable, to
interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award
issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto) and to
otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. 

     The Committee may act only by a majority of its members then
in office, except that the members thereof may (1) delegate to
designated officers or employees of the Company such of its
powers and authorities under the Plan as it deems appropriate
(provided that no such delegation may be made that would cause
Awards or other transactions under the Plan to fail to be exempt
from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or that would cause
Qualified Performance-Based Awards to cease to so qualify) and
(2) authorize any one or more members or any designated officer
or employee of the Company to execute and deliver documents on
behalf of the Committee. 

     Any determination made by the Committee or pursuant to del-
egated authority pursuant to the provisions of the Plan with
respect to any Award will be made in the sole discretion of the
Committee or such delegates at the time of the grant of the Award
or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan, at
any time thereafter.  All decisions made by the Committee or any
appropriately delegated officer(s) or employee(s) pursuant to the
provision of the Plan will be final and binding on all persons,
including the Company and Plan participants. 

SECTION 3.     STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN AND LIMITS ON AWARDS. 

     (a)  Subject to adjustment as provided herein, the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Company available for grant under
the Plan in each calendar year (including partial calendar years)
during which the Plan is in effect shall be equal to two percent
(2.0%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock of the
Company outstanding as of the first day of each such year for
which the Plan is in effect; provided that any shares available
for grant in a particular calendar year (or partial calendar
year) which are not, in fact, granted in such year shall be added
to the shares available for grant in any subsequent calendar
year.

     (b)  Subject to adjustment as provided herein, the number of
shares of Stock covered by Awards granted to any one participant
will not exceed 750,000 shares for any consecutive three-year
period and the aggregate dollar amount for Awards denominated
solely in cash will not exceed $7.5 million for any such period.

     (c)  In addition, and subject to adjustment as provided
herein, no more than 7.5 million shares of Common Stock will be
cumulatively available for the grant of Incentive Stock Options
over the life of the Plan.

     (d)  Shares subject to an option or award under the Plan may
be authorized and unissued shares or may be "treasury shares." 
In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, re-
capitalization, spin-off, stock dividend, stock split, extraor-
dinary distribution with respect to the Stock or other change in
corporate structure affecting the Stock, such substitution or
adjustments will be made in the aggregate number and kind of
shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, in the aggregate
limit on grants to individuals, in the number, kind, and option
price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Options and Stock
Appreciation Rights, in the number and kind of shares subject to
other outstanding Awards granted under the Plan and/or such other
equitable substitutions or adjustments as may be determined to be
appropriate by the Committee or the Board, in its sole
discretion; provided, however, that the number of shares subject
to any Award will always be a whole number.

     (e)  Awards under the MIP may not exceed in the case of (i)
the Company's Chief Executive Officer, one and one-half percent
(1.5%) of net income as defined; (ii) a president of any of the
Company's operating companies, whether or not incorporated, six-tenths of 
one percent (0.6%) of net income as defined; and (iii)
all other executive officers of the Company, one-half of one
percent (0.5%) of net income as defined.

SECTION 4.     ELIGIBILITY.

     Officers, employees and directors of the Company, its
subsidiaries and Affiliates who are responsible for or contribute
to the management, growth and profitability of the business of
the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates are eligible to be
granted Awards under the Plan.

SECTION 5.     STOCK OPTIONS. 

     Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other
Awards granted under the Plan and may be of two types:  Incentive
Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options.  Any Stock Option
granted under the Plan will be in such form as the Committee may
from time to time approve. 

     The Committee will have the authority to grant any optionee
Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options or both
types of Stock Options (in each case with or without Stock
Appreciation Rights).  Incentive Stock Options may be granted
only to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (within the
meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code).  To the extent that any
Stock Option is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option or
even if so designated does not qualify as an Incentive Stock
Option, it will be deemed to be a Non-Qualified Stock Option. 

     Stock Options will be evidenced by option agreements, the
terms and provisions of which may differ.  An option agreement
will indicate on its face whether it is an agreement for an
Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  The
grant of a Stock Option will occur on the date the Committee by
resolution selects an individual to be a participant in any grant
of a Stock Option, determines the number of shares of Stock to be
subject to such Stock Option to be granted to such individual and
specifies the terms and provisions of the Stock Option.  The
Company will notify a participant of any grant of a Stock Option,
and a written option agreement or agreements will be duly
executed and delivered by the Company to the participant. 

     Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no
term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options will be
interpreted, amended or altered nor will any discretion or au-
thority granted under the Plan be exercised so as to disqualify
the Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of
the optionee affected, to disqualify any Incentive Stock Option
under such Section 422. 

     Stock Options granted under the Plan will be subject to the
following terms and conditions and will contain such additional
terms and conditions as the Committee will deem desirable: 

     (a)  OPTION PRICE.  The option price per share of Stock pur-
chasable under a Stock Option will be determined by the Committee
and set forth in the option agreement, and will not be less than
the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to the Stock Option on
the date of grant.

     (b)  OPTION TERM.  The term of each Stock Option will be
fixed by the Committee, but no Incentive Stock Option may be
exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Incentive Stock
Option is granted. 

     (c)  EXERCISABILITY.  Except as otherwise provided herein,
Stock Options will be exercisable at such time or times and
subject to such terms and conditions as will be determined by the
Committee.  If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is
exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time
waive such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part,
based on such factors as the Committee may determine.  In
addition, the Committee may at any time accelerate the
exercisability of any Stock Option. 

     (d)  METHOD OF EXERCISE.  Subject to the provisions of this
Section 5, Stock Options may be exercised, in whole or  in part,
at any time during the option term by giving written notice of
exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares of Stock
subject to the Stock Option to be purchased. 

     Such notice must be accompanied by payment in full of the
purchase price by certified or bank check or such other
instrument as the Company may accept.  An option agreement may
provide that, if approved by the Committee, payment in full or in
part may also be made in the form of unrestricted Stock already
owned by the optionee of the same class as the Stock subject to
the Stock Option and, in the case of the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock 
Option, Restricted Stock subject to an Award
hereunder which is of the same class as the Stock subject to the
Stock Option (in both cases based on the Fair Market Value of the
Stock on the date the Stock Option is exercised); provided,
however, that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the
right to make a payment in the form of already owned shares of
Stock of the same class as the Stock subject to the Stock Option
may be authorized only at the time the Stock Option is granted. 
In addition, an option agreement may provide that in the dis-
cretion of the Committee, payment for any shares subject to a
Stock Option may also be made by instruction to the Committee to
withhold a number of such shares having a Fair Market Value on
the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of
such Stock Option.

     If payment of the option exercise price of a Non-Qualified
Stock Option is made in whole or in part in the form of
Restricted Stock, the number of shares of Stock to be received
upon such exercise equal to the number of shares of Restricted
Stock used for payment of the option exercise price will be
subject to the same forfeiture restrictions to which such
Restricted Stock was subject, unless otherwise determined by the
Committee. 

     No shares of Stock will be issued until full payment
therefor has been made.  Subject to any forfeiture restrictions
that may apply if a Stock Option is exercised using Restricted
Stock, an optionee will have all of the rights of a stockholder
of the Company holding the class or series of Stock that is
subject to such Stock Option (including, if applicable, the right
to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends), when the
optionee has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full
for such shares and, if requested, has given the representation
described in Section 12(a).

     (e)  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF STOCK OPTIONS.  (1)  No Stock
Option will be transferable by the optionee other than (A) by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution or (B) in the
case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order (as defined in the Code or Title I of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
or the rules thereunder).  All Stock Options will be exercisable,
during the optionee's lifetime, only by the optionee or by the
guardian or legal representative of the optionee, it being
understood that the terms "holder" and "optionee" include the
guardian and legal representative of the optionee named in the
option agreement and any person to whom a Stock Option is
transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution or
pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order. 

          (2)  Notwithstanding Section 5(e)(1) above, the
Committee may grant Stock Options that are transferable, or amend
outstanding Stock Options to make them transferable, by the
optionee (any such Stock Option so granted or amended a
"Transferable Option") to one or more members of the optionee's
immediate family, to partnerships of which the only partners are
members of the optionee's immediate family, or to trusts
established by the optionee for the benefit of one or more
members of the optionee's immediate family.  For this purpose the
term "immediate family" means the optionee's spouse, children or
grandchildren.  Consideration may not be paid for the transfer of
a Transferable Option.  A transferee described in this Section
5(e)(2) shall be subject to all terms and conditions applicable
to the Transferable Option prior to its transfer.  The option
agreement with respect to a Transferable Option shall set forth
its transfer restrictions, such option agreement shall be
approved by the Committee, and only Stock Options granted pursu-
ant to a stock option agreement expressly permitting transfer
pursuant to this Section 5(e)(2) shall be so transferable.

     (f)  TERMINATION BY DEATH.  If an optionee's employment
terminates by reason of death, any Stock Option held by such
optionee may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then
exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may
determine, for a period of one year (or such other period as the
Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the date of
such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such
Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter. 

     (g)  TERMINATION BY REASON OF DISABILITY.  If an optionee's
employment terminates by reason of Disability, any Stock Option
held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the
optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of
termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may
determine, for a period of three years (or such shorter  period
as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the
date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of
the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the
shorter; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such
three-year period (or such shorter period), any unexercised Stock
Option held by such optionee will, notwithstanding the expiration
of such three-year (or such shorter) period, continue to be exer-
cisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of
death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or
until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option,
whichever period is the shorter.  In the event of termination of
employment by reason of Disability, if an Incentive Stock Option
is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that
apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option
will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

     (h)  TERMINATION BY REASON OF RETIREMENT.  If an optionee's
employment terminates by reason of Retirement, any Stock Option
held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the
optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of
termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may
determine, for a period of five years (or such shorter period as
the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the date
of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the
stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the
shorter; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such
five-year period (or such shorter period), any unexercised Stock
Option held by such optionee will, notwithstanding the expiration
of such five-year (or such shorter) period, continue to be exer-
cisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of
death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or
until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option,
whichever period is the shorter.  In the event of termination of
employment by reason of Retirement, if an Incentive Stock Option
is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that
apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option
will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

     (i)  OTHER TERMINATION.  Unless otherwise determined by the
Committee, if an optionee incurs a Termination of Employment for
any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement or Cause,
any Stock Option held by such optionee will thereupon terminate,
except that such Stock Option, to the extent then exercisable, or
on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, may be
exercised for the lesser of three months from the date of such
Termination of Employment or the balance of such Stock Option's
term; provided, however, that if  the optionee dies within such
three-month period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such
optionee will, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-month
period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was
exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from
the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term
of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.  In the
event of Termination of Employment, if an Incentive Stock Option
is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that
apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option
will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

     (j)  CASHING OUT OF STOCK OPTION.  On receipt of written
notice of exercise, the Committee may elect to cash out all or
part of the shares of Stock for which a Stock Option is being
exercised by paying the optionee an amount, in cash or Stock,
equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock over
the option price times the number of shares of Stock for which
the Option is being exercised on the effective date of such
cash-out.

     (k)  CHANGE IN CONTROL CASH-OUT.  Subject to Section 12(h),
but notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during the
60-day period from and after a Change in Control (the "Exercise
Period"), unless the Committee determines otherwise at the time
of grant, an optionee will have the right, whether or not the
Stock Option is fully exercisable and in lieu of the payment of
the exercise price for the shares of Stock being purchased under
the Stock Option and by giving notice to the Company, to elect
(within the Exercise Period) to surrender all or part of the
Stock Option to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days
of such notice, in an amount equal to the amount by which the
Change in Control Price per share of Stock on the date of such
election will exceed the exercise price per share of Stock under
the Stock Option (the "Spread") multiplied by the number of
shares of Stock granted under the Stock Option as to which the
right granted under this Section 5(k) will have been exercised.

SECTION 6.     STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

     (a)  GRANT AND EXERCISE.  Stock Appreciation Rights may be
granted in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option
granted under the Plan.  In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock
Option, such rights may be granted either at or after the time of
grant of such Stock Option.  In the case of an Incentive Stock
Option, such rights may be granted only at the time of grant of
such Stock Option.  A Stock Appreciation Right will terminate and
no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the
related Stock Option.

     A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by an optionee
in accordance with Section 6(b) by surrendering the applicable
portion of the related Stock Option in accordance with procedures
established by the Committee.  Upon such exercise and surrender,
the optionee will be entitled to receive an amount determined in
the manner prescribed in Section 6(b).  Stock Options which have
been so surrendered will no longer be exercisable to the extent
the related Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.

     (b)  TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  Stock Appreciation Rights will
be subject to such terms and conditions as will be determined by
the Committee, including the following:

          (1)  Stock Appreciation Rights will be exercisable only
     at such time or times and to the extent that the Stock
     Options to which they relate are exercisable in accordance
     with the provisions of Section 5 and this Section 6;

          (2)  Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right,
     an optionee will be entitled to receive an amount in cash,
     shares of Stock or both equal in value to the excess of the
     Fair Market Value of one share of Stock as of the date of
     exercise over the option price per share specified in the
     related Stock Option multiplied by the number of shares in
     respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right has been exer-
     cised, with the Committee having the right to determine the
     form of payment;

          (3)  Stock Appreciation Rights will be transferable
     only to permitted transferees of the underlying Stock Option
     in accordance with Section 5(e).


SECTION 7.     RESTRICTED STOCK.

     (a)  ADMINISTRATION.  Shares of Restricted Stock may be
awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under
the Plan.  The Committee will determine the individuals to whom
and the time or times at which grants of Restricted Stock will be
awarded, the number of shares to be awarded to any participant,
the conditions for vesting, the time or times within which such
Awards may be subject to forfeiture and any other terms and con-
ditions of the Awards, in addition to those contained in Section
7(c).

     (b)  AWARDS AND CERTIFICATES.  Shares of Restricted Stock
will be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem
appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one
or more stock certificates.  Except as otherwise set forth in a
Restricted Stock Agreement, any certificate issued in respect of
shares of Restricted Stock will be registered in the name of such
participant and will bear an appropriate legend referring to the
terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award,
substantially in the following form:

     "The transferability of this certificate and the shares of
     stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and con-
     ditions (including forfeiture) of the 1997 Incentive Plan
     and a Restricted Stock Agreement.  Copies of such Plan and
     Agreement are on file at the offices of Viad Corp, Viad
     Tower, Phoenix, Arizona."

The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such
shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions
thereon have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of
Restricted Stock, the participant has delivered a stock power,
endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered by such Award.

     (c)  TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  Shares of Restricted Stock will
be subject to the following terms and conditions:

          (1)  The Committee may, prior to or at the time of
     grant, designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified
     Performance-Based Award, in which event it will condition
     the grant or vesting, as applicable, of such Restricted
     Stock upon the attainment of Performance Goals.  If the Com-
     mittee does not designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a
     Qualified Performance-Based Award, it may also condition the
     grant or vesting thereof upon the attainment of Performance
     Goals or such other performance-based criteria as the
     Committee shall establish (such an Award, a "Performance-Based 
     Restricted Stock Award").  Regardless of whether an
     Award of Restricted Stock is a Qualified Performance-Based
     Award or a Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award, the
     Committee may also condition the grant or vesting upon the
     continued service of the participant.  The provisions of Re-
     stricted Stock Awards (including the conditions for grant or
     vesting and any applicable Performance Goals) need not be
     the same with respect to each recipient.  The Committee may
     at any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate or waive, in
     whole or in part, any of the foregoing restrictions;
     provided, however, that in the case of Restricted Stock that
     is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the applicable
     Performance Goals have been satisfied.

          (2)  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the
     Restricted Stock Agreement referred to in Section 7(c)(8),
     during the period set by the Committee, commencing with  the
     date of such Award for which such participant's continued
     service is required (the "Restriction Period") and until the
     later of (A) the expiration of the Restriction Period and
     (B) the date the applicable Performance Goals (if any) are
     satisfied, the participant will not be permitted to sell,
     assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber shares of
     Restricted Stock.

          (3)  Except as provided in this paragraph (3) and
     Sections 7(c)(1) and (2) and the Restricted Stock Agreement,
     the participant will have, with respect to the shares of Re-
     stricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the
     Company holding the class or series of Stock that is the
     subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable,
     the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any
     dividends.  If so determined by the Committee in the ap-
     plicable Restricted Stock Agreement and subject to Section
     12(f) of the Plan, (A) dividends consisting of cash, stock
     or other property (other than Stock) on the class or series
     of Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock shall
     be automatically deferred and reinvested in additional
     Restricted Stock (in the case of stock or other property,
     based on the fair market value thereof, and the Fair Market
     Value of the Stock, in each case as of the record date for
     the dividend) held subject to the vesting of the underlying
     Restricted Stock, or held subject to meeting any Performance
     Goals applicable to the underlying Restricted Stock, and (B)
     dividends payable in Stock shall be paid in the form of
     Restricted Stock of the same class as the Stock with which
     such dividend was paid and shall be held subject to the
     vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject
     to meeting any Performance Goals applicable to the
     underlying Restricted Stock.

          (4)  Except to the extent otherwise provided in the
     applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, Section 7(c)(1),
     7(c)(2), 7(c)(5) or 9(a)(2), upon a participant's Termi-
     nation of Employment for any reason during the Restriction
     Period or before any applicable Performance Goals are met,
     all shares still subject to restriction will be forfeited by
     the participant.

          (5)  Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section
     9(a)(2), in the event that a participant retires or such
     participant's employment is involuntarily terminated (other
     than for Cause), the Committee will have the discretion to
     waive in whole or in part any or all remaining restrictions
     (other than, in the case of Restricted Stock which is a
     Qualified Performance-Based Award, satisfaction of the
     applicable Performance Goals unless the participant's
     employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability)
     with respect to any or all of such participant's shares of
     Restricted Stock.

          (6)  Except as otherwise provided herein or as required
     by law, if and when any applicable Performance Goals are
     satisfied and the Restriction Period expires without a prior
     forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, unlegended certificates
     for such shares will be delivered to the participant upon
     surrender of legended certificates.

          (7)  Awards of Restricted Stock, the vesting of which
     is not conditioned upon the attainment of Performance Goals
     or other performance-based criteria, is limited to twenty
     percent (20%) of the number of shares of Common Stock of the
     Corporation available for grant under the Plan in each
     calendar year.

          (8)  Each Award will be confirmed by, and be subject to
     the terms of, a Restricted Stock Agreement.

SECTION 8.     PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS.

     (a)  ADMINISTRATION.  Performance-Based Awards may be award-
ed either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the
Plan.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the
Committee shall determine the officers and employees to whom and
the time or times at which Performance-Based Awards will be
awarded, the number or amount of Performance-Based Awards to be
awarded to any participant, whether such Performance-Based Award
shall be denominated in a number of shares of Stock, an amount of
cash, or some combination thereof, the duration of the Award
Cycle and any other terms and conditions of the Award, in
addition to those contained in Section 8(b).

     (b)  TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  Performance-Based Awards will be
subject to the following terms and conditions:

          (1)  The Committee may, prior to or at the time of the
     grant, designate Performance-Based Awards as Qualified
     Performance-Based Awards, in which event it will condition
     the settlement thereof upon the attainment of Performance
     Goals.  If the Committee does not designate Performance-Based Awards as 
     Qualified Performance-Based Awards, it may
     also condition the settlement thereof upon the attainment of
     Performance Goals or such other performance-based criteria
     as the Committee shall establish.  Regardless of whether
     Performance-Based Awards are Qualified Performance-Based
     Awards, the Committee may also condition the settlement
     thereof upon the continued service of the participant.  The
     provisions of such Performance-Based Awards (including
     without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need
     not be the same with respect to each recipient.  Subject to
     the provisions of the Plan and the Performance-Based Award
     Agreement referred to in Section  8(b)(5), Performance-Based
     Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or
     otherwise encumbered during the Award Cycle. 

          (2)  Unless otherwise provided by the Committee (A)
     from time to time pursuant to the administration of
     particular Award programs under this Section 8, such as the
     Viad Corp Management Incentive Plan, the Viad Corp
     Performance Unit Incentive Plan or the Viad Corp
     Performance-Based Stock Plan or (B) in any agreement
     relating to an Award, and except as provided in Section
     8(b)(3), upon a participant's Termination of Employment for
     any reason prior to the payment of an Award under this
     Section 8, all rights to receive cash or Stock in settlement
     of the Award shall be forfeited by the participant.

          (3)  In the event that a participant's employment is
     terminated (other than for Cause), or in the event a par-
     ticipant retires, the Committee shall have the discretion to
     waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining payment
     limitations (other than, in the case of Awards that are
     Qualified Performance-Based Awards, satisfaction of the
     applicable Performance Goals unless the participant's
     employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability)
     with respect to any or all of such participant's Awards.

          (4)  At the expiration of the Award Cycle, the Com-
     mittee will evaluate the Company's performance in light of
     any Performance Goals for such Award, and will determine the
     extent to which a Performance-Based Award granted to the
     participant has been earned, and the Committee will then
     cause to be delivered to the participant, as specified in
     the grant of such Award:  (A) a number of shares of Stock
     equal to the number of shares determined by the Committee to
     have been earned or (B) cash equal to the amount determined
     by the Committee to have been earned or (C) a combination of
     shares of Stock and cash if so specified in the Award.

          (5)  No Performance-Based Award may be assigned,
     transferred, or otherwise encumbered except, in the event of
     the death of a participant, by will or the laws of descent
     and distribution.

          (6)  Each Award will be confirmed by, and be subject
     to, the terms of a Performance-Based Award Agreement.

SECTION 9.     CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS.

     (a)  IMPACT OF EVENT.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control:

          (1)  Any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
     outstanding as of the date such Change in Control is
     determined to have occurred and not then exercisable and
     vested will become fully exercisable and vested to the full
     extent of the original grant;

          (2)  The restrictions and conditions to vesting
     applicable to any Restricted Stock will lapse, and such Re-
     stricted Stock will become free of all restrictions and
     become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of
     the original grant;

          (3)  Performance-Based Awards will be considered to be
     earned and payable to the extent, if any, and in an amount,
     if any, and otherwise, in accordance with the provisions of
     the agreement relating to such Awards.

     (b)  DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.  For purposes of the
Plan, a "Change in Control" will mean the happening of any of the
following events:

          (1)  An acquisition by any individual, entity or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of
twenty percent (20%) or more of either (A) the then outstanding
shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company
Common Stock") or (B) the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company
Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following:  (i) any
acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition
by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the
security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the
Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any
acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation
controlled by the Company or (iv) any acquisition by any
corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses
(A), (B) and (C) of subsection (3) of this Section 9(b); or

          (2)  A change in the composition of the Board such that
the individuals who, as of February 20, 1997, constitute the
Board (such Board will be hereinafter referred to as the
"Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this
Section 9(b), that any individual who becomes a member of the
Board subsequent to February 20, 1997, whose election, or nomi-
nation for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved
by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are
members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent
Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) will be
considered as though such individual were a member of the Incum-
bent Board; but, provided further, that any such individual whose
initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an
actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in
Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act)
or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents
by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board will not be so
considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

          (3)  The approval by the stockholders of the Company of
a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company ("Corporate Transaction") (or, if consummation of such
Corporate Transaction is subject, at the time of such approval by
stockholders, to the consent of any government or governmental
agency, the earlier of the obtaining of such consent or the
consummation of the Corporate Transaction); excluding, however,
such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or
substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the
beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company
Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities
immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially
own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty percent (60%) of,
respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the
combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the
case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which
as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or
substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or
through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such
Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock
and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be,
(B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan
(or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting
from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly
or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of, respectively, the
outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting
from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of
the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent
that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction
and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will
constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of
directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
Transaction; or

          (4)  The approval by the stockholders of the Company of
a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

     (c)  CHANGE IN CONTROL PRICE.  For purposes of the Plan,
"Change in Control Price" means the higher of (1) the highest
reported sales price, regular way, of a share of Stock in any
transaction reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite
Tape or other national exchange on which such shares are listed
or on The Nasdaq Stock Market during the 60-day period prior to
and including the date of a Change in Control or (2) if the
Change in Control is the result of a tender or exchange offer or
a Corporate Transaction, the highest price per share of Stock
paid in such tender or exchange offer or Corporate Transaction;
provided, however, that in the case of Incentive Stock Options
and Stock Appreciation Rights relating to Incentive Stock
Options, the Change in Control Price will be in all cases the
Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date such Incentive Stock
Option or Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.  To the extent
that the consideration paid in any such transaction described
above consists all or in part of securities or other non-cash
consideration, the value of such securities or other non-cash
consideration will be determined in the sole discretion of the
Board.

SECTION 10.    TERM, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

     The Plan will terminate May 31, 2007, but may be terminated
sooner at any time by the Board, provided that no Incentive Stock
Options shall be granted under the Plan after February 19, 2007. 
Awards outstanding as of the date of any such termination will
not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan.

     The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no
amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made  which
would (a) impair the rights of an optionee under a Stock Option
or a recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock
Award or Performance-Based Award theretofore granted without the
optionee's or recipient's consent, except such an amendment which
is necessary to cause any Award or transaction under the Plan to
qualify, or to continue to qualify, for the exemption provided by
Rule 16b-3, or (b) disqualify any Award or transaction under the
Plan from the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3.  In addition, no
such amendment may be made without the approval of the Company's
stockholders to the extent such approval is required by law or
agreement.

     The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or
other Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively,
but no such amendment will (1) impair the rights of any holder
without the holder's consent except such an amendment which is
necessary to cause any Award or transaction under the Plan to
qualify, or to continue to qualify, for the exemption provided by
Rule 16b-3 or (2) amend any Qualified Performance-Based Award in
such a way as to cause it to cease to qualify for the exemption
set forth in Section 162(m)(4)(C).  The Committee may also
substitute new Stock Options for previously granted Stock
Options, including previously granted Stock Options having higher
option prices.

     Subject to the above provisions, the Board will have
authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in law
and tax and accounting rules, as well as other developments and
to grant Awards which qualify for beneficial treatment under such
rules without stockholder approval.

SECTION 11.    UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN.

     It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an
"unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation.  The
Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrange-
ments to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver
Stock or make payments; provided, however, that, unless the Com-
mittee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or
other arrangements is consistent with the "unfunded" status of
the Plan.

SECTION 12.    GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     (a)  The Committee may require each person purchasing or
receiving shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree
with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring any
shares without a view to the distribution thereof.  The
certificates for such shares may include any legend which the
Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on trans-
fer.

     All certificates for shares of Stock or other securities
delivered under the Plan will be subject to such stock transfer
orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable
under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the
Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Stock is then
listed and any applicable federal or state securities law, and
the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such
certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or
agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be re-
quired to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for
shares of Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the
following conditions:

          (1)  Listing or approval for listing upon notice of
     issuance, of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange,
     Inc., or such other securities exchange as may at the time
     be the principal market for the Stock;

          (2)  Any registration or other qualification of such
     shares of the Company under any state or federal law or
     regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such
     registration or other qualification which the Committee
     shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of
     counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and

          (3)  Obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit
     from any state or federal governmental agency which the
     Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving
     the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or
     advisable.

     (b)  Nothing contained in the Plan will prevent the Company
or any subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional
compensation arrangements for its employees.

     (c)  The adoption of the Plan will not confer upon any
employee any right to continued employment nor will it interfere
in any way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary or
Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any
time.

     (d)  No later than the date as of which an amount first
becomes includible in the gross income of the participant for
Federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the
Plan, the participant will pay to the Company, or make
arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment
of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind
required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount.  Un-
less otherwise determined by the Company, withholding obligations
may be settled with Stock, including Stock that is part of the
Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement.  The
obligations of the Company under the Plan will be conditional on
such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates
will, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct
any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the participant. 
The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems
appropriate, including the making of irrevocable elections, for
the settlement of withholding obligations with Stock.

     (e)  At the time of grant, the Committee may provide in
connection with any grant made under the Plan that the shares of
Stock received as a result of such grant will be subject to a
right of first refusal pursuant to which the participant will be
required to offer to the Company any shares that the participant
wishes to sell at the then Fair Market Value of the Stock, sub-
ject to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may
specify at the time of grant.

     (f)  The reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted
Stock at the time of any dividend payment will only be
permissible if sufficient shares of Stock are available under
Section 3 for such reinvestment (taking into account then
outstanding Stock Options and other Awards).

     (g)  The Committee will establish such procedures as it
deems appropriate for a participant to designate a beneficiary to
whom any amounts payable in the event of the participant's death
are to be paid or by whom any rights of the participant, after
the participant's death, may be exercised.

     (h)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any
agreement relating to any Award hereunder, if any right granted
pursuant to this Plan would make a Change in Control transaction
ineligible for pooling-of-interests-accounting under APB No. 16
that, but for the nature of such grant, would otherwise be
eligible for such accounting treatment, the Committee will have
the ability, in its sole discretion, to substitute for the cash
payable pursuant to such grant Common Stock with a Fair Market
Value equal to the cash that would otherwise be payable
hereunder.

     (i)  The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken
thereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 13.    EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

     The Plan will be effective on the later of (a) the time it
is approved by the Board and (b) the time certain provisions of
the Plan are approved by stockholders for tax purposes.

SECTION 14.    DIRECTOR STOCK OPTIONS.

     (a)  Each director of the Company who is not otherwise an
employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates,
will (1) on the date of his or her first election as a director
of the Company (such initial grant being an "Initial Grant"), and
(2) annually on the third Thursday of August, during such
director's term (the "Annual Grant"), automatically be granted
Non-Qualified Stock Options to purchase Common Stock having an
exercise price per share of Common Stock equal to 100% of Fair
Market Value per share of Common Stock at the date of grant of
such Non-Qualified Stock Option.  The number of shares subject to
each such Initial Grant, and each such Annual Grant, will be
equal to the annual retainer fee in effect at the date of grant
for non-employee directors of the Company divided by an amount
equal to one-third (1/3) of the Fair Market Value of the Common
Stock at the date of grant, rounded to the nearest 100 shares.  A
non-employee director who is first elected as a director of the
Company during the course of a year (i.e., on a date other than
the date of the Annual Grant) will, in addition to the Initial
Grant, receive upon election a grant of Non-Qualified Stock
Options prorated to reflect the number of months served in the
initial year of service, with the number of shares of Common
Stock subject to such Stock Option being equal to (1) the number
of shares subject to the Initial Grant multiplied by (2) a frac-
tion the numerator of which will be the number of months from the
date of such election through the date of the next Annual Grant
and the denominator of which will be twelve (12).

     (b)  An automatic director Stock Option will be granted
hereunder only if as of each date of grant the director (1) is
not otherwise an employee of the Company or any of its sub-
sidiaries or Affiliates, (2) has not been an employee of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates for any part of
the preceding fiscal year, and (3) has served on the Board
continuously since the commencement of his term.

     (c)  Except as expressly provided in this Section 14, any
Stock Option granted hereunder will be subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan as if the grant were made pursuant to
Section 5 hereof including, without limitation, the rights set
forth in Section 5(j) hereof.

                                                    Exhibit 10.L1


                            VIAD CORP

                 PERFORMANCE UNIT INCENTIVE PLAN

         PURSUANT TO THE VIAD 1997 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

1.   PURPOSE 

     The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term
     interests of the Corporation and its shareholders by
     providing a means for attracting and retaining designated
     key executives of the Corporation and its Affiliates through
     a system of cash rewards for the accomplishment of long-term
     predefined objectives.

2.   DEFINITIONS

     The following definitions are applicable to the Plan:

          "Affiliate" - Any "Parent Corporation" or "Subsidiary
          Corporation" of the Corporation as such terms are
          defined in Section 425(e) and (f), or the successor
          provisions, if any, respectively, of the Code (as
          defined herein).

          "Award" - The grant by the Committee of a Performance
          Unit or Units as provided in the Plan.

          "Board" - The Board of Directors of Viad Corp.

          "Code" - The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
          or its successor general income tax law of the United
          States.

          "Committee" - The Human Resources Committee of the
          Board.

          "Corporation" - Viad Corp.

          "Participant" - Any executive of the Corporation or any
          of its Affiliates who is selected by the Committee to
          receive an Award.

          "Performance Period" - The period of time selected by
          the Committee for the purpose of determining
          performance goals and measuring the degree of
          accomplishment.  Generally, the Performance Period will
          be a period of three successive fiscal years of the
          Corporation.

          "Performance Unit Award" - An Award.

          "Plan" - The Performance Unit Incentive Plan of the
          Corporation.

          "Unit" - The basis for any Award under the Plan.

3.   ADMINISTRATION

     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  Except as
     limited by the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee
     shall have sole and complete authority and discretion to (i)
     select Participants and grant Awards; (ii) determine the
     number of Units to be subject to Awards generally, as well
     as to individual Awards granted under the Plan; iii)
     determine the targets that must be achieved in order for the
     Awards to be payable and the other terms and conditions upon
     which Awards shall be granted under the Plan; (iv) prescribe
     the form and terms of instruments evidencing such grants;
     and (v) establish from time to time regulations for the
     administration of the Plan, interpret the Plan, and make all
     determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the
     administration of the Plan.

4.   PERFORMANCE GOALS

     The Performance Unit Incentive Plan is intended to provide
     Participants with a substantial incentive to achieve or
     surpass two pre-defined long-range financial goals which
     have been selected because they are key factors (goals) in
     increasing shareholder value.  The first goal for CORPORATE
     and TRAVELERS EXPRESS COMPANY Participants is Average Three-Year Return
     on Equity and for other Subsidiary Participants
     is Average Three-Year Return on Capital (Assets).  A minimum
     (threshold) Return on Capital (Assets) or Return on Equity
     target will be established and must be met or exceeded
     before the Net Income Growth target can produce earned
     awards.  Further, there cannot be a year when a Subsidiary's
     net income is down from the prior year or the threshold will
     not be met.

     The second goal for each SUBSIDIARY Participant principally
     emphasizes growth in Average Three-Year Net Income.

     The second goal for Corporate Participants also emphasizes
     Growth in Average Three-Year Net Income but the target will
     be based on income per share from continuing operations, the
     most appropriate measure in increasing shareholder value.

5.   DETERMINATION OF TARGETS

     A.   AVERAGE THREE-YEAR SUBSIDIARY RETURN ON CAPITAL
          (ASSETS) (EXCEPT TRAVELERS EXPRESS)

          Return on Capital (Assets) calculations will be made by
          dividing each year's net income after taxes by the
          average quarterly (beginning of year and each quarter-end, 
          including year-end), total assets.  Consideration
          will be given to any known or anticipated changes, and
          an appropriate weighted average annual Return on
          Capital (Assets) target for the three-year Performance
          Period will be established, taking into account all
          factors mentioned as well as the three-year Performance
          Period Financial Plan, including year-by-year Return on
          Capital (Assets) (on the same basis as previously
          described), overall Corporate objectives and, where
          appropriate, other circumstances.  Intercompany amounts
          will be excluded from Capital (Assets).  Cash and
          marketable securities will be included, except for
          Brewster Transport's investments on behalf of its
          Canadian parent companies.  Accounts receivable sold
          will be reinstated as Capital (Assets) so that all
          accounts receivables are included and returns will not
          be affected by fluctuations in sold receivables. 
          Capitalized value of leases entered into during the
          Performance Period for major assets (whether a sale-leaseback or a
          new lease) will be added to Capital
          (Assets) to properly include such assets, whether owned
          or leased.  Major construction in process projects,
          which qualify for capitalization of interest under FASB
          rules, shall not be included in Capital (Assets) until
          operational (e.g. Banc One Ballpark - Restaura). 
          Finally, classifications of assets must be consistent
          with previous years' practices. 

     B.   AVERAGE THREE-YEAR RETURN ON EQUITY (TRAVELERS EXPRESS)

          Return on Equity calculations for Travelers Express
          will be made by dividing each year's net income after
          taxes by the average quarterly (beginning of year and
          each quarter-end, including year-end) equity. 
          Consideration will then be given to any known or
          anticipated changes in equity structure and available
          industry data, and an appropriate weighted average
          annual Return on Equity target for the three-year
          Performance Period will be established, taking into
          account all factors mentioned as well as the three-year
          Performance Period Financial Plan year-by-year Return
          on Equity (on the same basis as previously described),
          overall Corporate objectives and, where appropriate,
          other circumstances.  Unplanned changes in unrealized
          securities gains and losses, an element of
          stockholder's equity pursuant to SFAS No. 115, are to
          be excluded in determining equity amounts to be used in
          the calculation of actual Return on Equity hereunder.

     C.   AVERAGE THREE-YEAR VIAD RETURN ON COMMON STOCKHOLDERS'
          EQUITY

          Return on common stockholders' equity calculations will
          be made for Viad Corp by dividing each year's net
          income after taxes less preferred dividend requirements
          by the year's monthly average of common stockholders'
          equity (return on common equity).  Consideration will
          then be given to any known or anticipated changes in
          equity structure and to relevant industry data, and an
          appropriate weighted average annual Return on Equity
          target for the three-year Performance Period will be
          established taking into account all factors mentioned
          as well as the three-year Performance Period Financial
          Plan year-by-year return on equity (on the same basis
          as previously described), overall Corporate objectives
          and, where appropriate, other circumstances.  Similar
          to the Travelers Express Return on Equity definition
          above, unplanned changes in unrealized securities gains
          and losses are to be excluded in calculating actual
          Viad return on Equity hereunder, along with unplanned
          changes in unrealized foreign currency translation
          adjustments.

     D.   AVERAGE THREE-YEAR GROWTH IN SUBSIDIARY EARNINGS

          An appropriate average three-year net income target for
          the Performance Period for each Subsidiary Company will
          be established taking into account historical income,
          financial plan income for the Performance Period,
          overall Corporate objectives, and if appropriate, other
          circumstances.   An appropriate range of values above
          and below such target will then be selected to measure
          achievement above or below the target.

     E.   AVERAGE GROWTH IN THREE-YEAR VIAD INCOME PER SHARE

          An appropriate average three-year "Income Per Share"
          from continuing operations target for Viad Corp will be
          established after considering historical income per
          share from continuing operations, financial plan income
          for the Performance Period, overall Corporate
          objectives and, if appropriate, other circumstances. 
          An appropriate range of values above and below such
          target will then be selected to measure achievement
          above or below the target.

     F.   ESTABLISHING TARGETS

          The appropriate targets, range of values above and
          below such targets and the Performance Period to be
          used as a basis for the measurement of performance for
          Awards under the Plan will be determined by the
          Committee no later than 90 days after the beginning of
          each new Performance Period during the life of the
          Plan, after giving consideration to the recommendations
          of the Chief Executive Officer of Viad Corp. 
          Performance Units will be earned based upon (1)
          achieving the minimum (threshold) Return on Equity or
          Capital (Assets) Target and (2) the degree of
          achievement of the net income or income per share
          target over the Performance Period following the date
          of grant.  Earned Units can range, based on operating
          performance, from 0% to 200% of the target Units.

6.   OTHER PLAN PROVISIONS

     Subsidiary net income and Viad income per share from
     continuing operations are determined before extraordinary
     items, effects of changes in accounting principles or a
     change in federal income tax rates after the target has been
     set.  (For example, new FASB release on Earnings per share
     to be effective for periods after December 15, 1997 but not
     considered when targets were set).  Reclassification of a
     major business unit to discontinued operations status after
     targets have been set would also require adjustment because
     of effect on Viad continuing operations results.  While
     gains on disposition of a business would normally not be
     included in determining income per share, in the event of
     the sale of a subsidiary or major business unit, a portion
     of gain would be included for the difference between the
     sold unit's planned net income for the performance period
     and actual results to date of sale plus calculated interest
     savings on proceeds for the balance of the performance
     period, so that actual results are not penalized for selling
     a business.

     There will be an addback to actual net income for any
     additional intercompany interest cost (net of tax) incurred
     by a subsidiary as the result of any special dividend paid
     (in excess of 100% of net income for a year) during the
     applicable performance period.  In addition, an addback to
     actual net income will be allowed for any increased cost to
     a subsidiary for an increase in the formula allocation of
     corporate overhead over amounts included in the
     Plan/Forecast at the beginning of the applicable performance
     period.

     Incentives to be paid under this Plan must be deducted from
     the subsidiary corporation's earnings during the Performance
     Period (generally in the third year, when the amounts to be
     paid can be reasonably estimated).  Goals must be achieved
     after deducting from actual results all incentive
     compensation applicable to such performance periods,
     including those incentives earned under this Plan.

7.   RANGE OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS

     The range of values for the Corporation's or a Subsidiary
     Company's net income or income per share performance is set
     at a minimum of 80% of target for threshold and capped at
     120% of the target.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, targets
     may be established for threshold within the range of above
     80% up to and including 95% and for maximum within the range
     of below 120% down to 105%, as may be designated by the
     Committee; however, the Committee may, when appropriate,
     adjust such ranges upward or downward.

     Performance Units will be earned based upon meeting or
     exceeding the minimum (threshold) Return target and the
     degree of achievement of the pre-defined net income
     (subsidiary) or income per share from continuing operations
     (Viad Corp) goals.

               PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARD ILLUSTRATION:


Return Threshold Met   No (1)     Yes      Yes  Yes  Yes  Yes  Yes  Yes  Yes

% of Net Income/Income
per Share Target
Achieved (Illustration
Assumes Target at
100% reflects 10%
compounded annual
growth) (2)       (1)   95.5%  97.0%  98.5%     100%     102% 104% 106% 108% 
                                          
Percent of Award
Earned            0%(1) 25%     50%    75%     100%       125% 150% 175% 200%


(1)    Unless performance period Return threshold has been met, and for 
       subsidiaries, each year's net income exceeds prior year, no award can
       be earned regardless of  achievement against average
       Income target.

(2)    Percent of award earned will be interpolated when falling between the
       25% increments.


8.     PARTICIPANT ELIGIBILITY

  Personnel will be eligible for participation as recommended
  by the Viad Corp, Chief Executive Officer for approval by
  the Committee no later than 90 days after the beginning of
  each new Performance Period during the life of the Plan,
  limited only to those key executives who contribute in a
  substantial measure to the successful performance of the
  Corporation or its Affiliates.   The Chief Executive Officer
  will recommend for approval by the Committee which
  Affiliates among its Affiliates should be included in the
  Plan.

9.     AWARD DETERMINATION

  The number of Units to be awarded will be determined,
  generally, by multiplying a factor times the Participant's
  annual base salary in effect at the time the Award is
  granted and dividing the result by the average of the high
  and low of the Corporation's Common Stock on the date of
  approval of the grant by the Committee.  The Award factor
  will be recommended by the Chief Executive Officer of Viad
  Corp for approval by the Committee annually no later than 90
  days after the beginning of each new performance period. 
  The Committee may adjust the number of Units awarded in its
  discretion.

10.    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

  The Committee shall have full and complete authority and
  discretion, except as expressly limited by the Plan, to
  grant Units and to provide the terms and conditions (which
  need not be identical among Participants) thereof.  Without
  limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may
  specify a Performance Period of not less than two years or
  not more than five years, rather than the three-year
  Performance Period provided for above, and such time period
  will be substituted as appropriate to properly effect the
  specified Performance Period.  No Participant or any person
  claiming under or through such person shall have any right
  or interest, whether vested or otherwise, in the Plan or in
  any Award thereunder, contingent or otherwise, unless and
  until all the terms, conditions, and provisions of the Plan
  and its approved administrative requirements that affect
  such Participant or such other person shall have been
  complied with.  Nothing contained in the Plan or its
  Administrative Guidelines shall (i) require the Corporation
  to segregate cash or other property on behalf of any
  Participant or (ii) affect the rights and power of the
  Corporation or its Affiliates to dismiss and/or discharge
  any Participant at any time.

  Any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock
  dividend sale of assets, combination or merger not otherwise
  provided for herein which affects the outstanding shares of
  Common Stock of the Corporation or any other change in the
  capitalization of the Corporation affecting the Common Stock
  shall be appropriately adjusted for by the Committee or the
  Board, and any such adjustments shall be final, conclusive
  and binding.

11.    PAYMENTS OF AWARDS

  (a)  Performance Unit Awards which may become payable under
  this Plan shall be calculated as determined by the Committee
  but any resulting Performance Unit Award payable shall be
  subject to the following calculation: each Unit payable
  shall be multiplied by the average of the daily means of the
  market prices of the Corporation's Common Stock during the
  month following the Performance Period.  Performance Unit
  Awards earned will be determined as of the third Thursday of
  February following the close of the Performance Period and
  distribution of the Award will be made within ninety (90)
  days following the close of the Performance Period.  For
  those Executive Officers affected by Section 162(m) of the
  Internal Revenue Code, awards will be subject to
  discretionary downward adjustment by the Committee. 

  (b)  Performance Unit Awards granted under this Plan shall
  be payable during the lifetime of the Participant to whom
  such Award was granted only to such Participant; and, except
  as provided in (d) and (e) of this Section 7, no such Award
  will be payable unless at the time of payment such
  Participant is an employee of and has continuously since the
  grant thereof been an employee of, the Corporation or an
  Affiliate.  Neither absence on leave, if approved by the
  Corporation, nor any transfer of employment between
  Affiliates or between an Affiliate and the Corporation shall
  be considered an interruption or termination of employment
  for purposes of this Plan.

  (c)  Prior to the expiration of the Performance Period, all
  Participants will be provided an irrevocable option to defer
  all or a portion of any earned Performance Unit Award, if
  there be one but not less than $1,000, in written form as
  prescribed by the Board under the provisions of a deferred
  compensation plan for executives of the Corporation and its
  Affiliates, if one be adopted.

  (d)  If a Participant to whom a Performance Unit Award was
  granted shall cease to be employed by the Corporation or its
  Affiliate for any reason (other than death, disability, or
  retirement) prior to the completion of any applicable
  Performance Period, said Performance Unit Award will be
  withdrawn and subsequent payment in any form at any time
  will not be made.

  (e)  If a Participant to whom a Performance Unit Award was
  granted shall cease to be employed by the Corporation or its
  Affiliate due to early, normal, or deferred retirement, or
  in the event of the death or disability of the Participant,
  during the Performance Period stipulated in the Performance
  Unit Award, such Award shall be prorated for the period of
  time from date of grant to date of retirement, disability or
  death, as applicable, and become payable within ninety (90
  days) following the close of the Performance Period to the
  Participant or the person to whom interest therein is
  transferred by will or by the laws of descent and
  distribution.  Performance Unit Awards shall be determined
  at the same time and in the same manner (except for
  applicable proration) as described in Section 11(a).

  (f)  There shall be deducted from all payment of Awards any
  taxes required to be withheld by any Federal, State, or
  local government and paid over to any such government in
  respect to any such payment.
12.    ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

  No award to any Participant under the provisions of the Plan
  may be assigned, transferred, or otherwise encumbered
  except, in the event of death of a Participant, by will or
  the laws of descent and distribution.

13.    AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

  The Board may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan or any
  portion thereof at any time provided, however, that no such
  amendment, suspension, or termination shall invalidate the
  Awards already made to any Participant pursuant to the Plan,
  without his consent.

14.    EFFECTIVE DATE

  The Plan shall be effective January 1, 1997, provided
  however, that any Award made under this Plan is subject to
  the approval of the Viad 1997 Omnibus Incentive Plan by the
  stockholders of Viad Corp.


                                                     Exhibit 10.O



                                   April 25, 1996




Paul Mullen
3900 Cuba Road
Long Grove, IL 60047

Dear Paul:

     The provisions of this letter, when accepted by you, shall
constitute an "Agreement" governing your employment with GES
Exposition Services, Inc. ("GES"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
The Dial Corp ("Employer").

     EMPLOYMENT - You shall be employed as President and Chief
Executive Officer of GES during the term of this Agreement. You
will devote your best efforts, energies, skill and all of your
working time to the discharge of the duties and responsibilities
as may from time-to-time be prescribed by Employer's Chief
Executive Officer; to serve the best interest of Employer and
GES; to perform your tasks to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Employer's Chief Executive Officer; and to be responsible to
Employer's Chief Executive Officer for the performance of the
business of GES and its subsidiaries.

     TERM - The term of your employment shall be one year from
the date your employment with GES commences and shall continue
from year-to-year thereafter unless written notice of termination
is given by Employer or you, six (6) months prior to your
anniversary date, or six (6) months prior to your anniversary
date of any year thereafter, as the case may be.

     COMPENSATION - You will be provided a base compensation of
$300,000 per year.  This base compensation will remain fixed for
a period of time until Employer determines when market conditions
would indicate merit increases, based upon your performance,
should commence.  You will be entitled to participate in
incentive compensation plans of Employer which shall include
Employer's Management Incentive Plan ("MIP") with a target
eligibility of 30% of base compensation, and, subject to
Employer's Board approval, will be eligible to participate in
Employer's Performance Unit Plan ("PUP"), and Employer's
Performance-Based Stock Plan, copies of which will be forwarded
to you.

     Your 1996 MIP participation with GES will be based on
partial year targets for that period of time in which you are
President and Chief Executive Officer.
     RELOCATION - GES will provide you with assistance in your
relocation from your current residence to Las Vegas, Nevada, by
means of its Employee Relocation Program, the details of which
will be forwarded to you.

     The Employee Relocation Program will be amended to provide
six (6) months payment on the lesser amount of mortgage interest,
taxes, insurance, utilities and general maintenance. These
payments are conditioned upon your listing of your Long Grove,
Illinois residence for sale.

     In addition, you will be reimbursed for up to six (6) months
of temporary living expenses and weekly airline trips from Las
Vegas to Chicago.

     Further, you will be given a sum of $10,000 to cover
miscellaneous moving expenses.

     OTHER BENEFITS - You shall be entitled to all fringe
benefits or perquisites provided by Employer or GES to its
executives generally using, whenever applicable, base
compensation as the basis for determining such benefit. The
benefits shall include, inter alia, participation in the
Employer's 1992 Stock Incentive Plan, Executive Severance Plan,
executive health, dental, life and disability plans, and the GES
401K Plan and the GES Supplemental Employees Retirement Plan,
copies of which will be supplied to you.

     In addition, in your case, such benefits or perquisites
shall also include the use of a luxury automobile, financial
counseling, a country club's monthly dues (excluding initiation
fees), and a luncheon and health club dues.  You are also
authorized to obtain first class air travel while on Employer or
GES business.

     NON-COMPETE - It is agreed that, in the event of termination
of your employment by either party, you will not, for a period of
twelve (12) months from the date of such termination, directly or
indirectly, solicit or do business with the clients of GES or
Exhibitgroup/Giltspur or any of its affiliated companies.

     SEPTEMBER 13, 1995 LETTER - In exchange for your waiving any
rights and claims to the Letter dated September 13, 1995, from
Giltspur, Inc., you will be paid $218,750, less statutory
deductions, promptly.

     SEVERANCE - In the event that your termination of employment
is for a reason other than voluntary resignation or that you have
been convicted of a felony, or a crime of moral turpitude, fraud
or dishonesty, you will be paid a severance of one year's base
compensation at your then current salary. The payment shall be in
a lump sum, less statutory deductions.

     TERMINATION - Employer may suspend or terminate this
Agreement and your employment at any time should you:

     (a)  become incapable for more than 180 days of
          satisfactorily performing the duties required of your
          position due to personal injury or other physical or
          mental illness or disease; or

     (b)  engage in activities that would constitute a conflict
          of interest with Employer, GES or GES subsidiaries; or

     (c)  be convicted of a felony, or a crime of moral
          turpitude, fraud or dishonesty, or commit an act which,
          in the judgment of a majority of Employer's Board of
          Directors, subjects Employer, GES or GES subsidiaries
          to public disrespect, scandal or ridicule or adversely
          affects the utility of your services to Employer or
          GES; or

     (d)  knowingly disregard or violate any instruction or
          policy established by Employer or GES with respect to
          the operation of the business and affairs of Employer,
          GES or GES's subsidiaries.

     If GES terminates your employment for cause, or if you
terminate your employment as a result of your resignation or
death, you (or your estate in the event of your death) shall be
entitled to receive salary to the date of termination, but shall
have no right or claim to an incentive award or bonus for the
year in which termination occurs except if your employment
terminates by your death.

     If you accept employment on the terms and conditions set
forth in this letter, please indicate by your signature in the
space provided and return one copy to me.  This matter is to be
kept confidential so that, if you accept, we may plan for an
orderly and proper transition of executive management.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   /s/  John W. Teets
                                        Chairman and CEO
                                        The Dial Corp


ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/  Paul Mullen
Date:


                                                     Exhibit 10.U


                       EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT entered into effective the 1st day
of January, 1997, between VIAD CORP, a Delaware corporation
(hereinafter called "Employer"), and Robert H. Bohannon
(hereinafter called "Employee").

                           WITNESSETH:

1.   EMPLOYMENT.

     Employer hereby employs Employee and Employee hereby agrees
to serve Employer in the capacity hereinafter described for the
employment term hereinafter set forth. Employee has been elected
to the Board of Directors of Viad Corp; in addition, he is hereby
employed as Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of
the Board of Viad Corp, at its headquarters in Phoenix, Arizona.
Employee agrees (a) to serve in such position or in any other
senior executive position to which he may be elected or appointed
by Employer's Board of Directors during the term of this
Agreement, (b) to devote his best efforts, energies, skill and
all of his working time to the discharge of the duties and
responsibilities as Chief Executive Officer, President and
Chairman of the Board, and (c) to perform his tasks to Employer's
reasonable satisfaction.

2.   COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

     As remuneration for services performed hereunder, Employee
shall receive the salary, benefits and incentive compensation
that are listed on Schedule "A", attached.

3.   TERM.

     This Agreement shall become effective immediately and shall
terminate on December 31, 1998.

4.   EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT.

     Employer shall enter into an Executive Severance Agreement
with Employee dealing with the threat or occurrence of a bid or
other action to take over control of the Employer. The Executive
Severance Agreement shall be comparable in form and substance to
the executive severance agreement of Employee's predecessor
previously approved by the Board of Directors of Employer

5.   TERMINATION.

     Employer may terminate this Agreement at any time if:

     (a)  Employee, by reason of physical or mental illness,
shall have been unable to perform satisfactorily the services to
be rendered by him hereunder for a consecutive period of one
hundred eighty (180) days.  Should such incapacity occur,
Employee shall be entitled to the retirement benefits as provided
on Schedule "A".

     (b)  Employee should be convicted of a felony or a crime
involving moral turpitude, fraud, or dishonesty, or commit an act
which, in the judgment of a majority of Employer's Board of
Directors, as evidenced by action recorded in the official
minutes of a meeting of such Directors, subjects Employer or its
subsidiaries to public disrespect, scandal or ridicule or
adversely affects the utility of your services to Employer.

     (c)  Should Employee be requested by a majority of the Board
of Directors to resign from the Employer as an officer and Board
member, the Employee, in such case, shall be entitled to all
benefits earned on Schedule "A" up to the date of resignation and
Employee shall be entitled to 150% of salary due for the
remaining term of this Agreement, and all other compensation
listed on Schedule "A" shall cease as of the date of resignation.

5.   BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

     Executive shall report to the Board of Directors of Viad
Corp in discharging his duties and responsibilities.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Employment Agreement to be executed effective as of the 1 st day
of January, 1997.

                                   VIAD CORP

                                   By:  /s/  Peter J. Novak
                                             Vice President &
                                             General Counsel


ATTEST:

By:  /s/  Scott E. Sayre
          Secretary


                                   /s/  Robert H. Bohannon



<PAGE>
                           SCHEDULE "A"

    CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, PRESIDENT & CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD


Base Salary                   $600,000

MIP Target Bonus %            60%

Stock Options                 Eligible

Performance Based Stock       Eligible

Performance Unit Plan         Eligible (same as MIP)

First Class Air Travel        Eligible

Company Paid AD&D             $300,000 Company Paid

Health Club                   Corporate Fitness Center - reserved
                              locker at $25/month or outside club
                              (paid up to $25 after first $25
                              paid by employee)

Luncheon Club                 Monthly dues at Arizona Club or the
                              Mansion Club

Country Club                  Monthly dues

Financial Counseling
Services                      Choice of counselor at Ayco or
                              Arthur Andersen

Executive Medical             Provides supplemental coverage to
                              the base plan, including co-pays
                              and deductibles

Parking                       Reserved company-paid parking

Executive Physical

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan - B

Automobile

Other Standard Benefits


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                                                 Exhibit 11
                                                                   
                                          VIAD CORP
                         STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
                                        (000 omitted)
<CAPTION>  
                                                           Year ended December 31,
                                            ----------------------------------------------
                                                    1996             1995             1994
PRIMARY:                                     -----------      -----------      -----------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>
Net income (loss)                         $       28,377   $      (16,559)  $      140,311
Less: Preferred stock dividends                   (1,125)          (1,124)          (1,123)
      Subsidiary dilutive securities                                                    (9)
                                              ----------      -----------      -----------
                                          $       27,252   $      (17,683)  $      139,179
                                              ==========      ===========      ===========
Weighted average common shares
  outstanding before common
  equivalents                                     89,173           86,865           85,069
Common equivalent stock options                    2,464            1,842            1,577
                                              ----------      -----------      -----------
                                                  91,637           88,707           86,646
                                              ==========      ===========      ===========

Net income (loss) per share (dollars)     $         0.30   $        (0.20)  $         1.61
                                              ==========      ===========      ===========

FULLY DILUTED:
Adjusted net income (loss) per above      $       27,252   $      (17,683)  $      139,179
                                              ==========      ===========       ==========

Average common and equivalent 
  shares per above                                91,637           88,707           86,646
Common equivalent stock options                      573              934                 
                                              ----------      -----------       ----------
                                                  92,210           89,641           86,646
                                              ==========      ===========       ==========

Net income (loss) per share (dollars)     $         0.30   $        (0.20)  $         1.61
                                              ==========      ===========       ==========

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
VIAD CORP SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

Year ended December 31,          1996         1995        1994         1993        1992
                          -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
OPERATIONS (000 omitted)
Revenues                   $2,263,228   $1,976,745  $1,806,597   $1,337,940  $1,340,745
                          ===========  =========== ===========  =========== ===========
Income from continuing 
 operations (1)            $   69,071   $   70,781  $   61,173   $   31,975  $   10,768
Income (loss) from 
 discontinued 
 operations (2)               (40,694)     (73,465)     79,138      110,111     (69,028)
                          -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before 
 extraordinary charge 
 and cumulative effect
 of changes in 
 accounting principle          28,377       (2,684)    140,311      142,086     (58,260)
Extraordinary charge 
 for early retirement
 of debt                                                            (21,601)
Cumulative effect of 
 changes in accounting
 principle (3)                             (13,875)                             (23,255)
                          -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------
Net income (loss)          $   28,377   $  (16,559) $  140,311   $  120,485  $  (81,515)
                          ===========  =========== ===========  =========== ===========

INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON 
 SHARE (dollars)
Continuing 
 operations (1)            $     0.74   $     0.79  $     0.69   $     0.36  $     0.12
Discontinued 
 operations (2)                 (0.44)       (0.83)       0.92         1.29       (0.82)
                          -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before 
 extraordinary charge
 and cumulative effect
 of changes in 
 accounting principle            0.30        (0.04)       1.61         1.65       (0.70)
Extraordinary charge                                                  (0.25)
Cumulative effect of
 changes in accounting
 principle (3)                               (0.16)                               (0.28)
                          -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) per 
 common share              $     0.30   $    (0.20) $     1.61   $     1.40  $    (0.98)
                          ===========  =========== ===========  =========== ===========
Dividends declared per 
 common share (4)          $     0.48   $     0.62  $     0.59   $     0.56  $     0.60
                          ===========  =========== ===========  =========== ===========
Average outstanding 
 common and equivalent
 shares (000 omitted)          91,637       88,707      86,646       85,406      84,026
                          ===========  =========== ===========  =========== ===========
FINANCIAL POSITION AT 
 YEAR-END (000 omitted)
Total assets               $3,453,312   $3,716,548  $3,228,083   $2,699,283  $2,580,540
Total debt (4)                521,127      889,291     741,969      629,829     675,608
$4.75 Redeemable 
 preferred stock                6,604        6,597       6,590        6,586       6,586
Common stock and 
 other equity (4)             432,218      548,169     555,093      469,688     390,395
                          ===========  =========== ===========  =========== ===========
PEOPLE
Stockholders of record         69,772       63,925      55,241       51,300      50,688
Employees of continuing 
 operations (average)          24,807       25,504      26,573       19,038      20,630
                          ===========  =========== ===========  =========== ===========
<FN>
(1) Includes a nonrecurring gain on the sale of Viad's interest in the Phoenix Suns of $19,025,000, or $0.21 per
share, and nonrecurring spin-off costs and management transition expenses of $28,985,000, or $0.32 per share, in
1996. Also includes a nonrecurring gain of $2,260,000, or $0.03 per share, due to the curtailment of certain
postretirement medical benefits in 1995.  After deducting restructuring and other charges of  $13,200,000, or $0.16
per share, in 1992 . 
(2) See Notes A and E of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 
(3) Initial application of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of" in 1995 and SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions" in 1992.  
(4) The declines in dividends declared per common share, total debt and common stock and other equity in 1996
reflect the spin-off of The Dial Corporation. Viad's quarterly dividend decreased from $0.16 to $0.08 per share
following the spin-off. The Dial Corporation's initial dividend rate after the spin-off maintained the 1995 annual
dividend rate for stockholders who retained shares of both companies following the spin-off.
/TABLE
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
FINANCIAL CONDITION OF VIAD CORP

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

On August 15, 1996, Viad Corp ("Viad"), previously known as The Dial Corp,
completed the spin-off of its consumer products business, now conducted
under the name The Dial Corporation. In effecting the spin-off, one share
of The Dial Corporation common stock was distributed for each share of
Viad common stock outstanding (the "Distribution"). Effective May 31,
1996, shareholders of a majority-owned Viad subsidiary, Greyhound Lines of
Canada ("GLOC"), voted to separate its intercity bus transportation
business and its tourism business into two independent companies. At the
same time, GLOC minority shareholders approved an automatic share exchange
proposal whereby their ownership interests in the tourism company,
aggregating 31.5 percent, were exchanged for Viad's 68.5 percent ownership
interest in the intercity bus transportation company such that Viad became
the owner of 100 percent of the tourism company, Brewster Transport
Company Limited, in exchange for its ownership in the intercity bus
transportation business. In February 1997, Viad's Board of Directors
approved plans to dispose of Viad's cruise line business, operated by
Premier Cruise Lines. See Liquidity and Capital Resources and Note E of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of Viad include the
accounts of Viad and all of its subsidiaries. The statements have been
prepared to reflect the historical financial position and results of
operations as adjusted for the reclassification of the consumer products,
Canadian intercity bus transportation and cruise line businesses as
discontinued operations for all periods presented.

1996 vs. 1995:

Revenues for 1996 were $2.3 billion compared with $2 billion in 1995. 

Before nonrecurring items, income from continuing operations in 1996 was
$79 million, or $0.85 per share, compared with $68.5 million, or $0.76 per
share, in 1995. After a nonrecurring gain on the sale of Viad's interest
in the Phoenix Suns of $19 million, or $0.21 per share, and nonrecurring
spin-off costs and management transition expenses of $29 million, or $0.32
per share, in 1996, income from continuing operations was $69.1 million,
or $0.74 per share. Income from continuing operations of $70.8 million, or
$0.79 per share, in 1995 included a nonrecurring gain of $2.3 million, or
$0.03 per share, arising from the curtailment of certain postretirement
medical benefits by a Convention Services subsidiary.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1996        1995
                                       ----------- -----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>
Income from continuing operations 
(000 omitted):
 Before nonrecurring items              $   79,031  $   68,521
 Gain on sale of interest in
   Phoenix Suns, net of tax
   provision of $11,464                     19,025
 Spin-off costs and management 
   transition expenses, net of 
   tax benefit of $4,015                   (28,985)
 Curtailment of certain post-
   retirement medical benefits,
   net of tax provision of $1,217                        2,260
                                       ----------- -----------
 Income from continuing operations      $   69,071  $   70,781
                                       =========== ===========

Income per common share from 
continuing operations (dollars):
 Before nonrecurring items              $     0.85  $     0.76
 Gain on sale of interest
   in Phoenix Suns                            0.21
 Spin-off costs and management
   transition expenses                       (0.32)           
 Curtailment of certain post-
   retirement medical benefits                            0.03
                                       ----------- -----------
 Income per common share from 
   continuing operations                $     0.74  $     0.79
                                       =========== ===========
</TABLE>

Viad reported 1996 net income of $28.4 million, or $0.30 per share,
compared with a net loss of $16.6 million, or $0.20 per share, in 1995.
The 1996 net income is after deducting a loss from discontinued operations
of $40.7 million, or $0.44 per share, while the 1995 net loss included a
loss from discontinued operations of $73.5 million, or $0.83 per share.
See Note E of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The 1995 net
loss is also after deducting a one-time charge of $13.9 million (net of
tax benefit of $8.5 million), or $0.16 per share, to record the cumulative
effect to January 1, 1995, of the initial application of SFAS No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of." As discussed further in Note C of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, the SFAS No. 121 adjustment is a
noncash charge for assets held for disposal at January 1, 1995. 

Airline Catering and Services. Revenues of the Airline Catering and
Services segment increased $57.6 million, or 7 percent, to $858 million in
1996, with operating income increasing $5.5 million, or 8 percent. The
increase in revenues and operating income is attributed primarily to new
business, including an eight-city airline catering contract from
Continental Airlines phased in through the first part of 1996. Income from
the airplane fueling and ground handling services area was essentially
even with the prior year, due primarily to higher workers compensation
insurance costs. Operating margins increased to 8.7 percent from 1995's
8.6 percent, due to improved airline catering margins. 

Convention Services. Convention Services' 1996 revenues of $774 million
were up $185 million, or 31 percent, from those of the 1995 period, due
primarily to the acquisition of Giltspur, Inc., in October 1995. Special
events held in 1996, including the Atlanta Olympics and the Democratic
National Convention, contributed to the revenue increase. Excluding the
nonrecurring gain of $3.5 million on the curtailment of certain
postretirement medical benefits in 1995, operating income increased $13.4
million, or 26 percent, as a result of the Giltspur acquisition and
improved cost controls. On this same basis, operating margins decreased to
8.3 percent in 1996 from 8.7 percent in 1995, as the mix of convention
business changed with the addition of Giltspur.

Travel and Leisure and Payment Services. Revenues of the Travel and
Leisure and Payment Services segment were $631.2 million in 1996, up $43.8
million, or 7 percent, over those of 1995. Viad's payment services
subsidiary continues to invest increasing amounts in tax-exempt
securities. On a fully taxable equivalent basis, revenues and operating
income would have been $21.5 million and $16 million higher in 1996 and
1995, respectively. While reported operating income of $65.6 million was
down $400,000, or 1 percent, from that of 1995, operating income actually
increased $5.1 million, or 6 percent, over the prior year on the fully
taxable equivalent basis. Operating margins on the fully taxable
equivalent basis would be 13.3 percent in 1996, down slightly from 13.6
percent in 1995.

On the fully taxable equivalent basis, 1996 revenues and operating income
of payment services increased $15.4 million and $2.2 million,
respectively, over those of 1995. The revenue increase was due principally
to increased investment income arising from larger investment balances in
1996 than in 1995, which overcame lower realized investment gains.
Operating income increased due to the higher net revenues but was
partially offset by lower realized investment gains, increased commissions
and other expenses associated with increased official check business. 

Duty Free airport and shipboard concession revenues increased $44.1
million from 1995 to 1996, due primarily to the December 1995 revision of
an airport concession contract, which was formerly on a management fee
basis. Operating income improved $1.7 million, as the cost of sales from
the revised airport concession arrangement offset much of the related
revenue increase.

Travel tour service revenues and operating income improved $11.3 million
and $2.3 million, respectively, from 1995 levels, as a result of
contributions from tour operations acquired in 1995, strong growth in
icefield tour revenues, and improved passenger volumes and hotel occupancy
rates.

Revenues and operating income of the food service companies were down $1.3
million and $600,000, respectively, from those of 1995. General Motors
strike activity during 1996 temporarily closed plants served by Restaura's
contract foodservice operation. In addition, two fast food locations were
closed during 1996.

Unallocated Corporate Expense and Other Items, Net. Excluding an $872,000
increase in expenses of selling receivables, unallocated corporate expense
and other items, net, rose 6 percent.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for 1996 increased $100,000 over that
of 1995. Higher interest rates were offset by lower levels of debt
outstanding.

Income Taxes. Excluding the effect of nonrecurring items (see Note D of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements) from both periods, the 1996
effective tax rate was 30.4 percent compared to 29.3 percent in 1995. The
relatively low tax  rates in 1996 and 1995 result from the increased use
of tax-exempt investments by Viad's payment services subsidiary. Including
the effect of nonrecurring items, the 1996 effective tax rate was 37.8
percent, as no tax benefit was recorded on significant portions of
spin-off costs and management transition expenses, compared to 29.5
percent in 1995.

1995 vs. 1994:

Revenues for 1995 were $2 billion compared with $1.8 billion in 1994.

Income from continuing operations for 1995 was $70.8 million, or $0.79 per
share, including the nonrecurring gain of $2.3 million, or $0.03 per
share, on the curtailment of certain postretirement medical benefits
discussed previously. Income from continuing operations in 1994 was $61.2
million, or $0.69 per share.

Viad had a net loss of $16.6 million, or $0.20 per share, in 1995 compared
with net income of $140.3 million, or $1.61 per share, in 1994. The 1995
net loss is after deducting a loss from discontinued operations of $73.5
million, or $0.83 per share, while the 1994 net income included income
from discontinued operations of $79.1 million, or $0.92 per share. See
Note E of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The 1995 net loss is
also after deducting a one-time charge of $13.9 million, or $0.16 per
share, from the initial application of SFAS No. 121 mentioned previously. 

Airline Catering and Services. Revenues of the Airline Catering and
Services segment for 1995 of $800.3 million increased $36.7 million, or 5
percent, from 1994, with operating income increasing $6.2 million, or 10
percent. The increase is primarily attributed to having the United
Airlines flight kitchens, acquired in the first half of 1994, operational
throughout 1995. Additional aircraft service locations and other new
business from continuing locations also contributed to the increase,
partially offset by the effect of further airline meal service cutbacks on
certain domestic flights of short duration. Operating margins improved to
8.6 percent from 1994's 8.2 percent, as the former United flight kitchens
reached normal efficiency levels during 1995 versus the start-up and
training period in 1994. 

Convention Services. Convention Services' 1995 revenues of $589 million
were up $66.3 million, or 13 percent, from those of the 1994 period, due
primarily to acquisitions in 1995, including Giltspur, Inc., in the fourth
quarter of 1995. Excluding the nonrecurring $3.5 million gain on the
curtailment of certain postretirement medical benefits, operating income
increased $500,000, or 1 percent, while operating margins on that same
basis decreased to 8.7 percent in 1995 from 9.7 percent in 1994. Operating
income and margins were impacted by certain shows not repeated each year
and by higher costs of staging shows in certain locales, which more than
offset the fourth quarter 1995 contribution from Giltspur. 

Travel and Leisure and Payment Services. Revenues of the Travel and
Leisure and Payment Services segment were $587.4 million in 1995, up $67.2
million, or 13 percent, over those of 1994. These companies reported
operating income of $66 million, up $5.3 million, or 9 percent, from that
of 1994. Viad's payment services subsidiary continues to invest increasing
amounts in tax-exempt securities. On a fully taxable equivalent basis,
revenues and operating income would be higher by $16 million and $7.9
million for 1995 and 1994, respectively. Operating margins on the fully
taxable equivalent basis would be 13.6 percent in 1995, up from 13.0
percent in 1994.

On the fully taxable equivalent basis, 1995 revenues of payment services
would be $41.9 million higher than those of 1994, due principally to
increased investment income, revenues from new product lines and increased
realized investment gains. Investment income increased due to higher
investment yields and higher fund balances in 1995 than in 1994. On the
fully taxable equivalent basis, payment services operating income would be
$12.4 million above that in 1994, as the higher revenues more than offset
higher commission expense for official checks and other volume-related
costs. 

Duty Free airport and shipboard concession revenues declined $1.4 million
from 1994 to 1995, due primarily to 1994 including revenues of a major
shipboard concession phased out over the first ten months of 1994 and
fewer passenger days for continuing business, which were offset in part by
revenues from a revised airport concession arrangement late in 1995.
Operating income improved $700,000, due mostly to lower operating expenses
and the effect of higher revenue per passenger day.

Travel tour service revenues and operating income improved $39.9 million
and $2.9 million, respectively, from 1994 levels, due primarily to strong
growth in existing package tour operations, improved passenger volumes and
hotel occupancy, favorable foreign exchange rates, and acquisitions of
tour operations in Ireland and Canada.

Food service revenues improved $3.1 million from those of 1994. Increased
business at General Motors locations and at the America West Arena was
partly offset by the closing of certain fast food outlets and the sale of
a noncore operation in the second quarter of 1995. Operating income of the
food service companies increased $100,000 from 1994 to 1995 as operating
income generated from higher revenues was mostly offset by certain
one-time costs associated with the sale of the noncore operation. 

Unallocated Corporate Expense and Other Items, Net. Unallocated corporate
expense and other items, net, decreased $200,000, or 1 percent, from that
of 1994.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for 1995 increased $5.7 million over
that of 1994, as both debt levels and interest rates on floating-rate debt
were higher in 1995 than in 1994. Debt level increases were due primarily
to the acquisition of Giltspur in October 1995. 

Income Taxes. The 1995 effective tax rate was 29.5 percent, down from 32.6
percent in 1994. This reduction in the effective tax rate resulted
primarily from the increased use of tax-exempt investments by Viad's
payment services subsidiary.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES: 

In connection with the Distribution described in Notes A, E and I of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements, in August 1996 Viad borrowed $280
million under a new $350 million bank credit facility and used the
proceeds to repay floating-rate indebtedness of Viad. The credit facility
and the related liability were then assumed by The Dial Corporation upon
the spin-off, thereby transferring that portion of Viad's outstanding
indebtedness deemed attributable to The Dial Corporation. On a pro forma
basis, after giving effect to the debt assumed by The Dial Corporation and
the reduction of equity upon the Distribution, Viad's debt-to-capital
ratio would have been approximately 0.60 to 1 at December 31, 1995. The
debt-to-capital ratio at December 31, 1996 was 0.54 to 1. Capital is
defined as total debt plus minority interests, preferred stock and common
stock and other equity.

In July 1994, a Shelf Registration filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission became effective. Under the Shelf Registration, Viad can issue
up to an aggregate $500 million of debt and equity securities. No
securities have yet been issued under the program. The Shelf Registration
enhances Viad's future financing options.

Viad's payment service operations generate funds from the sale of money
orders and other payment instruments (classified as "Payment service
obligations"). The proceeds of such sales are invested by Viad's payment
services subsidiary, in accordance with applicable state laws, in highly
liquid debt instruments (classified, along with cash on hand and cash in
transit from agents, as "Funds, agents' receivables and current maturities
of investments restricted for payment service obligations"), which before
consolidating eliminations included investment-grade commercial paper
issued by Viad and supported along with the rest of Viad's outstanding
commercial paper by a credit commitment under a long-term revolving bank
credit agreement, as described in Note I of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements; and in a portfolio of high-quality investments (all
of the investments at December 31, 1996 have ratings of A- or higher or
are collateralized by federal agency securities), including federal, state
and municipal obligations, asset-backed securities and corporate debt
securities (classified as "Investments restricted for payment service
obligations"). These investments are restricted by state regulatory
agencies for use by Viad's payment services subsidiary to satisfy the
liability to pay, upon presentment, the face amount of such payment
service obligations, and accordingly such assets are not available to
satisfy working capital or other financing requirements of Viad.
Fluctuations in the balances of payment service assets and obligations
result from varying levels of sales of money orders and other payment
instruments, the timing of the collections of agents' receivables and the
timing of the presentment of such instruments.

With respect to working capital, in order to minimize the effects of
borrowing costs on earnings, Viad strives to maintain current assets
(principally cash, inventories and receivables) at the lowest practicable
levels while at the same time taking advantage of the payment terms
offered by trade creditors. These efforts notwithstanding, working capital
requirements fluctuate significantly from seasonal factors as well as
changes in levels of receivables and inventories caused by numerous
business factors.

Viad satisfies a portion of its working capital and other financing
requirements with short-term borrowings (through commercial paper, bank
note programs and bank lines of credit) and the sale of receivables. As
discussed in Note I of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
short-term borrowings are supported by a long-term revolving bank credit
agreement. Effective with the Distribution in August 1996, Viad's
borrowings are supported by unused commitments under a $400 million
long-term revolving bank credit agreement. 

In addition, as discussed further in Note O of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements, Viad has an agreement to sell up to $75 million of
trade accounts receivable under which the purchaser has agreed to invest
collected amounts in new purchases. The accounts receivable sold totaled
$75 million at December 31, 1996. The agreement expires in August 1997 but
is expected to be extended annually.

As discussed in Note J of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in
September 1992 Viad sold 10,491,800 shares of treasury stock to Viad's
Employee Equity Trust (the "Trust"). This Trust is being used to fund
certain existing employee compensation and benefit plans over the
scheduled 15-year term of the Trust. The Trust acquired the shares of
common stock from Viad for a $200 million promissory note at the date of
sale. For financial reporting purposes, the Trust is consolidated with
Viad. The fair market value of the shares held by the Trust, representing
unearned employee benefits, was recorded as a deduction from common stock
and other equity, and is reduced as employee benefits are funded. At
December 31, 1996, a total of 5,670,818 shares remained in the Trust and
were available to fund future benefit obligations. 

Capital spending has been reduced by obtaining, where appropriate,
equipment and other property under operating leases. Viad's capital asset
needs and working capital requirements are expected to be financed
primarily with internally generated funds. Viad has entered into a
long-term concession contract, commencing in 1998, to provide food and
beverage service at Bank One Ballpark, which will be the home of the
Arizona Diamondbacks, a new major league baseball franchise. The ballpark
is currently under construction in Phoenix, Arizona. In conjunction with
the concession agreement, Viad has committed to capital expenditures of up
to $30 million for build-out of the ballpark's food and beverage
facilities in late 1997 and early 1998, which is expected to result in
higher than normal annual capital expenditures in 1997. Cash flows from
operations, receivables sales, proceeds from the sale of businesses and
noncore assets and proceeds from the exercise of stock options during the
past three years have generally been sufficient to finance capital
expenditures, the purchase of businesses and cash dividends to
stockholders. Viad expects these trends to continue with operating cash
flows, proceeds from the sale of noncore assets and proceeds from the sale
of Trust shares and other treasury stock generally being sufficient to
finance its business. Should financing requirements exceed such sources of
funds, Viad believes it has adequate external financing sources available,
including Viad's $500 million Shelf Registration, to cover any such
shortfall.

As indicated in Note M of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, 
Viad has certain unfunded pension and other postretirement benefit plans
that require payments over extended periods of time. Such future benefit
payments are not expected to materially affect Viad's liquidity.

As of December 31, 1996, Viad has recorded U.S. deferred income tax assets
totaling $80.5 million, which Viad believes to be fully realizable in
future years. The realization of such benefits will require average annual
taxable income over the next 15 years (the current Federal loss
carryforward period) of approximately $15 million. Viad's average U.S.
pretax income from continuing operations, exclusive of nondeductible
goodwill amortization and minority interests, over the past three years
has been approximately $93 million. Furthermore, approximately $34 million
of the deferred income tax benefits relate to unfunded pension,
compensation and other employee benefits which will become deductible for
income tax purposes as they are paid, which will occur over extended
periods of time. 

Viad is subject to various environmental laws and regulations of the
United States as well as of the states and other countries in whose
jurisdictions Viad has or had operations and is subject to certain
international agreements. As is the case with many companies, Viad faces
exposure to actual or potential claims and lawsuits involving
environmental matters. Viad believes that any liabilities resulting
therefrom, after taking into consideration amounts already provided for,
but exclusive of any potential insurance recovery, should not have a
material adverse effect on Viad's financial position or results of
operations.

BUSINESS OUTLOOK AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS:

Viad has actively sought to implement a focused business strategy through
acquisitions and divestitures. Viad, formerly named The Greyhound
Corporation and later The Dial Corp, has acted consistently to strengthen
its focus on its core businesses through acquisitions of complementary
businesses, the 1992 spin-off of its financial services and insurance
business and the 1996 spin-off of its consumer products business to
stockholders. Since 1983, Viad has also divested noncore businesses,
including its meat packing business, its domestic intercity bus business,
its computer leasing business and its transportation manufacturing and
replacement parts business. The May 1996 disposition of the Canadian
intercity bus transportation business and the planned disposition of its
cruise line business are a continuation of the overall strategy.

Going forward, Viad will continue to evaluate and determine the best use
of its resources and continue to assess alternatives and pursue objectives
appropriate to its specific businesses. Viad also will continue to pursue
the sale of noncore assets, including various real estate holdings. In the
fourth quarter of 1996, Viad sold its interest in the Phoenix Suns. 

The challenges for Viad's businesses for 1997 and beyond are many. Viad's
focus will primarily be in its three core businesses--airline catering,
convention services and payment services. The key to success will be to
excel in providing the highest quality of services in these markets and
continue to grow revenues and operating income in an increasingly
competitive and changing marketplace. Viad will continue to focus on
improving and maintaining healthy operating margins, through monitoring
and reducing costs and expenses. Viad remains aggressive in its commitment
to continue to enhance stockholder value in the years ahead.

As provided by the "Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995," Viad cautions readers that, in addition to
the historical information contained herein, this annual report includes
certain forward-looking statements, assumptions and discussions which
involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, economic,
competitive and capital marketplace factors which affect Viad's
operations, markets, products, services and prices which could cause
Viad's future results and stockholder values to differ materially from
those expressed or implied in any forward-looking comments made by, or on
behalf of, Viad.

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Viad Corp has the responsibility for preparing and
assuring the integrity and objectivity of the accompanying financial
statements and other financial information in this report. The financial
statements were developed using generally accepted accounting principles
and appropriate policies, consistently applied except for the change in
1995 to comply with new accounting requirements for impairment of
long-lived assets as discussed in Note C of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements. They reflect, where applicable, management's best
estimates and judgments and include disclosures and explanations which are
relevant to an understanding of the financial affairs of the Company.

The Company's financial statements have been audited by Deloitte & Touche
LLP, independent auditors elected by the stockholders. Management has made
available to Deloitte & Touche LLP all of the Company's financial records
and related data, and has made appropriate and complete written and oral
representations and disclosures in connection with the audit.

Management has established and maintains a system of internal control that
it believes provides reasonable assurance as to the integrity and
reliability of the financial statements, the protection of assets and the
prevention and detection of fraudulent financial reporting. The system of
internal control is believed to provide for appropriate division of
responsibilities and is documented by written policies and procedures that
are utilized by employees involved in the financial reporting process.
Management also recognizes its responsibility for fostering a strong
ethical climate. This responsibility is characterized and reflected in the
Company's Code of Corporate Conduct, which is communicated to all of the
Company's executives and managers.

The Company also maintains a comprehensive internal auditing function
which independently monitors compliance and assesses the effectiveness of
the internal controls and recommends potential improvements thereto. In
addition, as part of their audit of the Company's financial statements,
the independent auditors review and evaluate selected internal accounting
and other controls to establish a basis for reliance thereon in
determining the audit tests to be applied. There is close coordination of
audit planning and coverage between the Company's internal auditing
function and the independent auditors. Management has considered the
recommendations of both internal auditing and the independent auditors
concerning the Company's system of internal control and has taken actions
believed to be cost-effective in the circumstances to implement
appropriate recommendations and otherwise enhance controls. Management
believes that the Company's system of internal control accomplishes the
objectives discussed herein.

The Board of Directors oversees the Company's financial reporting through
its Audit Committee, which regularly meets with management representatives
and, jointly and separately, with the independent auditors and internal
auditing management to review interest rate swap activity, accounting,
auditing and financial reporting matters.

/s/ Richard C. Stephan
Richard C. Stephan         
Vice President--Controller              

/s/ Ronald G. Nelson
Ronald G. Nelson
Vice President--Finance
and Treasurer

/s/ Gerald L. Berner
Gerald L. Berner
Vice President--Internal Auditing

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Viad Corp:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Viad Corp
(formerly named The Dial Corp) as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
related consolidated statements of income, common stock and other equity
and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Viad Corp as of December
31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, the
Company changed its method of accounting for impairment of long-lived
assets in 1995.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
February 21, 1997 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
VIAD CORP CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

December 31, (000 omitted, except share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1996        1995
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents                   $    4,422  $   17,945
 Receivables, less allowance of 
   $12,744 and $14,760                          163,262     149,631
 Inventories                                     93,730      83,132
 Deferred income taxes                           32,567      30,689
 Other current assets                            59,562      36,198
                                            ----------- -----------
                                                353,543     317,595
 Funds, agents' receivables and 
   current maturities of investments 
   restricted for payment service 
   obligations, after eliminating 
   $90,000 invested in Viad 
   commercial paper                             670,258     786,081
                                            ----------- -----------
 Total current assets                         1,023,801   1,103,676
Investments restricted for payment 
 service obligations                          1,144,279     880,035
Property and equipment                          473,039     447,553
Other investments and assets                    125,705     103,508
Investments in discontinued operations           97,958     625,737
Deferred income taxes                            47,904      36,707
Intangibles                                     540,626     519,332
                                            ----------- -----------
                                             $3,453,312  $3,716,548
                                            =========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
 Accounts payable                            $  148,990  $  108,999
 Accrued compensation                            68,976      64,780
 Other current liabilities                      263,049     239,654
 Current portion of long-term debt                2,348      77,450
                                            ----------- -----------
                                                483,363     490,883
 Payment service obligations                  1,869,480   1,739,508
                                            ----------- -----------
 Total current liabilities                    2,352,843   2,230,391
Long-term debt                                  518,779     811,841
Pension and other benefits                       61,689      59,519
Other deferred items and insurance 
 reserves                                        73,291      47,413
Commitments and contingent liabilities 
 (Notes J, N, O and P) 
Minority interests                                7,888      12,618
$4.75 Redeemable preferred stock                  6,604       6,597
Common stock and other equity:
 Common stock, $1.50 par value, 
   200,000,000 shares authorized, 
   97,108,724 shares issued                     145,663     145,663
 Additional capital                             282,203     362,205
 Retained income                                146,664     322,439
 Cumulative translation adjustments              (1,519)    (18,380)
 Unearned employee benefits                    (118,766)   (213,996)
 Unrealized gain on securities 
   classified as available for
   sale, net of tax                                 205       1,456
 Common stock in treasury, at cost, 
   1,162,718 and 2,877,500 shares               (22,232)    (51,218)
                                            ----------- -----------
 Total common stock and other equity            432,218     548,169
                                            ----------- -----------
                                             $3,453,312  $3,716,548
                                            =========== ===========
<FN>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
VIAD CORP STATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED INCOME

Year ended December 31, (000 omitted, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
REVENUES                        $2,263,228   $1,976,745  $1,806,597
                               ===========  =========== ===========
Costs and expenses:
 Costs of sales and services     2,058,846    1,787,420   1,632,776
 Unallocated corporate 
   expense and other 
   items, net                       36,131       33,354      33,594
 Interest expense                   53,019       52,897      47,247
 Nonrecurring items:
   Gain on sale of interest
    in Phoenix Suns                (30,489)              
   Spin-off costs and  
    management transition
    expenses                        33,000
 Minority interests                  1,752        2,629       2,279
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
                                 2,152,259    1,876,300   1,715,896
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Income before income taxes         110,969      100,445      90,701
Income taxes                        41,898       29,664      29,528
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING 
 OPERATIONS                         69,071       70,781      61,173
Income (loss) from 
 discontinued operations           (40,694)     (73,465)     79,138
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before 
 cumulative effect of 
 change in accounting
 principle                          28,377       (2,684)    140,311
Cumulative effect, net of tax
 benefit of $8,459, to 
 January 1,1995, of initial
 application of SFAS No. 121,
 "Accounting for the Impairment
 of Long-Lived Assets and for 
 Long-Lived Assets to Be 
 Disposed Of"                                   (13,875)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS)               $   28,377   $  (16,559) $  140,311
                               ===========  =========== ===========

INCOME (LOSS) PER 
 COMMON SHARE:
 Continuing operations          $     0.74   $     0.79  $     0.69
 Discontinued operations             (0.44)       (0.83)       0.92
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
 Income (loss) before 
   cumulative effect of 
   change in accounting 
   principle                          0.30        (0.04)       1.61
 Cumulative effect, to 
   January 1, 1995, of 
   initial application 
   of SFAS No. 121                                (0.16)           
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER 
 COMMON SHARE                   $     0.30   $    (0.20) $     1.61
                               ===========  =========== ===========
Dividends declared per 
 common share                   $     0.48   $     0.62  $     0.59
                               ===========  =========== ===========
Average outstanding 
 common and 
 equivalent shares                  91,637       88,707      86,646
                               ===========  =========== ===========

<FN>                            
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
VIAD CORP STATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

Year ended December 31, (000 omitted)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED (USED) BY
 OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)               $   28,377   $  (16,559) $  140,311
Adjustments to reconcile net 
 income (loss) to net cash 
 provided by operating 
 activities:
   Depreciation and 
    amortization                    74,444       68,872      62,685
   Deferred income taxes             8,685        9,133      13,422
   Loss (income) from 
    discontinued operations         40,694       73,465     (79,138)
   Spin-off costs and manage-
    ment transition expenses        33,000                         
   Cumulative effect of change
    in accounting principle                      13,875            
   Gains on sales of property
    and other assets, net          (42,382)     (11,350)     (4,087)
   Other noncash items, net         13,774       11,901      10,639
   Change in operating 
    assets and liabilities:     
    Receivables and 
     inventories                   (20,083)     (33,682)    (20,536)
    Payment service assets 
     and obligations, net          242,728      186,908     166,200
    Accounts payable and 
     accrued compensation           38,472        5,458      15,532
    Other assets and 
     liabilities, net              (63,995)     (31,747)     39,528
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by 
 operating activities              353,714      276,274     344,556
                               -----------  ----------- -----------

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED (USED) BY 
 INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures               (82,149)     (59,585)    (54,989)
Acquisitions of businesses, 
 net of cash acquired              (21,731)     (93,803)   (145,042)
Proceeds from sales of 
 property and other assets          44,687       11,614       6,025
Investments restricted for 
 payment service obligations:
   Proceeds from sales and 
    maturities of securities 
    classified as available 
    for sale                       581,192      485,664     237,972
   Proceeds from sales and 
    maturities of securities
    classified as held to 
    maturity                        25,584       22,201
   Purchases of securities 
    classified as available 
    for sale                      (630,685)    (577,884)   (341,716)
   Purchases of securities 
    classified as held to 
    maturity                      (241,616)    (103,553)   (105,023)
Investments in and advances 
 from (to) discontinued 
 operations, net                    50,530     (100,858)    (37,245)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Net cash used by 
 investing activities             (274,188)    (416,204)   (440,018)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------

CASH FLOWS PROVIDED (USED) BY 
 FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from long-term 
 borrowings                                      40,000      70,000
Payments on long-term 
 borrowings                        (77,615)      (2,314)     (2,238)
Net change in short-term 
 borrowings classified 
 as long-term debt                 (12,888)     100,388      44,296
Dividends on common and 
 preferred stock                   (43,869)     (55,024)    (51,401)
Minority portion of subsi-
 diary's special dividend                                    (9,761)
Proceeds from sales of 
 treasury stock                     40,032       32,062      28,546
Net change in receivables 
 sold                               14,203       36,797       6,000
Cash payments on interest 
 rate swaps                        (12,912)     (16,802)    (17,795)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Net cash provided (used)
 by financing activities           (93,049)     135,107      67,647
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Net decrease in cash and 
 cash equivalents                  (13,523)      (4,823)    (27,815)
Cash and cash equivalents, 
 beginning of year                  17,945       22,768      50,583
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, 
 END OF YEAR                    $    4,422   $   17,945  $   22,768
                               ===========  =========== ===========

SIGNIFICANT NONCASH INVESTING 
 AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:      
 Assumption of debt by 
   The Dial Corporation         $  280,000             
 Distribution of equity 
   in the consumer products
   business to Viad 
   stockholders                    155,450             
 Acquisition of minority 
   interest in the Canadian
   tourism business in 
   exchange for Viad's
   ownership in the inter-
   city bus transportation
   business                         20,150
                               -----------   
 Decrease in investments
   in discontinued 
   operations                   $  455,600
                               ===========             
<FN>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
VIAD CORP STATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED COMMON STOCK AND OTHER EQUITY

Year ended December 31, (000 omitted)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
COMMON STOCK:
Balance, beginning of year      $  145,663   $  145,663  $   72,832
Two-for-one stock split                                      72,831
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Balance, end of year            $  145,663   $  145,663  $  145,663
                               ===========  =========== ===========

ADDITIONAL CAPITAL:
Balance, beginning of year      $  362,205   $  308,350  $  378,814
Two-for-one stock split                                     (72,831)
Treasury shares issued in 
 connection with employee 
 benefit plans                      (9,986)        (752)     (2,763) 
Treasury shares issued in 
 connection with dividend 
 reinvestment plan                   3,168        2,949       1,175
Net change in unamortized 
 amount of performance-
 based and restricted 
 stock awards                        2,070        2,428      (4,456)
Employee Equity Trust 
 adjustment to market value         13,422       54,484       8,635
Distribution of consumer 
 products business to 
 Viad stockholders                 (88,607)
Treasury shares issued in 
 connection with acquisition 
 of subsidiary                                   (5,202)
Other, net                             (69)         (52)       (224)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Balance, end of year            $  282,203   $  362,205  $  308,350
                               ===========  =========== ===========

RETAINED INCOME:
Balance, beginning of year      $  322,439   $  393,233  $  304,481
Net income (loss)                   28,377      (16,559)    140,311
Dividends on common and 
 preferred stock                   (43,869)     (55,024)    (51,401)
Distribution of consumer 
 products business to 
 Viad stockholders                (160,026)
Other, net                            (257)         789        (158)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Balance, end of year            $  146,664   $  322,439  $  393,233
                               ===========  =========== ===========

CUMULATIVE TRANSLATION 
 ADJUSTMENTS:
Balance, beginning of year      $  (18,380)  $  (20,910) $   (9,889)
Unrealized translation 
 gain (loss)                            19        2,530     (11,021)
Distribution of consumer 
 products business to 
 Viad stockholders                   4,576
Disposition of Canadian 
 intercity bus 
 transportation business            12,266                         
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Balance, end of year            $   (1,519)  $  (18,380) $  (20,910)
                               ===========  =========== ===========

UNEARNED EMPLOYEE BENEFITS:
Balance, beginning of year      $ (213,996)  $ (176,201) $ (189,940)
Employee benefits earned            20,045       16,689      22,374
Employee Equity Trust 
 adjustment to market value        (13,422)     (54,484)     (8,635)
Distribution of consumer 
 products business to 
 Viad stockholders                  88,607
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Balance, end of year            $ (118,766)  $ (213,996) $ (176,201)
                               ===========  =========== ===========

UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON 
 SECURITIES CLASSIFIED AS 
 AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
Balance, beginning of year      $    1,456   $  (21,742) $       --
Unrealized loss on 
 securities classified as
 available for sale at 
 January 1, 1994, due to
 adoption of SFAS No. 115                                    (1,369)
Net change in unrealized 
 gain (loss)                        (1,251)      23,198     (20,373)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Balance, end of year            $      205   $    1,456  $  (21,742)
                               ===========  =========== ===========

COMMON STOCK IN TREASURY:
Balance, beginning of year      $  (51,218)  $  (73,300) $  (86,610)
Shares issued in connection 
 with employee benefit 
 plans                              19,453        8,448       4,794
Shares issued in connection 
 with dividend reinvestment 
 plan                                9,417        6,368       4,866
Shares issued in connection 
 with acquisition of 
 subsidiary                                       5,131
Other, net                             116        2,135       3,650
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Balance, end of year            $  (22,232)  $  (51,218) $  (73,300)
                               ===========  =========== ===========

COMMON STOCK AND OTHER EQUITY   $  432,218   $  548,169  $  555,093
                               ===========  =========== ===========
<FN>
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
VIAD CORP NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

A. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation. The Consolidated Financial Statements of Viad
Corp ("Viad"), previously known as The Dial Corp, include the accounts of
Viad and all of its subsidiaries. On August 15, 1996, Viad spun off its
consumer products business, now conducted under the name The Dial
Corporation. Viad also disposed of its 68.5 percent ownership interest in
its Canadian intercity bus transportation business on May 31, 1996. In
February 1997, Viad's Board of Directors approved plans to dispose of
Viad's cruise line business. The accompanying financial statements have
been prepared to reflect the historical financial position and results of
operations as adjusted for the reclassification of the consumer products,
Canadian intercity bus transportation and cruise line businesses as
discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note E of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, which require management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Intercompany accounts and transactions between Viad and its subsidiaries
have been eliminated in consolidation. Described below are those
accounting policies particularly significant to Viad, including those
selected from acceptable alternatives.

Cash Equivalents. Viad considers all highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less from date of purchase as cash
equivalents.

Inventories. Inventories, which consist primarily of duty-free
merchandise, exhibit materials, food and supplies used in providing
services, are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out and average
cost methods) or market.

Funds and Agents' Receivables and Investments Restricted for Payment
Service Obligations. Viad's payment service operations generate funds from
the sale of money orders and other payment instruments (classified as
"Payment service obligations"). The proceeds of such sales are invested by
Viad's payment services subsidiary, in accordance with applicable state
laws, in highly liquid debt instruments (classified, along with cash on
hand and cash in transit from agents, as "Funds, agents' receivables and
current maturities of investments restricted for payment service
obligations"), which before consolidating eliminations, included
investment-grade commercial paper issued by Viad and supported along with
the rest of Viad's outstanding commercial paper by a credit commitment
under a long-term revolving bank credit agreement, as described in Note I
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements; and in a portfolio of
high-quality investments (all of the investments at December 31, 1996,
have ratings of A- or higher or are collateralized by federal agency
securities), including federal, state and municipal obligations,
asset-backed securities and corporate debt securities (classified as
"Investments restricted for payment service obligations"). These
investments are restricted by state regulatory agencies for use by Viad's
payment services subsidiary to satisfy the liability to pay, upon
presentment, the face amount of such payment service obligations and
accordingly such assets are not available to satisfy working capital or
other financing requirements of Viad.

Effective January 1, 1994, Viad adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity Securities." Viad is required by SFAS No. 115 to classify
securities into one of three categories at acquisition: available for
sale, held to maturity, or trading, with different reporting requirements
for each classification. See Note F of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a discussion of the classification and reporting of these
securities.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. As discussed further in Note C of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements, in the fourth quarter of 1995, Viad
elected the early adoption of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." SFAS
No. 121 establishes the accounting standards for the impairment of
long-lived assets, certain identifiable intangibles, and goodwill related
to those assets which are to be held and used and for long-lived assets
and certain identifiable intangibles which are to be disposed of.

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 121, Viad reviews the
carrying values of its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for
possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of assets to be held and used may not be
recoverable. SFAS No. 121 requires that for assets to be held and used, if
the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the
carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss should be recognized,
measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value
of the asset. For assets to be disposed of, Viad reports long-lived assets
and certain identifiable intangibles at the lower of carrying amount or
fair value less cost to sell.

Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of
impairment write-downs. Depreciation is provided principally by use of the
straight-line method at annual rates as follows:

 Buildings                                   2% to 5%
 Machinery and other equipment               5% to 33%
 Leasehold improvements                      Lesser of lease term
                                             or useful life

Intangibles. Intangibles are carried at cost less accumulated
amortization. Intangibles are amortized on the straight-line method over
the estimated lives or periods of expected benefit, but not in excess of
40 years. Viad evaluates the carrying value of goodwill and other
intangible assets at each reporting period for possible impairment in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 121 described above. 

Pension and Other Benefits. Trusteed, noncontributory pension plans cover
substantially all employees, with benefit levels supplemented in most
cases by defined matching company stock contributions to employees' 401(k)
plans. Defined benefits are based primarily on final average pay and years
of service. Funding policies provide that payments to defined benefit
pension trusts shall be at least equal to the minimum funding required by
applicable regulations. Certain defined pension benefits, primarily those
in excess of benefit levels under qualified pension plans, are unfunded.

Viad has unfunded defined benefit postretirement plans that provide
medical and life insurance for eligible retirees and dependents. The
related postretirement benefit liabilities are recognized over the period
that services are provided by employees.

Foreign Currency Translation. In accordance with SFAS No. 52, "Foreign
Currency Translation," the assets and liabilities of Viad's foreign
subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect
at the balance sheet date, with resulting unrealized translation gains and
losses accumulated in a separate component of common stock and other
equity. Income and expense items are converted into U.S. dollars at
average rates of exchange prevailing during the year.

Derivatives. Amounts receivable or payable under swap agreements are
accrued and recognized as an adjustment to the expense of the related
transaction as discussed in Notes I and O of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements. Gains and losses from foreign exchange forward
contracts which hedge identifiable foreign currency commitments are
deferred and recognized in income in the same period as the hedged
transaction.

Stock-Based Compensation. In October 1995, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." As permitted by SFAS No. 123, Viad uses the intrinsic value
method prescribed by APB No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees," and related interpretations in accounting for its plans.
Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for its
stock-based compensation plans other than for performance-based and
restricted stock awards and stock appreciation rights.   A summary of the
pro forma effects on reported income from continuing operations and
earnings per share from continuing operations for 1996 and 1995 as if the
fair value method of accounting defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied
is included in Note K of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Sale of Receivables. In June 1996, FASB issued SFAS No. 125, "Accounting
for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of
Liabilities." SFAS No.125 permits sale accounting treatment for transfers
of financial assets in which the transferor surrenders control over those
assets and consideration other than beneficial interests in the
transferred assets is received in exchange. SFAS No. 125 defines the
conditions under which a transferor has surrendered control.

Viad currently accounts for the sale of Viad's trade accounts receivables
under SFAS No. 77, "Reporting by Transferors for Transfers of Receivables
with Recourse." Viad will adopt SFAS No. 125 on January 1, 1997, as
required. Sale of trade accounts receivables entered into after December
31, 1996 are expected to be structured in a manner that qualifies for sale
accounting under SFAS No. 125. The adoption of SFAS No. 125 is not
expected to have a material effect on Viad's financial position or results
of operations. 

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share. Net income (loss) per common share is
based on net income (loss) after preferred stock dividend requirements and
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year
after giving effect to stock options considered to be dilutive common
stock equivalents. Fully diluted net income (loss) per common share is not
materially different from primary net income (loss) per common share.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") shares are treated as outstanding
for net income (loss) per share calculations. The average outstanding
common and equivalent shares does not include shares held by the Employee
Equity Trust (the "Trust"). Shares held by the Trust are not considered
outstanding for net income (loss) per share calculations until the shares
are released from the Trust.

B. ACQUISITIONS OF BUSINESSES

During 1996, Viad purchased two convention services companies, a travel
tour company and the remaining interest in several airline catering joint
ventures. Viad also acquired the remaining minority interest in its
Canadian tourism business, Brewster Transport Company Limited, in a
noncash exchange, as described in Note E of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

During 1995, Viad acquired Giltspur, Inc., an exhibit construction and
services company, and several smaller companies.

Also during 1995, Viad acquired all of the common stock of a small payment
services company in exchange for approximately 300,000 shares of Viad's
common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a pooling of interests.
Prior period financial statements have not been restated, as the results
of the acquired company are not significant to the consolidated results of
operations. The accompanying financial statements include the accounts and
results of operations from the date of acquisition.

During 1994, Viad completed its acquisition of the final eleven of fifteen
airline catering kitchens from United Airlines and also acquired several
smaller companies.

Except for the pooling of interests transaction described above, the
acquisitions were accounted for as purchases. The purchase prices,
including acquisition costs, were allocated to the net tangible and
intangible assets acquired based on estimated fair values at the dates of
the acquisitions. The difference between the purchase prices and the
related fair values of net assets acquired represents goodwill. The
results of the acquired operations have been included in the Statement of
Consolidated Income from the dates of acquisition. The results of
operations of the acquired companies from the beginning of the year to the
dates of acquisition are not material.

Net cash paid, assets acquired and debt and other liabilities assumed in
all acquisitions of businesses accounted for as purchases for the years
ended December 31 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(000 omitted)                         1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Assets acquired: 
 Property and equipment         $    3,813   $   17,672  $   73,494
 Intangibles, primarily 
   goodwill (1)                     16,620       83,650      67,947
 Other assets                        9,517       56,354       9,472
Debt and other liabilities
 assumed                            (8,219)     (63,873)     (5,871)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Net cash paid                   $   21,731   $   93,803  $  145,042
                               ===========  =========== ===========
<FN>
(1) Excludes additional goodwill of $15,688,000 recorded in 1996 in connection with the
acquisition of the remaining minority interest in the Canadian tourism business in a noncash
exchange.
</TABLE>

C. IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

In the fourth quarter of 1995, Viad elected the early adoption of SFAS No.
121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." The initial application of SFAS No.
121 to long-lived assets held for disposal at January 1, 1995, resulted in
a noncash charge of $13,875,000 (net of tax benefit of $8,459,000) and is
reported in the Statement of Consolidated Income as a cumulative effect of
a change in accounting principle. The charge represents the adjustment
required to individually remeasure such assets at the lower of carrying
amount or fair value less cost to sell. Long-lived assets held for
disposal consist principally of miscellaneous real estate remaining from
businesses previously disposed of by Viad, including former bus terminal
properties retained upon disposition of Greyhound Lines, Inc. in 1987,
land parcels retained upon the spin-off of FINOVA in 1992, and other
nonoperating properties. These assets had a total carrying value of
$17,914,000 and $18,452,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
While these assets are being actively marketed, Viad expects that the
period of disposal may exceed one year for most of the assets.

D. NONRECURRING ITEMS

On December 31, 1996, Viad sold its 26 percent limited partnership
interest in the Phoenix Suns National Basketball Association team for
$31,500,000, resulting in a gain of $30,489,000 ($19,025,000 after-tax),
after deducting transaction costs and carrying amount of the investment. 

As discussed in Note E of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, on
August 15, 1996, Viad completed the spin-off of its consumer products
business. Spin-off costs and management transition expenses totaling
$33,000,000 ($28,985,000 after-tax) have been recorded as expenses of
continuing operations. In addition, $5,000,000 of such costs, without tax
benefit, were allocated to the consumer products business and are
classified as discontinued operations expense. These charges are comprised
primarily of spin-off transaction costs, professional fees and
compensation required by certain former executive officers' employment
contracts.  

In addition, a gain of $3,477,000 ($2,260,000 after-tax) arising from the
curtailment of certain postretirement medical benefits by a Convention
Services subsidiary was recorded in 1995.

E. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On August 15, 1996, Viad completed the spin-off of its consumer products
business, now conducted under the name The Dial Corporation. In effecting
the spin-off, the holders of common stock of Viad received a Distribution
(the "Distribution")of one share of common stock of The Dial Corporation
for each share of Viad common stock. In conjunction with the spin-off,
certain liabilities and deferred income tax assets related primarily to
specified pension and postretirement plans of former employees of Armour
and Company, which was previously a subsidiary of Viad, were transferred
to and assumed by The Dial Corporation. Accordingly, income (loss) from
operations of the consumer products business, presented as a discontinued
operation, includes expenses arising from such items. 

Effective May 31, 1996, shareholders of Greyhound Lines of Canada ("GLOC")
voted to separate its intercity bus transportation business and its
tourism business into two independent companies. At the same time, GLOC
minority shareholders approved an automatic share exchange proposal
whereby their ownership interests in the tourism business, aggregating
31.5 percent, were exchanged for Viad's 68.5 percent ownership interest in
the intercity bus transportation company such that Viad became the owner
of 100 percent of the tourism company, Brewster Transport Company Limited,
in exchange for its ownership in the intercity bus transportation company.
As a result, the Canadian intercity bus transportation company is
presented as a discontinued operation.

In February 1997, Viad's Board of Directors approved plans to dispose of
Viad's cruise line business, operated by Premier Cruise Lines. The
Star/Ship Majestic, formerly on charter to a European operator, was sold
in December 1996, and Viad announced the sale of the Star/Ship Atlantic in
January 1997, with closing scheduled for later in the first quarter of
1997. 

Revenues applicable to the operations of the discontinued consumer
products, Canadian intercity bus transportation and cruise line businesses
totaled $998,792,000, $1,598,325,000 and $1,740,250,000 in 1996, 1995 and
1994, respectively. Interest expense of $13,096,000, $20,425,000 and
$12,468,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, was allocated to the
consumer products business based on the lesser of a) interest on the debt
and interest rate swap assumed by The Dial Corporation as described in
Note I of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements or b) the amount of
intercompany interest that had historically been charged by Viad on
interest-bearing advances based on the prime lending rate. Interest
allocated to the intercity bus transportation and cruise line businesses
was not material.

The caption "Income (loss) from discontinued operations" in the Statement
of Consolidated Income for the years ended December 31 includes the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)
                                      1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Consumer products business:
 Income (loss) from operations 
   through August 15, 1996, 
   net of tax provision 
   (benefit) of $22,817, 
   $(22,974) and $52,165 (1)    $   35,620   $  (33,105) $   84,031
 Spin-off costs and manage-
   ment transition expenses, 
   without tax benefit              (5,000)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
                                    30,620      (33,105)     84,031
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Canadian intercity bus 
transportation business, 
net of applicable minority 
interests:
 Income (loss) from operations
   through May 31, 1996, net
   of tax (benefit) provision
   of $(510), $4,975 and 
   $3,350                             (583)       3,954       2,681
 Cumulative effect, net of 
   tax provision of $905, to 
   January 1, 1995, of initial
   application of SFAS No. 121,
   to Canadian intercity bus
   transportation assets held
   for disposal                                  (3,821) 
 Transaction costs, loss on 
   disposition and foreign 
   currency translation 
   losses (2)                      (15,866)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
                                   (16,449)         133       2,681
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Cruise line business:
 Loss from operations, net 
   of tax benefit of $174, 
   $23,517 and $3,659 (3)              (70)     (40,493)     (7,574)
 Estimated loss on disposal, 
   including provision of 
   $3,000 for operating losses
   during phase-out period, net
   of tax benefit of $19,250       (35,750)            
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
                                   (35,820)     (40,493)     (7,574)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Provisions related to 
 previously discontinued 
 businesses, net of tax
 benefit of $10,955 (4)            (19,045)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Income (loss) from 
 discontinued operations        $  (40,694)  $  (73,465) $   79,138
                               ===========  =========== ===========

<FN>
(1) After deducting restructuring charges and asset write-downs of $135,600,000
($82,100,000 after-tax) in 1995.
(2) Includes spin-off and exchange transaction costs, totaling $1,579,000, associated with
the disposition of the Canadian intercity bus transportation business, along with a loss
recorded on the disposition of $2,021,000 and recognition of previously unrealized foreign
currency translation losses of $12,266,000. The translation losses had previously been
deducted from common stock and other equity in accordance with SFAS No. 52.
(3) After deducting asset write-downs of $55,500,000 ($35,100,000 after-tax) in 1995.
(4) Represents additional provisions for self insurance, legal and remediation matters
arising from previously discontinued businesses. 
</TABLE>

F. INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES

Effective January 1, 1994, Viad adopted SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." SFAS No. 115 requires
the classification of securities into one of three categories at
acquisition: available for sale, held to maturity, or trading. Viad has no
securities classified in the trading category. Securities are included in
the Consolidated Balance Sheet under the caption, "Investments restricted
for payment service obligations" except for those securities expected to
be sold or maturing within one year which are included under the caption,
"Funds, agents' receivables and current maturities of investments
restricted for payment service obligations."

Although Viad's investment portfolio exposes Viad to certain credit risks,
Viad believes the high quality of its investments (all of the investments
at December 31, 1996 have ratings of A- or higher or are collateralized by
federal agency securities) reduces this risk substantially. Viad regularly
monitors credit and market risk exposures and takes steps to mitigate the
likelihood of these exposures resulting in actual loss.

Securities Classified as Available for Sale. Securities that are being
held for indefinite periods of time, including those securities which may
be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates,
are classified as securities available for sale and are carried at fair
value, with the net unrealized holding gain or loss, after-tax, reported
as a separate component of common stock and other equity, with no effect
on current results of operations. The net unrealized gain of $205,000 and
$1,456,000 (net of deferred tax liability of $130,000 and $851,000) at
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, are included in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet as a separate component of common stock and other equity
under the caption, "Unrealized gain on securities classified as available
for sale." The decrease in the unrealized gain during 1996 was due
principally to increases in market interest rates, while the net change
during 1995 (from an unrealized loss to an unrealized gain) was due
principally to decreases in market interest rates.

A summary of securities classified as available for sale at December 31,
1996 is set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Gross        Gross
                      Amortized  Unrealized   Unrealized        Fair
(000 omitted)              Cost       Gains       Losses       Value
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
<S>                  <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
U.S. Government
 agencies            $    9,717  $       --   $      294  $    9,423
Obligations of states
 and political
 subdivisions           493,829       4,233        2,372     495,690
Corporate debt
 securities              48,833           2          891      47,944
Mortgage-backed and
 other asset-backed
 securities             145,904         183        1,226     144,861
Preferred stock          50,359         937          237      51,059
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Securities classified
 as available 
 for sale            $  748,642  $    5,355   $    5,020  $  748,977
                    =========== ===========   ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

A summary of securities classified as available for sale at December 31, 1995
is set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Gross        Gross
                      Amortized  Unrealized   Unrealized        Fair
(000 omitted)              Cost       Gains       Losses       Value
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
<S>                  <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
U.S. Government      
 agencies            $   49,852  $      366   $       64  $   50,154
Obligations of states
 and political 
 subdivisions           424,860       5,681        1,049     429,492
Corporate debt
 securities             101,313       1,116          695     101,734
Mortgage-backed and
 other asset-backed
 securities              92,478         427        3,180      89,725
Debt securities
 issued by foreign
 governments             10,261                       61      10,200
Preferred stock          22,379          43          277      22,145
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Securities classified 
 as available 
 for sale            $  701,143  $    7,633   $    5,326  $  703,450
                     ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

Scheduled maturities of securities classified as available for 
sale at December 31, 1996 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Amortized        Fair
(000 omitted)                                       Cost       Value
                                              ----------  ----------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>
Due in:
 1997                                         $       --  $       --
 1998-2001                                       100,060      99,091
 2002-2006                                       197,447     198,771
 2007 and later                                  254,872     255,195
Mortgage-backed and other
 asset-backed securities                         145,904     144,861
Preferred stock                                   50,359      51,059
                                              ----------  ----------
                                              $  748,642  $  748,977
                                              ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

Actual maturities may differ from scheduled maturities because the
borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations, sometimes
without penalties. Maturities of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed
securities depend on the repayment characteristics and experience of the
underlying obligations.

Gross gains of $3,039,000 and $5,150,000 were realized during 1996 and
1995, respectively. Gross losses of $1,130,000 and $11,000 were realized
during 1996 and 1995, respectively. Gross gains and losses are based on
the specific identification method of determining cost.

Securities Classified as Held to Maturity. Securities classified as held
to maturity, which consist of securities that management has the ability
and intent to hold to maturity, are carried at amortized cost, and are
summarized as follows at December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      Gross        Gross
                      Amortized  Unrealized   Unrealized        Fair
(000 omitted)              Cost       Gains       Losses       Value
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
<S>                  <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
U.S. Government      
 agencies            $   59,707  $        3   $    2,029  $   57,681
Obligations of states
 and political 
 subdivisions           206,164       1,917        1,154     206,927
Corporate debt 
 securities              66,491                    1,246      65,245
Mortgage-backed and
 other asset-backed
 securities              70,515         242          310      70,447
Other securities          3,044                       66       2,978
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Securities classified 
 as held to 
 maturity            $  405,921  $    2,162   $    4,805  $  403,278
                     ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

A summary of securities classified as held to maturity at 
December 31, 1995, is set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Gross        Gross
                      Amortized  Unrealized   Unrealized        Fair
(000 omitted)              Cost       Gains       Losses       Value
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
<S>                  <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
U.S. Government      
 agencies            $   27,458  $       62   $       98  $   27,422
Obligations of states
 and political 
 subdivisions            82,291       1,570          161      83,700
Corporate debt 
 securities              71,919          32          687      71,264
Other securities          8,603         241           44       8,800
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Securities classified
 as held to 
 maturity            $  190,271  $    1,905   $      990  $  191,186
                     ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

Scheduled maturities of securities classified as held to 
maturity at December 31, 1996 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Amortized        Fair
(000 omitted)                                       Cost       Value
                                              ----------  ----------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>
Due in:
 1997                                         $   10,619  $   10,584
 1998-2001                                        69,039      67,837
 2002-2006                                        79,714      77,546
 2007 and later                                  176,034     176,864
Mortgage-backed and other
 asset-backed securities                          70,515      70,447
                                              ----------  ----------
                                              $  405,921  $  403,278
                                              ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

As mentioned above, actual maturities may differ from scheduled maturities
because the borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain
obligations, sometimes without penalties. Maturities of mortgage-backed
and other asset-backed securities depend on the repayment characteristics
and experience of the underlying obligations.

During 1995, Viad's payment services subsidiary sold a $6,846,000 security
(amortized cost) classified as held to maturity in response to an issuer's
tender offer to call its outstanding bonds. State money order regulations
require that defined amounts of securities held by Viad's payment services
subsidiary maintain an investment-grade rating to be classified as
permissible investments. The security was sold as Viad's payment services
subsidiary believed that any remaining investment outstanding after the
tender offer would be unrated, thus jeopardizing the security's
classification as a permissible investment. The sale was an isolated and
unusual event that Viad's payment services subsidiary could not have
reasonably anticipated when the security was classified as held to
maturity. There was no gain or loss realized on the sale.

A one-time reclassification was made effective December 31, 1995 upon
reassessment of the appropriateness of the classifications of all
securities held, as permitted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board
in its November 1995 "Guide to Implementation of Statement 115 on
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."
Securities with an amortized cost of $140,884,000 were transferred from
securities classified as held to maturity to securities classified as
available for sale. The related net unrealized gains on these securities
totaling $972,000 (net of deferred taxes of $597,000) are included in the
Consolidated Balance Sheet under the caption, "Unrealized gain on
securities classified as available for sale," along with net unrealized
gains on securities previously classified as available for sale.

There were no other sales or transfers of securities classified as held to
maturity during 1996 or 1995.

G. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                                      1996        1995
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Land                                         $   53,057  $   53,907
Buildings and leasehold improvements            300,149     289,216
Machinery and other equipment                   505,276     442,260
                                            ----------- -----------
                                                858,482     785,383
Less accumulated depreciation                   385,443     337,830
                                            ----------- -----------
Property and equipment                       $  473,039  $  447,553
                                            =========== ===========
</TABLE>

H. INTANGIBLES

Intangibles at December 31 consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                                      1996        1995
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Goodwill                                     $  585,468  $  547,391
Other intangibles                                60,054      61,516
                                            ----------- -----------
                                                645,522     608,907
Less accumulated amortization                   104,896      89,575
                                            ----------- -----------
Intangibles                                  $  540,626  $  519,332
                                            =========== ===========
</TABLE>

I. DEBT

Long-term debt at December 31 was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                                      1996        1995
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Senior debt: (1)                
 Short-term borrowings:
   Commercial paper (net of $90,000
     issued to Viad's payment 
     services subsidiary), 5.9% 
     (1995) weighted average 
     interest rate at December 31            $       --  $  115,888
   Promissory notes, 6.4% (1996)
     and 6.0% (1995) weighted average
     interest rate at December 31                84,000     261,000
 Senior notes, 6.1% (1996) and 6.2%
   (1995) weighted average interest
   rate at December 31, due to 2009             314,583     389,519
 Guarantee of ESOP debt, floating rate
   indexed to LIBOR, 4.6% (1996 and 
   1995) at December 31, due to 2009             26,000      28,000
 Real estate mortgages and other 
   obligations, 6.0% (1996) and 6.1%
   (1995) weighted average interest
   rate at December 31, due to 2016              19,627      17,967
                                            ----------- -----------
                                                444,210     812,374
Subordinated debt, 10.5% debentures, 
 due 2006                                        76,917      76,917
                                            ----------- -----------
                                                521,127     889,291
Less current portion                              2,348      77,450
                                            ----------- -----------
Long-term debt                               $  518,779  $  811,841
                                            =========== ===========
<FN>
(1) Rates shown are exclusive of the effects of commitment fees and other costs of
long-term revolving bank credit used to support short-term borrowings, and exclusive of
the effects of interest rate swap agreements on certain short-term and long-term
borrowings.
</TABLE>

Interest paid in 1996, 1995 and 1994 was approximately $61,402,000,
$67,082,000 and $52,271,000, respectively. 

In July 1994, a Shelf Registration filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission became effective. Under the Shelf Registration, Viad can issue
up to an aggregate $500,000,000 of debt and equity securities. No
securities have yet been issued under the program. The Shelf Registration
enhances Viad's future financing options.

As discussed further in Note O of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, Viad has entered into (a) interest rate swap agreements which
convert floating interest rates on existing and anticipated replacement
short-term borrowings into fixed interest rates ("variable to fixed
swaps") and (b) interest rate swap agreements which convert fixed interest
rates on a portion of the Senior notes and other debt into floating
interest rates ("fixed to variable swaps"). The net effect of interest
rate swap agreements was to increase interest expense by $3,404,000,
$4,671,000 and $2,863,000 for 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The
weighted average interest rate on total debt, inclusive of the effect of
interest rate swap agreements, was 7.8%, 7.2% and 6.5% for 1996, 1995 and
1994, respectively.

In connection with the Distribution as discussed in Notes A and E of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements, on August 15, 1996, Viad borrowed
$280,000,000 under a new $350,000,000 bank credit facility and used the
proceeds to repay floating-rate indebtedness of Viad. The credit facility
and related liability were then assumed by The Dial Corporation upon the
spin-off, thereby transferring that portion of Viad's outstanding
indebtedness deemed attributable to The Dial Corporation. In conjunction
with the indebtedness transferred to The Dial Corporation, Viad also
transferred a variable to fixed swap agreement in the notional amount of
$65,000,000 to The Dial Corporation. 

Viad satisfies its short-term borrowing requirements with bank lines of
credit and the issuance of commercial paper and promissory notes. At
December 31, 1996, outstanding commercial paper and promissory notes are
supported by unused commitments under a $400,000,000 long-term revolving
bank credit agreement, which expires on August 15, 2001. Annually, at
Viad's request and with the participating banks' consent, the term of the
agreement may be extended for a further one-year period. The interest rate
applicable to borrowings under the $400,000,000 credit commitment is, at
Viad's option, indexed to the bank prime rate or the London Interbank
Offering Rate ("LIBOR"), plus appropriate spreads over such indices during
the period of the credit agreement. The agreement also provides for
commitment fees. Such spreads and fees will change moderately should
Viad's debt ratings change. Viad, in the event that it becomes advisable,
intends to exercise its right under the agreement to borrow for the
purpose of refinancing short-term borrowings; accordingly, short-term
borrowings totaling $84,000,000 and $376,888,000 at December 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively, have been classified as long-term debt.

Annual maturities of long-term debt due in the next five years will
approximate $2,348,000 (1997), $32,461,000 (1998), $17,311,000 (1999),
$32,370,000 (2000), $152,092,000 (2001) and $284,545,000 thereafter.
Included in the year 2001 is $84,000,000 which represents the maturity of
short-term borrowings assuming they had been refinanced utilizing the
revolving credit facility through August 15, 2001.

Viad's long-term debt agreements include various restrictive covenants and
require the maintenance of certain defined financial ratios with which
Viad is in compliance.

J. PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK AND OTHER EQUITY

At December 31, 1996, there were 97,108,724 shares of common stock issued
and 95,946,006 shares outstanding. At December 31, 1996, a total of
5,670,818 of the outstanding shares were held by Viad's Employee Equity
Trust.

Viad has 442,352 shares of $4.75 Preferred Stock authorized, of which
370,352 shares are issued. The holders of the $4.75 Preferred Stock are
entitled to a liquidation preference of $100 per share and to annual
cumulative sinking fund redemptions of 6,000 shares. Viad presently holds
135,326 shares which will be applied to this sinking fund requirement; the
235,026 shares held by others are scheduled to be redeemed in the years
2019 to 2058. In addition, Viad has authorized 5,000,000 and 2,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock and Junior Participating Preferred Stock,
respectively.

Viad has one Preferred Stock Purchase Right ("Right") outstanding on each
outstanding share of its common stock. The Rights contain provisions to
protect stockholders in the event of an unsolicited attempt to acquire
Viad which is not believed by the Board of Directors to be in the best
interest of stockholders. The Rights are represented by the common share
certificates and are not exercisable or transferable apart from the common
stock until such a situation arises. The Rights may be redeemed by Viad at
$0.025 per Right prior to the time any person or group has acquired 20% or
more of Viad's shares. Viad has reserved 1,000,000 shares of Junior
Participating Preferred Stock for issuance in connection with the Rights. 

Viad funds a portion of its matching contributions to employees' 401(k)
plans through a leveraged ESOP. All eligible employees of Viad and its
participating affiliates, other than certain employees covered by
collective bargaining agreements that do not expressly provide for
participation of such employees in an ESOP, may participate in the ESOP.

The ESOP borrowed $40,000,000 to purchase treasury shares in 1989. The
ESOP's obligation to repay this borrowing is guaranteed by Viad;
therefore, the unpaid balance of the borrowing ($26,000,000 and
$28,000,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively) has been
reflected in the accompanying balance sheet as long-term debt and the
amount representing unearned employee benefits ($25,906,000 and
$27,971,000 at December 31,1996 and 1995, respectively) has been recorded
as a deduction from common stock and other equity. The liability is
reduced as the ESOP repays the borrowing, and the amount in common stock
and other equity is reduced as the employee benefits are charged to
expense. The ESOP intends to repay the loan (plus interest) using Viad
contributions and dividends received on the shares of common stock held by
the ESOP. Information regarding ESOP transactions for the years ended
December 31 was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 

(000 omitted)                         1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Amounts paid by ESOP for:
 Debt repayment                 $    2,000   $    2,000  $    2,000
 Interest                            1,200        1,491       1,161
Amounts received from Viad as:  
 Dividends                           1,138        1,185       1,218
 Contributions                       2,064        2,178       1,785

</TABLE>

Shares are released for allocation to participants based upon the ratio of
the year's principal and interest payments to the sum of the total
principal and interest payments expected over the life of the plan.
Expense of the ESOP is recognized based upon the greater of cumulative
cash payments to the plan or 80% of the cumulative expense that would have
been recognized under the shares allocated method, in accordance with
Statement of Position 76-3, "Accounting for Certain Employee Stock
Ownership Plans" and Emerging Issues Task Force Abstract No. 89-8,
"Expense Recognition for Employee Stock Ownership Plans." Under this
method, Viad has recorded expense of $2,138,000, $1,817,000 and $1,684,000
in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. 

In conjunction with the August 15, 1996, spin-off of Viad's consumer
products business, the ESOP received one share of common stock of The Dial
Corporation for every share of Viad common stock then held by the ESOP.
The ESOP is selling The Dial Corporation shares on the open market and
using the proceeds to purchase shares of Viad's common stock.

Unallocated shares held by the ESOP at December 31 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           The Dial
                                              Viad Corp Corporation
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Unallocated shares at December 31, 1994       1,972,251
 Shares allocated                              (164,785)
                                            ----------- -----------
Unallocated shares at December 31, 1995       1,807,466
 Shares allocated                              (233,933)
 Shares received upon spin-off of the 
   consumer products business                             1,735,166
 Shares sold in the open market                            (671,800)
 Shares purchased in the open market            631,500
                                            ----------- -----------
Unallocated shares at December 31, 1996       2,205,033   1,063,366
                                            =========== ===========
</TABLE>

In September 1992, Viad sold 10,491,800 shares of treasury stock to Viad's
Employee Equity Trust (the "Trust") for a $200,000,000 promissory note.
The Trust is used to fund certain existing employee compensation and
benefit plans over the scheduled 15-year term. Through December 31, 1996,
the Trust had issued 4,820,982 shares to fund such benefits. For financial
reporting purposes, the Trust is consolidated with Viad and the promissory
note is eliminated in consolidation. The fair market value of the
5,670,818 remaining shares held by the Trust, representing unearned
employee benefits, is shown as a deduction from common stock and other
equity and is reduced as employee benefits are funded. All dividends and
interest transactions between the Trust and Viad are eliminated.
Differences between cost and fair value of shares held and/or released are
included in additional capital. Unearned employee benefits at December 31,
1996 and 1995 were $92,860,000 and $186,025,000, respectively.

In conjunction with the spin-off of Viad's consumer products business, The
Dial Corporation's newly formed Employee Equity Trust received one share
of common stock of The Dial Corporation for every share of Viad common
stock held by Viad's Trust. Viad's promissory note was amended such that
$53,464,000 of the remaining principal balance ($108,100,000 as of August
15, 1996) was assumed by The Dial Corporation's Employee Equity Trust. The
allocation of the promissory note was based on the relative market
capitalizations of Viad and The Dial Corporation immediately following the
Distribution. At December 31, 1996, the balance of the promissory note due
to Viad was $54,636,000.

At December 31, 1996, retained income of $63,450,000 was unrestricted as
to payment of dividends by Viad.

K. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

Viad's Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") provides for the following types
of awards to officers, directors and certain key employees: (a) stock
options (both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options), (b)
Stock Appreciation Rights ("SARs") and (c) restricted stock, including
performance-based stock. The Plan authorizes the issuance of options for
up to 2 1/2% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding as
of the first day of each year; provided that any shares available for
grant in a particular calendar year which are not, in fact, granted in
such year shall not be added to shares available for grant in any
subsequent calendar year. In addition to the limitation set forth above
with respect to the number of shares available for grant in any single
calendar year, no more than 10,000,000 shares of common stock shall be
cumulatively available for grant of incentive options over the life of the
Plan. In addition, 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock are reserved for
distribution under the Plan.

The stock options, SARs and Limited SARs ("LSARs") outstanding at December
31, 1996 are granted for terms of ten years. For stock options and SARs,
50% become exercisable after one year and the balance become exercisable
after two years from the date of grant. Stock options and SARs are
exercisable based on the market value at the date of grant. LSARs vest
fully at date of grant and are exercisable only for a limited period (in
the event of certain tenders or exchange offers for Viad's common stock).
SARs and/or LSARs are issued in tandem with certain stock options and the
exercise of one reduces, to the extent exercised, the number of shares
represented by the other(s). SAR exercises totaled 131,520 and 28,852
shares in 1996 and 1994, respectively. There were no SARs exercised in
1995.

In conjunction with the spin-off of Viad's consumer products business, the
number of shares and the exercise price of each option, related LSAR and
SAR held by employees of Viad who remained employees of Viad after the
spin-off were modified so that the aggregate exercise price and the
aggregate spread before the spin-off were preserved at the time of the
spin-off. Options and related LSARs and SARs held by employees of Viad who
became employees of The Dial Corporation were surrendered in accordance
with the related agreements.

Restricted stock awards (266,352 shares awarded in 1994 at an estimated
fair value per share of $22.44) vest over periods not exceeding five years
from date of grant. There were no restricted stock awards in 1996 or 1995
and all awards had vested by August 15, 1996. Performance-based stock
awards (141,700, 149,500 and 184,100 shares awarded in 1996, 1995 and
1994, respectively, at an estimated fair value per share of $13.88, $24.56
and $23.00, respectively) vest, based on total shareholder return relative
to the applicable stock index and the proxy comparator groups existing at
the time of each award, over a three-year period from the date of grant.
The performance period for the 1993 performance-based stock award ended
during 1996. Shares which vested at the end of the performance period
totaled 39,596. Holders of the performance-based and restricted stock have
the right to receive dividends and vote the shares but may not sell,
assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber the stock. In conjunction
with the spin-off of Viad's consumer products business, a holder of
unvested performance-based stock was credited with the number of shares of
The Dial Corporation common stock equal to the number of shares of Viad
common stock awarded. For performance-based stock awards outstanding on
the Distribution date, the stock awarded (including shares of The Dial
Corporation common stock received in the Distribution) will vest based on
the combined performance of Viad and The Dial Corporation shares.  

Information with respect to stock options granted and exercised for the
years ended December 31, at historical number of shares and option
exercise prices, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Weighted
                                                            Average
                                                           Exercise
                                                 Shares       Price
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Options outstanding at December 31, 1993      7,766,740  $    15.83
 Granted                                      1,449,800       22.98
 Exercised                                     (839,124)      14.31
 Canceled                                      (205,728)      19.59
                                            -----------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1994 (1)  8,171,688       17.18
 Granted                                      1,378,000       24.57
 Exercised                                   (1,068,428)      15.29
 Canceled                                      (205,336)      21.35
                                            -----------            
Options outstanding at December 31, 1995 (1)  8,275,924       18.55
 Before spin-off of the consumer 
 products business:             
   Granted                                       50,000       28.75
   Exercised                                 (1,488,373)      15.44
   Canceled                                    (159,070)      15.20
 Modification due to the Distribution,
   net (2)                                    1,968,392         N/A
 After spin-off of the consumer 
 products business:
   Granted                                    1,691,100       13.88
   Exercised                                   (236,229)       9.26
   Canceled                                     (78,837)      12.80
                                            -----------            
Options outstanding at December 31, 1996 (1) 10,022,907       10.82
                                            ===========
<FN>
(1) Options exercisable totaled 7,580,872 shares, 6,274,649 shares and 6,004,118 shares
at December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
(2) Net of options surrendered by employees of Viad who became employees of The Dial
Corporation after the Distribution.
</TABLE>

The following tables summarize information concerning stock options
outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Options Outstanding:
                                               Weighted
                                                Average    Weighted
                                              Remaining     Average
Range of                                    Contractual    Exercise
Exercise Prices                     Shares         Life       Price
- ---------------                -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
$6.16 to $9.00                   2,455,215    2.8 years  $     7.16
$9.01 to $12.00                  2,798,169    5.9 years       10.20
$12.01 to $13.88                 4,769,523    8.7 years       13.07
                               -----------
$6.16 to $13.88                 10,022,907    6.5 years       10.82
                               ===========


Options Exercisable:
                                                           Weighted
                                                            Average
Range of                                                   Exercise
Exercise Prices                     Shares                    Price
- ---------------                -----------              -----------
<S>                             <C>                      <C>
$6.16 to $9.00                   2,455,215               $     7.16
$9.01 to $12.00                  2,797,228                    10.20
$12.01 to $13.88                 2,328,429                    12.50
                               -----------
$6.16 to $13.88                  7,580,872                     9.92
                               ===========

</TABLE>

Viad applies APB No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and
related interpretations in accounting for its stock-based compensation
plans. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for its
stock-based compensation plans other than for performance-based and
restricted stock awards and SAR exercises, which totaled $4,444,000,
$3,736,000 and $3,359,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

In October 1995, FASB issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation." Had Viad elected to recognize compensation cost for stock
options and performance-based stock awards in accordance with the fair
value method of accounting defined in SFAS No. 123, income from continuing
operations and earnings per share from continuing operations would be as
presented in the table below. The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this
disclosure are not indicative of future amounts.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted, except per share data)               1996        1995
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Income from continuing operations, 
 as reported                                 $   69,071  $   70,781
Additional compensation: (1)                                       
 Stock option grants and 
   performance-based stock awards                (2,876)       (527)
 Modification of existing stock 
   option grants (2)                             (5,716)
                                            ----------- -----------
Pro forma income from 
 continuing operations                       $   60,479  $   70,254
                                            =========== ===========

Pro forma earnings per share 
 from continuing operations                  $     0.65  $     0.78
                                            =========== ===========
<FN>
(1) Compensation cost calculated under SFAS NO. 123 is expensed ratably over the vesting
period. Compensation cost is net of estimated forfeitures and the tax benefit on
nonqualified stock options.
(2) In connection with the spin-off of the consumer products business, the number of
shares and the exercise price of each option held by employees of Viad who remained
employees of Viad after the spin-off were modified so that the aggregate exercise price
and the aggregate spread before the spin-off were preserved at the time of the spin-off.
SFAS No. 123 requires such options modified as a result of a spin-off to be treated as new
grants.
</TABLE>

The estimated fair value of stock options granted during 1996 and 1995 was
$3.47 and $5.90 per share, respectively. The fair value of each stock
option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model with the following assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1996        1995
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Expected dividend yield                            2.3%        2.6%
Expected volatility                                 22%         22%
Risk-free interest rate                           6.38%       6.35%
Expected life                                   5 years     5 years

</TABLE>
 
L. INCOME TAXES

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) included in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31 related to the 
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                                      1996        1995
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Property and equipment                       $  (20,203) $  (26,142)
Pension, compensation and other 
 employee benefits                               33,675      21,235
Provisions for losses                            35,622      44,465
Deferred state income taxes                       4,994       5,158
Other deferred income tax assets                 39,711      38,788
Other deferred income tax liabilities           (25,452)    (30,523)
                                            ----------- -----------
                                                 68,347      52,981
Foreign deferred tax liabilities 
 included above                                  12,124      14,415
                                            ----------- -----------
United States deferred tax assets            $   80,471  $   67,396
                                            =========== ===========
</TABLE>

The consolidated provision for income taxes on income from 
continuing operations for the years ended December 31 consisted
of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(000 omitted)                         1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Current:
 United States:
   Federal                      $   19,827   $   13,363  $   10,544
   State                             6,528        1,633       1,460
 Foreign                             6,858        5,535       4,102
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
                                    33,213       20,531      16,106
Deferred                             8,685        9,133      13,422
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Income taxes                    $   41,898   $   29,664  $   29,528
                               ===========  =========== ===========
</TABLE>

Certain tax benefits related primarily to stock option exercises and
dividends paid to the ESOP are credited to common stock and other equity
and amounted to $3,401,000, $2,536,000 and $1,939,000 in 1996, 1995 and
1994, respectively.

Eligible subsidiaries (including The Dial Corporation up to the spin-off
date) are included in the consolidated federal and other applicable income
tax returns of Viad. Certain benefits of tax losses and credits, which
would not have been currently available to certain subsidiaries or The
Dial Corporation on a separate return basis, have been credited to those
subsidiaries or The Dial Corporation by Viad. These benefits are included
in the determination of the income taxes of those subsidiaries and The
Dial Corporation and this policy has been documented by written agreements
where appropriate.

Income taxes paid in 1996, 1995 and 1994, including amounts paid on behalf
of The Dial Corporation as part of consolidated federal and other
applicable tax returns of Viad, amounted to $19,792,000, $21,502,000 and
$58,643,000, respectively.

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes on income from
continuing operations and the amount that would be computed using
statutory federal income tax rates for the years ended December 31 was as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                         1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Computed income taxes at 
 statutory federal income 
 tax rate of 35%                $   38,839   $   35,156  $   31,745
Nondeductible goodwill 
 amortization                        3,937        2,988       3,529
Minority interests                     613          920         798
State income taxes                   5,636        1,685       1,588
Tax-exempt income                  (13,968)     (10,400)     (5,133)
Spin-off costs and management 
 transition expenses                 6,300                         
Other, net                             541         (685)     (2,999)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Income taxes                    $   41,898   $   29,664  $   29,528
                               ===========  =========== ===========

</TABLE>

United States and foreign income before income taxes from continuing
operations for the years ended December 31 was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                         1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
United States                   $   88,819   $   82,271  $   76,862
Foreign                             22,150       18,174      13,839
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Income before income taxes      $  110,969   $  100,445  $   90,701
                               ===========  =========== ===========
</TABLE>

M. PENSION AND OTHER BENEFITS

In conjunction with the spin-off of Viad's consumer products business
described in Notes A and E of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,
certain liabilities and deferred income tax assets related to specified
pension and postretirement plans of former employees of Armour and
Company, which was previously a subsidiary of Viad, were transferred to
and assumed by The Dial Corporation. Data related to such plans have been
excluded from the information presented below.

Pension Benefits. Continuing operations net periodic pension cost for the
years ended December 31 included the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                         1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Service cost benefits earned 
 during the period              $    6,341   $    5,614  $    6,407
Interest cost on projected 
 benefit obligation                 12,757       11,191      10,284
Actual return on plan assets       (15,045)     (23,200)     (1,322)
Net amortization and deferral        2,345       10,695     (10,547)
Other items, primarily 
 defined contribution and 
 multiemployer plans                12,478       11,841       9,490
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Net pension cost                $   18,876   $   16,141  $   14,312
                               ===========  =========== ===========
</TABLE>

Weighted average assumptions used were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31,                          1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Discount rate for obligation          8.0%         8.0%        8.5%
Rate of increase in 
 compensation levels                  5.0%         5.0%        5.0%
Long-term rate of 
 return on assets                     9.5%         9.5%        9.5%

</TABLE>

The following table indicates the plans' funded status and amounts
recognized in Viad's Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         Overfunded  Plans 
                          (Assets Exceed
                       Accumulated Benefits)       Unfunded Plans
                     ----------------------   ----------------------
(000 omitted)              1996        1995         1996        1995
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
<S>                  <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Actuarial present value
 of benefit obligations:
 Vested benefit
   obligation        $  123,265  $  111,567   $   19,330  $   16,023
                     ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
 Accumulated benefit
   obligation        $  130,015  $  118,041   $   19,889  $   16,559
                     ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
 Projected benefit
   obligation        $  148,997  $  137,960   $   24,818  $   22,119
Market value of plan 
 assets, primarily 
 equity and fixed
 income securities      152,907     143,955                         
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Plan assets over 
 (under) projected
 benefit obligation       3,910       5,995      (24,818)    (22,119)
Unrecognized 
 transition (asset)
 obligation              (3,940)     (4,837)       1,143       1,419
Unrecognized prior 
 service cost               381         406        5,931       4,268
Unrecognized net loss     4,263       4,946        3,947       4,533
Additional minimum 
 liability                                        (6,600)     (5,617)
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Prepaid (accrued)
 pension cost        $    4,614  $    6,510   $  (20,397) $  (17,516)
                     ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions. Viad and its subsidiaries
have unfunded defined benefit postretirement plans that provide medical
and life insurance for eligible employees, retirees and dependents. In
addition, Viad retained the obligations for such benefits for eligible
retirees of Greyhound Lines, Inc. (sold in 1987). 

The status of the plans as of December 31 was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                                      1996        1995
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Accumulated postretirement 
benefit obligation:
 Retirees                                    $   27,304  $   27,959
 Fully eligible active plan participants          5,096       5,452
 Other active plan participants                   8,759       8,742
                                            ----------- -----------
Accumulated postretirement 
 benefit obligation                              41,159      42,153
Unrecognized prior service reduction              1,201       1,287
Unrecognized net gain                             7,424       4,642
                                            ----------- -----------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost          $   49,784  $   48,082
                                            =========== ===========
Discount rate for obligation                       8.0%        8.0%

</TABLE>                                                           

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the 1996 and
1995 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 11% and 12%,
respectively, gradually declining to 5% by the year 2002 and remaining at
that level thereafter for retirees below age 65, and 8% and 8.5%,
respectively, gradually declining to 5% by the year 2002 and remaining at
that level thereafter for retirees above age 65.

A one-percentage-point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate
for each year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation as of December 31, 1996 by approximately 11% and the ongoing
annual expense by approximately 13%.

The net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years ended December
31 includes the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                         1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Service cost benefits earned
 during the period              $      794   $    1,061  $    1,793
Interest cost on accumulated 
 postretirement benefit 
 obligation                          2,936        3,415       3,776
Net amortization and deferral         (538)        (154)          3
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Net periodic postretirement 
 benefit cost                   $    3,192   $    4,322  $    5,572
                               ===========  =========== ===========
Curtailment gains due to  
 termination of certain 
 benefits                       $       --   $    3,477  $      500
                               ===========  =========== ===========
</TABLE>

N. LEASES

Certain retail facilities, plants, offices and equipment are leased. The
leases expire in periods ranging from one to 50 years and some provide for
renewal options ranging from one to 36 years. Leases which expire are
generally renewed or replaced by similar leases.

At December 31, 1996, Viad's future minimum rental payments and related
sublease rentals receivable with respect to noncancelable operating leases
with terms in excess of one year were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Rentals
                                                         Receivable
                                                 Rental       Under
(000 omitted)                                  Payments   Subleases
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
1997                                         $   48,360  $    2,139
1998                                             42,633       1,120
1999                                             37,103         834
2000                                             26,932         536
2001                                             20,735         378
Thereafter                                      166,031         904
                                            ----------- -----------
Total                                        $  341,794  $    5,911
                                            =========== ===========
</TABLE>

At the end of the lease term, Viad has an option to purchase a certain
leased asset for a purchase price of $14,200,000. If the purchase option
is not exercised, Viad will make a residual guarantee payment of
$10,500,000 which is refundable to the extent that the lessor's subsequent
sales proceeds exceed certain levels. 

Information regarding net operating lease rentals for the years ended
December 31 was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                         1996         1995        1994
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>
Minimum rentals                 $   60,522   $   57,131  $   52,481
Contingent rentals (1)                 887        2,898       7,434
Sublease rentals                    (2,025)      (2,947)     (1,974)
                               -----------  ----------- -----------
Total rentals, net              $   59,384   $   57,082  $   57,941
                               ===========  =========== ===========
<FN>
(1) Contingent rentals on operating leases are based primarily on sales and revenues for
buildings and leasehold improvements and on usage for other equipment. Does not include
contingent fees under concession agreements.
</TABLE>

Net operating lease rentals and future minimum rental payments do not
include a minimum annual guarantee of $9,600,000, subject to adjustment
under certain circumstances, from 1996 through 2000 under an airport
duty-free concession agreement.

O. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND FAIR VALUE OF
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk. Viad is a party to
financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk which are entered into
in the normal course of business to meet its financing needs and to manage
its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
These financial instruments include a revolving sale of receivables
agreement, interest rate swap agreements and foreign exchange forward
contracts. The instruments involve, to a varying degree, elements of
credit, market, interest rate and exchange rate risk in addition to
amounts recognized in the financial statements. Viad does not hold or
issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

At December 31, 1996, Viad had an agreement to sell on a revolving basis
undivided participating interests in a defined pool of trade accounts
receivable from customers of Viad's airline catering and services and
convention services subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed $75,000,000 as
a means of accelerating cash flow. The agreement expires in August 1997
but is expected to be extended annually. Viad's expense of selling
receivables amounted to approximately $3,029,000, $2,157,000 and
$1,000,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. During the third quarter
of 1996, Viad reclassified expenses related to the receivables sales
program from Costs of sales and services for the segment, to Unallocated
corporate expense and other items, net. Total operating income remained
unchanged. This reclassification was made to improve comparability with
other companies. 

Under the terms of the receivables sales agreement, Viad has retained
substantially the same risk of credit loss as if the receivables had not
been sold as Viad is obligated to replace uncollectible receivables with
new accounts receivable. The accounts receivable sold totaled $75,000,000
and $60,797,000 at December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively.
The average balance of proceeds from the sale of accounts receivable
approximated $51,500,000, $31,600,000 and $22,000,000 during 1996, 1995
and 1994, respectively.

Viad enters into interest rate swap agreements as a means of managing its
interest rate exposure. The agreements are contracts to exchange fixed and
floating interest rate payments periodically over the life of the
agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. The
notional amounts of such agreements are used to measure amounts to be paid
or received and do not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss.
The amounts to be paid or received under the interest rate swap agreements
are accrued consistently with the terms of the agreements and market
interest rates. Viad maintains formal procedures for entering into
interest rate swap transactions, and management regularly monitors and
reports to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors on interest rate
swap activity. The agreements are with major financial institutions which
are currently expected to fully perform under the terms of the agreements,
thereby mitigating the credit risk from the transactions in the event of
nonperformance by the counterparties. In addition, Viad continuously
monitors the credit ratings of the counterparties, and the likelihood of
default is considered remote.

In addition to the types of interest rate swap agreements used as hedges
of obligations as described in Note I of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, Viad's payment services subsidiary has entered into swap
agreements to mitigate fluctuations in commissions paid to selling agents
of its official check program. 

The following table indicates the types of swap agreements and their
weighted average pay/receive rates in effect at December 31. The
variable-rate portion of the swaps is generally based on LIBOR. Changes in
LIBOR rates could significantly affect the floating-rate information and
future cash flows.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1996        1995
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Variable to fixed swaps: (1)
 Notional amount (000 omitted)               $  557,600  $  307,600
 Average pay rate (2)                              6.7%        6.5%
 Average receive rate                              5.6%        5.8%

Fixed to variable swaps: (1)
 Notional amount (000 omitted)               $  245,000  $  245,000
 Average pay rate                                  5.7%        5.7%
 Average receive rate                              5.7%        5.7%

Variable to variable swap: (1)                                     
 Notional amount (000 omitted)               $   75,000  $   75,000
 Average pay rate                                  5.2%        5.1%
 Average receive rate                              5.8%        4.8%

<FN>
(1) The variable to fixed swap agreements expire as follows: $240,000,000 (1998),
$150,000,000 (1999) and $167,600,000 (2000). The fixed to variable swap agreements expire
as follows: $15,000,000 (1997), $30,000,000 (2002) and $200,000,000 (2003). The variable
to variable swap agreement expires in 1998.
(2) The average pay rate has been adjusted to reflect the amortization of cash
consideration received at inception of certain of the swap agreements in exchange for
Viad's payment of an "off-market" fixed rate.
</TABLE>

Viad also enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge
identifiable foreign currency commitments including intercompany
transactions with Viad's foreign subsidiaries. These contracts are
purchased to reduce the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on
operating results. Viad does not engage in foreign currency speculation.
While the hedging instruments are subject to the risk of loss from changes
in exchange rates, these losses would generally be offset by gains on the
exposures being hedged. Gains and losses on those hedging instruments that
are designated and effective as hedges of firmly committed foreign
currency transactions are deferred and recognized in income in the same
period as the hedged transaction. Viad's theoretical risk in these
transactions is the cost of replacing, at current market rates, these
contracts in the event of default by the other party. Management believes
the risk of incurring such losses is remote as the contracts are entered
into with major financial institutions.

The following table summarizes by major currency the contractual amounts
(stated in U.S. dollar equivalent) to purchase and sell foreign currencies
at December 31, 1996. The contracts mature through February 1998, with 47%
of the purchase contracts expiring in January 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(000 omitted)                                  Purchase        Sell
                                            ----------- -----------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
Canadian dollar                              $   56,353  $       --
Italian lira                                     34,725            
French franc                                     26,728         219
Austrian schilling                               22,427            
British pound                                    15,850      29,958
Other                                            14,351       1,354
                                            ----------- -----------
                                             $  170,434  $   31,531
                                            =========== ===========
</TABLE>

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The following disclosure of the
estimated fair value of financial instruments is made in accordance with
the requirements of SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Value of
Financial Instruments." The estimated fair value amounts have been
determined by Viad using available market information and the valuation
methodologies described below. However, considerable judgment is required
in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value.
Accordingly, the estimates presented herein may not be indicative of the
amounts that Viad could realize in a current market exchange. The use of
different market assumptions or valuation methodologies may have a
material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts
payable and payment service obligations approximate fair values due to the
short-term maturities of these instruments. The amortized cost and fair
value of investments in debt and equity securities are disclosed in Note
F of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The carrying amounts and
estimated fair values of Viad's other financial instruments at December 31
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1996                     1995
                     ----------------------   ----------------------
                       Carrying        Fair     Carrying        Fair
(000 omitted)            Amount       Value       Amount       Value
                     ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
<S>                  <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Total debt           $ (521,127) $ (528,306)  $ (889,291) $ (913,322)
Interest rate 
 swaps (1)               (5,546)    (24,169)     (11,820)    (32,731)
Foreign exchange 
 forward 
 contracts (2)               --     (12,694)          --       2,680

<FN>
(1) Carrying amount represents accrued interest and unamortized cash proceeds. 
(2) Expected to be offset in 1997 by gains on the currency exposures being hedged.
</TABLE>

The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values of the
financial instruments are summarized as follows:

Debt--The fair value of debt was estimated by discounting the future cash
flows using rates currently available for debt of similar terms and
maturity. The carrying values of commercial paper and promissory notes
were assumed to approximate fair values due to their short-term
maturities.

Interest rate swaps--The fair values were estimated by discounting the
expected cash flows using rates currently available for interest rate
swaps of similar terms and maturities. The fair value represents the
estimated amount that Viad would pay to the dealer to terminate the swap
agreement at December 31.

Foreign exchange forward contracts--The fair value is estimated using
quoted exchange rates of these or similar instruments.

P. LITIGATION AND CLAIMS

Several shareholder derivative complaints were filed in the Delaware Court
of Chancery in late December 1995 and early January 1996 against members
of Viad's Board of Directors, and against Viad as a nominal defendant. The
complaints variously allege fraud, negligence, mismanagement, corporate
waste, breaches of fiduciary duty, and seek equitable relief and recovery
from or on behalf of Viad for compensatory and other damages incurred by
Viad as a result of alleged payment of excessive compensation, improper
investments or other improper activities. Viad and its counsel believe the
claims are without merit. In addition, Viad and certain subsidiaries are
plaintiffs or defendants to various other actions, proceedings and pending
claims, including multiple lawsuits filed by several hundred former
railroad workers claiming asbestos-related health conditions from exposure
to railroad equipment made by former subsidiaries. Certain of these
pending legal actions are or purport to be class actions. Some of the
foregoing involve, or may involve, compensatory, punitive or other
damages. Litigation is subject to many uncertainties and it is possible
that some of the legal actions, proceedings or claims referred to above
could be decided against Viad. Although the amount of liability at
December 31, 1996, with respect to these matters is not ascertainable,
Viad believes that any resulting liability will not materially affect
Viad's financial position or results of operations.

Viad is subject to various environmental laws and regulations of the
United States as well as of the states and other countries in whose
jurisdictions Viad has or had operations and is subject to certain
international agreements. As is the case with many companies, Viad faces
exposure to actual or potential claims and lawsuits involving
environmental matters. Although Viad is a party to certain environmental
disputes, Viad believes that any liabilities resulting therefrom, after
taking into consideration amounts already provided for, but exclusive of
any potential insurance recoveries, will not have a material adverse
effect on Viad's financial position or results of operations.

Q. PRINCIPAL BUSINESS SEGMENTS 

Description of Business. Viad operates in three principal business
segments. Viad's Airline Catering and Services segment engages in airline
catering operations, providing in-flight meals to domestic and
international airlines as well as providing airplane fueling and ground
handling services. The Convention Services segment provides decorating,
exhibit preparation, installation, electrical, transportation and
management services for conventions and tradeshows and is a designer and
builder of convention and other exhibits and displays. Viad's Travel and
Leisure and Payment Services segment offers money orders throughout the
nation and performs official check and negotiable instrument clearing
services for banks and credit unions; operates duty-free airport and
shipboard concessions and contract foodservice facilities; and engages in
certain hotel/lodge operations and recreation and travel services.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Year ended December 31, 
(000 omitted)                       1996        1995         1994        1993         1992
                             ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------  -----------
<S>                           <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Revenues:
 Airline Catering and 
   Services                   $  857,953  $  800,338   $  763,658  $  502,775   $  527,832
 Convention Services             774,040     588,978      522,683     356,267      238,694
 Travel and Leisure and 
   Payment Services (1)          631,235     587,429      520,256     478,898      574,219
                             ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------  -----------
                              $2,263,228  $1,976,745   $1,806,597  $1,337,940   $1,340,745
                             =========== ===========  =========== ===========  ===========

Operating Income: (2)
 Airline Catering and 
   Services (3)               $   74,254  $   68,712   $   62,533  $   41,989   $   41,391
 Convention Services (4)          64,508      54,593       50,614      27,849       20,281
 Travel and Leisure and 
   Payment Services (1)(4)        65,620      66,020       60,674      60,248       40,453
                             ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------  -----------
 Total principal business 
   segments                      204,382     189,325      173,821     130,086      102,125
 Unallocated corporate 
   expense and other items, 
   net (3)                       (36,131)    (33,354)     (33,594)    (30,314)     (23,979)
                             ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------  -----------
                              $  168,251  $  155,971   $  140,227  $   99,772   $   78,146
                             =========== ===========  =========== ===========  ===========
<FN>
(1) Viad's payment services subsidiary is investing increasing amounts in tax-exempt securities. On a fully
taxable equivalent basis, revenues and operating income would be higher by $21,489,000, $16,000,000,
$7,897,000, $3,967,000 and $982,000 for 1996, 1995, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.
(2) Operating income by segment represents Revenues less Costs of sales and services. Unallocated corporate
and other items, net, are then deducted from total operating income of principal business segments to arrive
at total operating income.
(3) As described in Note O of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, during the third quarter of 1996,
Viad reclassified expenses related to its receivables sales program from Costs of sales and services to
Unallocated corporate expense and other items, net. As a result, operating income of the Airline Catering
and Services segment and unallocated corporate expense increased by approximately $2,157,000, $1,000,000,
$604,000 and $608,000 for 1995, 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively. Total operating income remained unchanged.
(4) Includes a nonrecurring gain of $3,477,000 due to the curtailment of certain postretirement medical
benefits in the Convention Services segment in 1995. After deducting restructuring and other charges of
$20,000,000 for Travel and Leisure and Payment Services in 1992.
</TABLE>

Major Customers. Major customers are defined as those which individually
accounted for more than 10% of Viad's revenues. Sales to one major customer
in the Airline Catering and Services segment accounted for 13%, 14% and 13%
of Viad's consolidated revenues in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Principal Business Segments
                          ----------------------------------------------
                            Airline               Travel and
                           Catering              Leisure and
                                and  Convention      Payment
(000 omitted)              Services    Services     Services    Subtotal    Corporate       Total
                         ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
<S>                      <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
1996:
Assets at year end:
 Before intangibles, 
   restricted assets 
   and investment in 
   discontinued 
   operation             $  237,957  $  215,241   $  303,487  $  756,685   $  243,506  $1,000,191
 Assets restricted for 
   payment service 
   obligations                                     1,814,537   1,814,537                1,814,537
 Investment in 
   discontinued 
   operation                                                                   97,958      97,958
 Intangibles                275,387     197,613       64,099     537,099        3,527     540,626
                         ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                         $  513,344  $  412,854   $2,182,123  $3,108,321   $  344,991  $3,453,312
                         ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Capital expenditures     $   26,814  $   25,258   $   24,795  $   76,867   $    5,282  $   82,149
                         ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Depreciation and 
amortization:
 Depreciation            $   21,706  $   13,599   $   17,658  $   52,963   $    5,492  $   58,455
 Amortization of 
   intangibles                8,702       4,541        2,746      15,989                   15,989
                         ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                         $   30,408  $   18,140   $   20,404  $   68,952   $    5,492  $   74,444
                         ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
1995:
Assets at year end:
 Before intangibles, 
   restricted assets 
   and investments in 
   discontinued 
   operations            $  212,887  $  198,209   $  304,585  $  715,681   $  189,682  $  905,363
 Assets restricted for 
   payment service 
   obligations                                     1,666,116   1,666,116                1,666,116
 Investments in 
   discontinued 
   operations                                                                 625,737     625,737
 Intangibles                282,599     186,298       46,185     515,082        4,250     519,332
                         ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                         $  495,486  $  384,507   $2,016,886  $2,896,879   $  819,669  $3,716,548
                         ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Capital expenditures     $   15,185  $   15,035   $  27,369   $   57,589   $    1,996  $   59,585
                         ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Depreciation and 
amortization:
 Depreciation            $   21,461  $   10,306   $   16,991  $   48,758   $    5,242  $   54,000
 Amortization of 
   intangibles                8,775       3,706        2,391      14,872                   14,872
                         ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                         $   30,236  $   14,012   $   19,382  $   63,630   $    5,242  $   68,872
                         ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
1994:
Assets at year end:
 Before intangibles, 
   restricted assets 
   and investments in 
   discontinued 
   operations            $  231,417  $  127,191   $  280,868  $  639,476   $  205,002  $  844,478
 Assets restricted for 
   payment service 
   obligations                                     1,339,802   1,339,802                1,339,802
 Investments in 
   discontinued 
   operations                                                                 598,344     598,344
 Intangibles                291,337     112,870       36,486     440,693        4,766     445,459
                         ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                         $  522,754  $  240,061   $1,657,156  $2,419,971   $  808,112  $3,228,083
                         ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Capital expenditures     $   22,214  $   11,415   $   18,481  $   52,110   $    2,879  $   54,989
                         ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Depreciation and 
amortization:
 Depreciation            $   20,125  $    8,370   $   16,542  $   45,037   $    4,982  $   50,019
 Amortization of 
   intangibles                8,362       2,748        1,556      12,666                   12,666
                         ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                         $   28,487  $   11,118   $   18,098  $   57,703   $    4,982  $   62,685
                         ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
R. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                First Quarter           Second Quarter
                          ----------------------   ----------------------
(000 omitted)                   1996        1995         1996        1995
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
<S>                       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Revenues:
 Airline Catering 
   and Services           $  193,263  $  184,456   $  214,719  $  206,509
 Convention Services         195,012     154,397      192,904     131,588
 Travel and Leisure and 
   Payment Services (1)      143,448     131,112      160,405     141,044
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                          $  531,723  $  469,965   $  568,028  $  479,141
                          ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Operating income:
 Airline Catering 
   and Services (2)       $   12,305  $   11,437   $   19,974  $   18,592
 Convention Services(3)       17,134      15,001       18,669      16,629
 Travel and Leisure and 
   Payment Services (1)        6,023       9,242       15,448      15,734
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
 Total principal 
   business segments          35,462      35,680       54,091      50,955
 Unallocated corporate
   expense and other
   items, net (2)             (9,541)     (9,290)      (9,382)     (8,329)
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                          $   25,921  $   26,390   $   44,709  $   42,626
                          ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Income (loss):
 Continuing 
   operations (3)(4)      $    8,512  $    8,429   $    9,006  $   20,505
 Discontinued 
   operations                 15,982       9,257        5,112      26,961
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
 Income (loss) before 
   cumulative effect 
   of change in 
   accounting principle       24,494      17,686       14,118      47,466
 Cumulative effect of 
   change in accounting 
   principle (5)                         (13,875)
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Net income (loss)         $   24,494  $    3,811   $   14,118  $   47,466
                          ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Income (loss) per common 
 share (dollars):
 Continuing 
   operations (3)(4)      $     0.09  $     0.09   $     0.10  $     0.23
 Discontinued 
   operations                   0.18        0.11         0.05        0.31

                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
 Income (loss) before 
   cumulative effect 
   of change in 
   accounting principle         0.27        0.20         0.15        0.54
 Cumulative effect of 
   change in accounting
   principle (5)                           (0.16)
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Net income (loss) per 
 common share             $     0.27  $     0.04   $     0.15  $     0.54
                          ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========

                                Third Quarter           Fourth Quarter
                          ----------------------   ----------------------
(000 omitted)                   1996        1995         1996        1995
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
<S>                       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Revenues:
 Airline Catering 
   and Services           $  225,712  $  212,951   $  224,259  $  196,422
 Convention Services         191,591     130,302      194,533     172,691
 Travel and Leisure and 
   Payment Services (1)      180,987     174,320      146,395     140,953
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                          $  598,290  $  517,573   $  565,187  $  510,066
                          ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Operating income:
 Airline Catering 
   and Services (2)       $   22,712  $   21,029   $   19,263  $   17,654
 Convention Services (3)      12,956       9,896       15,749      13,067
 Travel and Leisure and 
   Payment Services (1)       28,084      27,851       16,065      13,193
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
 Total principal 
   business segments          63,752      58,776       51,077      43,914
 Unallocated corporate 
   expense and other 
   items, net (2)             (8,143)     (6,839)      (9,065)     (8,896)
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
                          $   55,609  $   51,937   $   42,012  $   35,018
                          ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Income (loss):
 Continuing 
   operations (3)(4)      $   25,089  $   23,724   $   26,464  $   18,123
 Discontinued 
   operations                 (4,667)   (113,461)     (57,121)      3,778
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
 Income (loss) before 
   cumulative effect of 
   change in accounting
   principle                  20,422     (89,737)     (30,657)     21,901
 Cumulative effect of 
   change in accounting
   principle (5)
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Net income (loss)         $   20,422  $  (89,737)  $  (30,657) $   21,901
                          ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
Income (loss) per common 
 share (dollars):
 Continuing 
   operations (3)(4)      $     0.27  $     0.27   $     0.28  $     0.20
 Discontinued 
   operations                  (0.05)      (1.29)       (0.62)       0.04
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
 Income (loss) before 
   cumulative effect of
   change in accounting
   principle                    0.22       (1.02)       (0.34)       0.24
 Cumulative effect of 
   change in accounting
   principle (5)
                          ----------  ----------   ----------  ----------
Net income (loss) per 
 common share             $     0.22  $    (1.02)  $    (0.34) $     0.24
                          ==========  ==========   ==========  ==========
<FN>
(1) Viad's payment services subsidiary is investing increasing amounts in tax-exempt
securities. On a fully taxable equivalent basis, revenues and operating income would be higher
by the following amounts:
                                            1996                     1995
                                      ----------               ----------
   First Quarter                      $4,355,000               $3,443,000
   Second Quarter                      4,672,000                3,929,000
   Third Quarter                       6,136,000                4,129,000
   Fourth Quarter                      6,326,000                4,499,000

(2) As described in Note O of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, during the
third quarter of 1996, Viad reclassified expenses related to its receivables sales
program from Costs of sales and services to Unallocated corporate expense and other
items, net. As a result, operating income of the Airline Catering and Services segment
and unallocated corporate expense increased by approximately $514,000 and $496,000 in
the 1996 first and second quarters, respectively, and by approximately $411,000,
$660,000, $530,000 and $556,000 for the 1995 first, second, third and fourth quarters,
respectively. Total operating income remained unchanged.
(3) Includes a nonrecurring gain of $3,477,000 ($2,260,000 after-tax), or $0.03 per
share, due to the curtailment of certain postretirement medical benefits in the second
quarter of 1995 (see Note D of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).
(4) Includes gain on sale of interest in the Phoenix Suns of $19,025,000 (after-tax),
or $0.21 per share, in the fourth quarter of 1996. Also includes spin-off costs and
management transition expenses of $12,000,000 (after-tax), or $0.13 per share,
$3,000,000 (after-tax), or $0.03 per share, and $13,985,000 (after-tax), or $0.16 per
share, in the second, third and fourth quarters of 1996, respectively (see Note D of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).
(5) Initial application of SFAS No. 121 (see Note C of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements).
</TABLE>

                                                       Exhibit 21

                            VIAD CORP
                            (DELAWARE)
       Active and Inactive (I) Subsidiaries and Affiliates*
                     as of December 31, 1996



                AIRLINE CATERING & SERVICES GROUP

AIRCRAFT SERVICE INTERNATIONAL, INC. (Delaware)
     ASII Holding GmbH (Germany)
Bahamas Airport Services Limited (Bahama)
     Freeport Flight Services Limited (Bahama)
Dispatch Services, Inc. (Florida)
Florida Aviation Fueling Company, Inc. (Florida)
Greyhound-Dobbs Incorporated (Delaware)
     Carson International Inc. (Delaware)+
     Dobbs Houses, Inc. (Delaware)+
     DOBBS INTERNATIONAL SERVICES, INC. (Delaware)
          Dobbs Houses International, Inc. (Delaware)


                    CONVENTION SERVICES GROUP

EXG, Inc. (Delaware)
     Giltspur Exhibits of Canada, Inc. (Ontario)
David H. Gibson Company, Inc. (Texas)
Longchamp International Inc. (Delaware)
GES EXPOSITION SERVICES, INC. (Nevada)
     Concourse Graphics, Inc. (Delaware)
     Expo-Tech Electrical & Plumbing Services, Inc. (California)
     Shows Unlimited, Inc. (Nevada)
     United Exposition Service Redevelopment Corporation
     (Missouri)
Las Vegas Convention Service Co. (Nevada)
Panex Show Services Ltd. (Canada)
     Exposervice Standard Inc. (Canada)
          Clarkson-Conway Inc. (Canada)
     Stampede Display and Convention Services Ltd. (Alberta)


                       CORPORATE AND OTHER

The Dial Corp (International) (Arizona)
Essex Place Inc. (Arizona)
GCMC Inc. (Arizona)
     Grey Gateway Realty Corporation (Arizona)
     GRT Inc. (Arizona)
Viad Realty Corporation (Arizona)
     Greyhound Realty of Texas Inc. (Texas)


            TRAVEL & LEISURE & PAYMENT SERVICES GROUP

Crystal Holidays, Inc. (Colorado)
Faber Enterprises, Inc. (Delaware)
     Faber Drug Co., Inc. (Illinois) (70%)
     Franklin Ventures, Inc. (Illinois)
GREYHOUND LEISURE SERVICES, INC. (Florida)
     European Cruise Shops Limited (Cayman Islands) (51%)
     Greyhound-ANA Venture Company (Florida) (51%)
     International Cruise Shops, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
Greyhound Support Services, Inc. (Delaware) (I)
     Greyhound Maintenance, Inc. (Arizona)
Greyhound World Travel GmbH (Germany)
JETSAVE INC. (Florida)
RESTAURA, INC. (Michigan)
     Glacier Park, Inc. (Arizona) (80%)
          Waterton Transport Company, Limited (Alberta)
TRANSPORTATION LEASING CO. (California)~~
     GCCP, Inc. (Delaware)~~
     Greyhound Canada Holdings, Inc. (Alberta)~~
          The Dial Corporation (Canada) Ltd. (Alberta)~~
          Brewster Tours Inc. (Canada)
               BREWSTER TRANSPORT COMPANY LIMITED (Alberta)
                    Cascade Holdings (Banff) Inc. (Alberta)
TRAVELERS EXPRESS COMPANY, INC. (Minnesota)
     CAG Inc. (Nevada)
     FSMC, Inc. (Minnesota)
     Moneyline Express, Inc. (Wisconsin)
     RM/BS GP Inc. (Minnesota)
     Travelers Express Co. (P.R.) Inc. (Puerto Rico)
Viad Service Companies Limited (United Kingdom)
     Aircraft Service Limited (United Kingdom)#
     Crystal Holidays, Limited (United Kingdom)
          Crystal Dial Limited (United Kingdom)
          Guernsey Travel Service Limited (United Kingdom)
          Jersey Travel Service Limited (United Kingdom)
          Seejersey Limited (United Kingdom)
     Dobbs International (U.K.) Limited (United Kingdom)#
     Charles Grimsey Associates Limited (United Kingdom)
     Greyhound World Travel Limited (United Kingdom)
     Irish Group Travel Limited (Ireland)
     Jetsave Limited (United Kingdom)
          Airborne Travel (Holdings) Limited (United Kingdom)
               Tropical Places Limited (United Kingdom)
          American Holidays (N.I.) Limited (Northern Ireland)
          Jetsave Transatlantic Limited (United Kingdom)

#    Indicates an Airline Catering & Services Group Subsidiary
~~   Indicates a Corporate and Other Subsidiary
+    Indicates a Travel & Leisure & Payment Services Group
     Subsidiary

*    Parent-subsidiary or affiliate relationships are shown by
     marginal indentation.  State, province or country of
     incorporation and ownership percentage are shown in
     parentheses following name, except that no ownership
     percentage appears for subsidiaries owned 100% (in the
     aggregate) by Viad Corp.  List does not include companies in
     which the aggregate direct and indirect interest of Viad
     Corp is 50% or less.



                                                       EXHIBIT 23







INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

To the Board of Directors
Viad Corp
Phoenix, Arizona

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration
Statement Nos. 33-41870, 33-57630, 33-64493, 33-56531 on Form S-8
and Nos. 33-54465, 333-06357, 33-55360, 33-64495 on form S-3 of
Viad Corp (formerly named The Dial Corp), of our report dated
February 21, 1997, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K
of Viad Corp for the year ended December 31, 1996.


/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
     Phoenix, Arizona

March 25, 1997



                                                       Exhibit 24


                        POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each director whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Richard C.
Stephan and Robert H. Bohannon, and each of them severally, his
or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full
power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in
his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to
sign the Form 10-K Annual Report of Viad Corp for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996, and any and all amendments thereto, and
to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents
in connection herewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and
about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or
she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming
all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them, or
their or his or her substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


/s/  Jess Hay                           February 20, 1997


/s/  Judith K. Hofer                    February 20, 1997


/s/  Jack F. Reichert                   February 20, 1997


/s/  Linda Johnson Rice                 February 20, 1997


/s/  Douglas L. Rock                    February 20, 1997


/s/  John W. Teets                      February 20, 1997
          
     
/s/  Timothy R. Wallace                 February 20, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<PAGE>

<ARTICLE>          5

<LEGEND>           THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL
                   INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM VIAD CORP'S
                   FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                   1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
                   REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

<MULTIPLIER>       1,000

       
<CAPTION> 
                                                                    Exhibit 27

                                    VIAD CORP
                             FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE 
<S>                                                                  <C>
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                                    DEC-31-1996

<PERIOD-END>                                                         DEC-31-1996

<PERIOD-TYPE>                                                        YEAR

<CASH>                                                                      4,422

<SECURITIES>                                                                    0

<RECEIVABLES>                                                             176,006

<ALLOWANCES>                                                               12,744

<INVENTORY>                                                                93,730

<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                                        1,023,801

<PP&E>                                                                    858,482

<DEPRECIATION>                                                            385,443

<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                                          3,453,312
                                      
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                                   2,352,843

<BONDS>                                                                   518,779

<COMMON>                                                                  145,663

                                                       6,604
                                                                     0

<OTHER-SE>                                                                286,555

<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                                            3,453,312

<SALES>                                                                         0

<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                                        2,263,228

<CGS>                                                                           0

<TOTAL-COSTS>                                                           2,058,846

<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                                           36,131

<LOSS-PROVISION>                                                                0

<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                                         53,019

<INCOME-PRETAX>                                                           110,969

<INCOME-TAX>                                                               41,898

<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                                        69,071

<DISCONTINUED>                                                            (40,694)

<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                                 0

<CHANGES>                                                                       0

<NET-INCOME>                                                               28,377

<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                                0.30

<EPS-DILUTED>                                                                0.30

        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>

<ARTICLE>          5

<LEGEND>           THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL
                   INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM VIAD CORP'S
                   FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                   1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
                   REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                   THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS
                   ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994  HAVE
                   BEEN RESTATED TO REFLECT THE HISTORICAL
                   FINANCIAL POSITION AND RESULTS OF
                   OPERATIONS AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                   RECLASSIFICATION OF VIAD'S CRUISE LINE
                   BUSINESS AS A DISCONTINUED OPERATION.  

<RESTATED>

<MULTIPLIER>       1,000

       
<CAPTION> 
                                                                    Exhibit 27
                                                                 

                                    VIAD CORP
                        RESTATED FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE 

<S>                                            <C>                <C>         
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                               DEC-31-1995        DEC-31-1994

<PERIOD-END>                                    DEC-31-1995        DEC-31-1994

<PERIOD-TYPE>                                          YEAR               YEAR

<CASH>                                               17,945             22,768

<SECURITIES>                                              0                  0

<RECEIVABLES>                                       164,391            146,300

<ALLOWANCES>                                         14,760             16,185

<INVENTORY>                                          83,132             68,680

<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                  1,103,676            922,120

<PP&E>                                              785,383            745,520

<DEPRECIATION>                                      337,830            308,106

<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                    3,716,548          3,228,083

<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                             2,230,391          1,803,141

<BONDS>                                             811,841            718,774

<COMMON>                                            145,663            145,663

                                 6,597              6,590

                                               0                  0

<OTHER-SE>                                          402,506            409,430

<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                      3,716,548          3,228,083

<SALES>                                                   0                  0

<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                  1,976,745          1,806,597

<CGS>                                                     0                  0

<TOTAL-COSTS>                                     1,787,420          1,632,776

<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     33,354             33,594

<LOSS-PROVISION>                                          0                  0

<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   52,897             47,247

<INCOME-PRETAX>                                     100,445             90,701

<INCOME-TAX>                                         29,664             29,528

<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  70,781             61,173

<DISCONTINUED>                                      (73,465)            79,138

<EXTRAORDINARY>                                           0                  0

<CHANGES>                                           (13,875)                 0

<NET-INCOME>                                        (16,559)           140,311

<EPS-PRIMARY>                                         (0.20)              1.61

<EPS-DILUTED>                                         (0.20)              1.61

        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>

<ARTICLE>          5

<LEGEND>           THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL
                   INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM VIAD CORP'S
                   FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                   1996  AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
                   REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                   THE INTERIM STATEMENTS THE PERIODS ENDED
                   MARCH 31, 1996, JUNE 30, 1996 AND
                   SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 HAVE BEEN RESTATED TO
                   REFLECT THE HISTORICAL FINANCIAL POSITION
                   AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AS ADJUSTED FOR
                   THE RECLASSIFICATION OF VIAD'S CRUISE LINE
                   BUSINESS AS A DISCONTINUED OPERATION.  

<RESTATED>

<MULTIPLIER>       1,000

       
<CAPTION> 
                                                                    Exhibit 27
                                                                 

                                    VIAD CORP
                        RESTATED FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE 

<S>                         <C>                <C>                <C>         
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             DEC-31-1996       DEC-31-1996        DEC-31-1996

<PERIOD-END>                  MAR-31-1996       JUN-30-1996        SEP-30-1996

<PERIOD-TYPE>                       3-MOS             6-MOS              9-MOS

<CASH>                             22,497             9,017             10,307

<SECURITIES>                            0                 0                  0

<RECEIVABLES>                     188,624           252,262            208,662

<ALLOWANCES>                       15,407            15,623             17,038

<INVENTORY>                        88,812            96,391             93,482

<CURRENT-ASSETS>                  904,127         1,089,710            889,162

<PP&E>                            800,998           816,434            824,542

<DEPRECIATION>                    355,121           364,769            374,124

<TOTAL-ASSETS>                  3,512,447         3,749,236          3,201,988

<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>           1,997,569         2,218,879          2,027,718

<BONDS>                           822,733           822,938            582,460

<COMMON>                          145,663           145,663            145,663

               6,599             6,601              6,604

                             0                 0                  0

<OTHER-SE>                        420,042           439,975            316,276

<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>    3,512,447         3,749,236          3,201,988

<SALES>                                 0                 0                  0

<TOTAL-REVENUES>                  531,723         1,099,751          1,698,041

<CGS>                                   0                 0                  0

<TOTAL-COSTS>                     496,261         1,010,198          1,544,736

<OTHER-EXPENSES>                    9,541            18,923             27,066

<LOSS-PROVISION>                        0                 0                  0

<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                 13,490            27,034             40,554

<INCOME-PRETAX>                    12,277            30,961             69,114

<INCOME-TAX>                        3,765            13,443             26,507

<INCOME-CONTINUING>                 8,512            17,518             42,607

<DISCONTINUED>                     15,982            21,094             16,427

<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0                 0                  0

<CHANGES>                               0                 0                  0

<NET-INCOME>                       24,494            38,612             59,034

<EPS-PRIMARY>                        0.27              0.42               0.64

<EPS-DILUTED>                        0.27              0.42               0.64

        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>

<ARTICLE>          5

<LEGEND>           THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL
                   INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM VIAD CORP'S
                   FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                   1996  AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
                   REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                   THE INTERIM STATEMENTS THE PERIODS ENDED
                   MARCH 31, 1995, JUNE 30, 1995 AND
                   SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 HAVE BEEN RESTATED TO
                   REFLECT THE HISTORICAL FINANCIAL POSITION
                   AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AS ADJUSTED FOR
                   THE RECLASSIFICATION OF VIAD'S CRUISE LINE
                   BUSINESS AS A DISCONTINUED OPERATION.  

<RESTATED>

<MULTIPLIER>       1,000

       
<CAPTION> 
                                                                    Exhibit 27
                                                                 

                                    VIAD CORP
                        RESTATED FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE 

<S>                         <C>                <C>                <C>         
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             DEC-31-1995       DEC-31-1995        DEC-31-1995

<PERIOD-END>                  MAR-31-1995       JUN-30-1995        SEP-30-1995

<PERIOD-TYPE>                       3-MOS             6-MOS              9-MOS

<CASH>                              6,572            12,162              8,862

<SECURITIES>                            0                 0                  0

<RECEIVABLES>                     159,037           145,170            140,498

<ALLOWANCES>                       16,200            15,671             14,764

<INVENTORY>                        69,520            73,520             68,944

<CURRENT-ASSETS>                  778,052           814,059            858,706

<PP&E>                            744,341           752,712            765,751

<DEPRECIATION>                    313,843           322,135            332,264

<TOTAL-ASSETS>                  3,185,062         3,312,033          3,336,800

<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>           1,688,493         1,807,961          1,950,880

<BONDS>                           765,079           750,347            728,338

<COMMON>                          145,663           145,663            145,663

               6,592             6,594              6,596

                             0                 0                  0

<OTHER-SE>                        421,812           473,051            383,630

<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>    3,185,062         3,312,033          3,336,800

<SALES>                                 0                 0                  0

<TOTAL-REVENUES>                  469,965           949,106          1,466,679

<CGS>                                   0                 0                  0

<TOTAL-COSTS>                     434,285           862,471          1,321,268

<OTHER-EXPENSES>                    9,290            17,619             24,458

<LOSS-PROVISION>                        0                 0                  0

<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                 13,415            26,521             39,691

<INCOME-PRETAX>                    12,771            41,755             78,589

<INCOME-TAX>                        4,342            12,821             25,931

<INCOME-CONTINUING>                 8,429            28,934             52,658

<DISCONTINUED>                      9,257            36,218            (77,243)

<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0                 0                  0

<CHANGES>                         (13,875)          (13,875)           (13,875)

<NET-INCOME>                        3,811            51,277            (38,460)

<EPS-PRIMARY>                        0.04              0.58              (0.44)

<EPS-DILUTED>                        0.04              0.58              (0.44)

        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission